Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

Commission file number: 001-36388

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Pennsylvania

23-2391852

State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

150 North Washington Avenue,

Scranton, PA 18503

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(570346-7741

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, $2.00 par value

PFIS

The Nasdaq Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

  

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes    No   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 20202021 was $280,041,771$306,836,213 (based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date).

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 28, 20212022 was 7,203,101.7,168,312.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with solicitation of proxies for its 20212022 annual meeting of shareholders, within 120 days of the end of registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

Form 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 20202021

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page
Number 

PART I

 

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

1820

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

2931

Item 2.

Properties

2931

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

2931

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

2931

PART II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

2931

Item 6.

Selected Financial DataReserved

3234

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

3334

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

7473

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

7675

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

133129

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

133129

Item 9B.

Other Information

135131

Item 9C

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

131

PART III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

135131

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

135131

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

135131

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

135131

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

135131

PART IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

135131

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

135132

SIGNATURES

138135

-i-

Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on assumptions and may describe future plans, strategies and expectations of Peoples Financial Services Corp. and its subsidiaries. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project” or similar expressions. All statements in this report, other than statements of historical facts, are forward-looking statements.

The ability of Peoples Financial Services Corp. to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: the unfolding of thecontinuing coronavirus (“COVID-19”) crisis and the governmental responses to the crisis; risks associated with business combinations; changes in interest rates; economic conditions, particularly in our market area; legislative and regulatory changes and the ability to comply with the significant laws and regulations governing the banking and financial services business; monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, including policies of the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Federal Reserve System; political, legal, and regulatory actions and policies in response to the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine, including the effects thereof on energy markets, interest rates, commerce and banking; credit risk associated with lending activities and changes in the quality and composition of our loan and investment portfolios; demand for loan and other products; deposit flows; competition; changes in the values of real estate and other collateral securing the loan portfolio, particularly in our market area; changes in relevant accounting principles and guidelines; inability of third party service providers to perform; and our ability to prevent, detect and respond to cyberattacks. Additional factors that may affect our results are discussed in Item 1A to this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors”.

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Except as required by applicable law or regulation, we do not undertake, and specifically disclaim any obligation, to release publicly the result of any revisions that may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of the statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

-ii-

Table of Contents

Part I

Item  1.

Business.

General

Peoples Financial Services Corp., a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania, provides a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this annual report to the “Peoples,” “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Peoples Financial Services Corp. and its subsidiaries. Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company is sometimes referred to as “Peoples Bank.”

Peoples Bank is a state-chartered bank and trust company under the jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or “FDIC.” Peoples Bank’s twenty-sixtwenty-eight community banking offices, all similar with respect to economic characteristics, share a majority of the following aggregation criteria: products and services; operating processes; customer bases; delivery systems; and regulatory oversight. Accordingly, they are aggregated into a single operating segment.

Market Areas

Our principal market area consists of Allegheny, Bucks, Lackawanna, Lebanon, Lehigh, Luzerne, Monroe, Montgomery, Northampton, Susquehanna, Wayne and Wyoming Counties in Pennsylvania, Middlesex County in New Jersey and Broome County in New York. In addition, parts of Bradford and Schuylkill Counties in Pennsylvania are also considered part of the market area. Approximately half ofWe maintain our offices are locatedheadquarters in and around Scranton, the largest city in Lackawanna County.

Specifically, we conduct the majority of our business in ourOur legacy market ofwe consider to stretch from Binghamton and the southern tier of New York and northeasterndown through Northeastern Pennsylvania. Our recent growth strategy expanded our operations into the Greater Lehigh Valley, King of Prussia and the Greater Delaware Valley of southeastern Pennsylvania and suburban Philadelphia, and south central Pennsylvania. Most recently, we expanded into the Greater Pittsburgh region and into New Jersey with a branch office in Piscataway.

Peoples commenced a growth strategy during the fourth quarter of 2014 with the opening of a community banking office in the Lehigh County market. During 2017, the Company added two additional branch offices, one in Allentown, Lehigh County and one in Bethlehem, Northampton County to continue our strategic expansion initiative into the Greater Lehigh Valley market. This market has a greater population than the other counties served, with Bethlehem being the second largest city within Lehigh County.

In 2015, the Company entered the King of Prussia market, which includes parts of Bucks and Montgomery counties of Pennsylvania and suburban Philadelphia, with the establishment of a loan production office and a team of experienced lenders. During the fourth quarter of 2016, a retail branch office was established, replacing the loan production office, and staffed by personal bankers and our experienced lenders. Montgomery and Bucks counties are two of the wealthiest counties in Pennsylvania. Significant types of employment industries include pharmaceuticals, health care, electronics, computer services, insurance, industrial machinery, retailing, schools and meat processing.

In 2019, the Company entered the south central Pennsylvania market with the establishment of a full-service branch in Lebanon County. A team of experienced lenders in this market was recruited to serve the Lancaster, Lebanon, and Harrisburg market. In 2020, the bank expanded further into the Greater Delaware Valley by opening a branch office in Doylestown, Bucks County and recruiting an experienced lending team.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company continued its growth strategy by opening branches in both Warrendale, Pennsylvania, serving the Greater Pittsburgh market, and Piscataway, New Jersey, serving the New Jersey market. Experienced lenders have been recruited to manage these new markets.

-3-

Table of Contents

In 2020, the Company permanently closed its Duryea, Gouldsboro, and South Scranton branches which had been temporarily closed during the pandemic. Each of the branches were consolidated into branches within close proximity and we re-allocated the operating expenses to the markets identified in our growth strategy.

-3-

Table of Contents

The Marcellus Shale formation located in the heart of our northernlegacy market area has provided economic benefits to the communities served and as a result to us. Natural gas producers have invested billions of dollars in Pennsylvania in lease and land acquisition, new well drilling, infrastructure development and community partnerships.

COVID-19

As theOperationally, as COVID-19 events continue to unfold, our continued priority is the health and safety of our employeescustomers and customers.  Our management team continuesemployees. We continue to implement its pandemic plan by modifying and enhancing strategies and protocols intended to protect our workforce and customers, maintain services for customers, assure the functional continuity of our operating systems, controls and processes, and mitigate financial risks posed by changing market conditions.  We have followedfollow the recommendations of our state governments as to conducting business and continue to maintain safety protocols. Currently all our offices have returned to pre-pandemic operating hours with full lobby access.

On March 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an “Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by imposing business travel restrictions, implementing quarantine and work from home protocols and physically separating,the Coronavirus.” The guidance explained that in consultation with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) staff the federal banking agencies concluded that short-term modifications (e.g. six months) made on a good faith basis to the extent possible, the critical operations site workforce that are unable to work remotely. As of March 1, 2021, we have re-opened the majority of our branch lobbies to the public with safety protocols in place. Our remaining branches are operating with drive-up services, with lobby access available by appointment only. We have also maintained active communications with our primary regulatory agencies and critical vendors in an effort to keep all mission-critical activities and functions performing in line with regulatory expectations and the Company’s service standards.

The impactborrowers who were current as of the COVID-19 pandemic is fluid and continues to evolve, adversely affecting manyimplementation date of the Bank’s clients.a modification are not Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”).  The COVID-19 pandemic and its associated impacts on trade (including supply chains), travel, employee productivity, unemployment, consumer spending, and other economic activities have resulted in less economic activity and significant volatility and disruption in financial markets, and has had an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The ultimate extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations is currently uncertain and will depend on various developments and other factors, including, among others, the duration and scope of the pandemic, as well as governmental, regulatory and private sector responses to the pandemic, and the associated impacts on the economy, financial markets and our customers, employees and vendors. Our business, financial condition and results of operations generally rely upon the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, the value of collateral underlying our secured loans, and demand for loans and other products and services we offer, which are highly dependent on the business environment in our primary markets where we operate and in the United States generally.

We have participated as a lender in the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act ("was passed by Congress on March 27, 2020.  Section 4013 of the CARES Act"Act also addressed COVID-19 related modifications and specified that COVID-19 related modifications on loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019 are not TDRs.  On December 27, 2020, another COVID-19 relief bill was signed that extended this guidance until the earlier of January 1, 2022 or 60 days after the date on which the national emergency declared as a result of COVID-19 is terminated.  During 2020, the Bank had applied this guidance and modified 479 commercial loans with an outstanding balance of $306.8 million and 512 consumer loans with an outstanding balance of $23.3 million.  As of December 31, 2021, all of these modifications had expired and the loans returned to their contractual payment terms.

The CARES Act, as amended, included an allocation of $659 billion for loans to be issued by financial institutions through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).  PPP loans are forgivable, in whole or in part, if the proceeds are used for payroll and other permitted purposes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP.  These loans carry a fixed rate of 1.00% and a term of two years (loans made before June 5, 2020) or five years (loans made on or after June 5, 2020), a $350 billion specialized low-interest loan program funded byif not forgiven, in whole or in part.  Payments are deferred until either the U.S. Treasury Department and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The PPP provides borrower guarantees for lenders, as well as loan forgiveness incentives for borrowers that utilizedate on which the SBA loanremits the amount of forgiveness proceeds to cover employee compensation related business operating costs. Our loan officers guided our commercial customers through the application process and now are guiding them throughlender or the date that is 10 months after the last day of the covered period if the borrower does not apply for forgiveness process andwithin that 10 month period. Through December 31, 2020, the second round of PPP. During 2020, we approvedBank had originated 1,450 PPP loans totaling $217.5 million in principal, with an average loan size of $150,000.  The PPP loans originated during 2020 generated net fees totaling $5.2 million.  Substantially allThese fees are deferred and accreted into interest income over the contractual period of 24 months or 60 months, as applicable.  Upon SBA forgiveness, unamortized fees are then recognized into interest income.  Participation in the PPP had a significant impact on the Bank’s asset mix and net interest income in 2021 and 2020 and will continue to impact both asset mix and net interest income until these loans are forgiven or paid off.  The initial PPP expired on August 8, 2020.  Through December 31, 2020, PPP loans totaling $27.8 million had been forgiven by the SBA and a total of $2.3 million in PPP net fees had been recognized by the Bank.

On December 27, 2020, another COVID-19 relief bill was signed that extended and modified several provisions of the PPP.  This included an additional allocation of $284 billion.  The SBA reactivated the PPP on January 11, 2021.  The Bank originated additional loans were made to existing customers, funded underthrough the two year PPP, loan program,which expired on May 31, 2021.  During 2021, the Bank had generated and the loan proceeds initially were deposited with our institution. At origination, loan fee income totaled $7.0received SBA approval on 1,062 PPP loans totaling $121.6 million and is being earned primarily over the 24-month duration of the loans as a part of the loan yield.generated $4.3 million in related deferred PPP loan forgiveness commenced during the fourth quarter of 2020 with $27.8 million of forgiveness being received by our borrowers. We expect the majority of the remaining $189.7 million ofnet fees.  During 2021, PPP loans to betotaling $244.3 million had been forgiven during 2021.by the SBA and a total of $7.1 million in PPP net fees and interest income had been recognized by the Bank including fees recognized upon forgiveness and continuing amortization of fees from the 2020 and 2021 PPP originations. At December 31, 2020, $4.0 million of fees remain to be earned in future periods and may be accelerated based on the timing of forgiveness of2021, PPP loans by the SBA. In addition, the Company is participating in the 2021 second round of PPP lending and has received approval by the SBA on 605 applications totaling $80.7 million. The loans closed during January and February.

From a credit risk perspective, we took actions to identify and assess our COVID-19 related credit exposures based on asset class and borrower type. From the onset of the crisis, we worked to proactively monitor our loan portfolio by contacting many of our borrowers to evaluate the impact of the pandemic on them, their businesses and the underlying collateral for our loans. The Company implemented a customer payment deferral program to assist both consumer and business borrowers that may be experiencing financial hardship due to COVID-19 related challenges. For borrowers who received a loan payment deferral we worked with the borrowers to evaluate the potential for further deterioration of

-4-

Table of Contents

credit quality at the end of the deferral period. We evaluated our commercial loan and commercial real estate loan portfolios to identify those loans in industries that are most at risk or where other information indicates the borrower may be significantly impacted by the effects of COVID-19. The Company granted payment deferral requests for up to six months to a total of 481 commercial loans with outstanding loan balances total $68.8 million with remaining unamortized fees of $306.9 million and to 505 consumer loans with outstanding balances of $23.3$1.7 million. At December 31, 2020,We expect the majority of the loans are no longer in deferral as borrowers have begun to make their regular payments. Outstanding loan balances remaining in deferral at December 31, 2020 totaled $6.1 million, a decreasebe forgiven and the net fees recognized into net interest income during the first six months of $324.0 million from the $330.1 million in deferral at June 30, 2020. As a percentage of total loan balances, excluding PPP loans, loans in deferral represented 0.6% of loans outstanding at December 31, 2020 compared to 16.7% of loans outstanding at June 30, 2020. At December 31, 2020, commercial loan balances remaining in deferral total $5.8 million while consumer loans total $0.3 million. Loan deferrals and modifications have been executed consistent with the guidelines of the CARES Act.2022.

Human Capital Resource

Staffing. At December 31, 2020,2021, our 352370 full-time employees and 3226 part-time employees are the keys to the success of Peoples. We are committed to attracting, retaining and promoting top quality talent regardless of race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, age, disability or genetic information. We strive to identify and select the best candidates for all open positions based on qualifying factors for each job. We are dedicated to providing a workplace for our employees in which they are treated with dignity, decency and respect; that is inclusive, supportive, and free of any form of discrimination or harassment; rewarding and recognizing our employees based on their individual results and performance; and recognizing and respecting all of the characteristics and differences that make each of our employees unique.

Core values. We strive to meet our core values of integrity, excellence, teamwork and efficiency. Integrity is our foundation, the basis of everything we do, to be professional, honest, trustworthy, confidential and respectful at all times. We work together for a common good, engage our customers, coworkers, and partners. We work together to exceed our customers’ expectations as we pro-actively help them achieve their goals, to create a dynamic environment that promotes life-long learning and personal growth of our employees, and to help to make our communities better places to live and work by being an important contributor of time, talent, and resources.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion. Peoples is committed to fostering, cultivating and preserving a culture of diversity and inclusion. Our human capital is the most valuable asset we have. The collective sum of the individual differences, life experiences, knowledge, inventiveness, innovation, self-expression, unique capabilities and talent that our employees invest in their work represents a significant part of not only our culture, but our reputation and company’s achievement as well.

We embrace and encourage our employees’ differences in age, color, disability, ethnicity, family or marital status, gender identity or expression, language, national origin, physical and mental ability, political affiliation, race, religion, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, veteran status, and other characteristics that make our employees unique.

Health & Safety. Our health and safety policies, procedures and guidelines mandate all tasks be conducted in a safe and efficient manner complying with all local, state and federal safety and health regulations, and special safety concerns. Our policies and procedures encompass all facilities and operations and addresses on-site emergencies, injuries and illnesses, evacuation procedures, cell phone usage and general safety rules.

As the COVID-19 crisis unfolded throughout 2020,2021, the safety and well-being of our employees and families, customers, and communities were our top priority. We implementedcontinue to implement our pandemic plan and executedexecute various strategies and protocols intended to protect our employees, maintain services for customers, assure functional continuity of the Company’s operating systems, controls and processes, and mitigate financial risks posed by changing market conditions. We directed and enabled approximately 46% of our workforcecontinue to work remotely, imposed business travel restrictions, implemented quarantine protocols and physically separated, to the extent possible, the critical operations site workforce that are unable to work remotely. To limit the risk of virus spread, the Company implemented drive-thru only and by

-5-

Table of Contents

appointment operating protocols for its bank branch network. We followedfollow the recommendations of our state and local governments as to conducting business.business and continue to maintain safety protocols.

Benefits. We are committed to offering a competitive total compensation package. We regularly compare compensation and benefits with peer companies and market data, making adjustments as needed to ensure compensation stays competitive. We also offer a wide array of benefits for our workforce and their families, including:

•Comprehensive medical, dental, and vision benefits, as well as group life insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, voluntary life insurance, and short-term and long-term disability insurance for all eligible employees

•Employee Assistance Program

-5-

Table of Contents

•401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

•Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

•Disaster pay

•Paid time off (PTO), holidays and bank holidays

•Unpaid leave of absence

•Internal training and online development courses

•Tuition reimbursement for eligible associates

Products and Services

Our primary commercial loan products are loans to small-centered around small and medium-sized businesses.medium sized businesses; various types of Commercial Real Estate Loans; and Municipal & Non-Profit Tax Free Loans. Other lending products include one-to-four family residential mortgages, home equity loans and consumer & auto loans. We fund our loans, primarily, by offering deposits to individuals; commercial enterprisesbusiness customers; municipalities, school districts and individuals.other non-profit organizations. Our deposit products include certificates of depositsdeposit, money market accounts, savings accounts and various demand deposit accounts.

We generate interest income from our loan and securities portfolios. Other income is generated primarily from merchant transaction fees, trust and wealth management fees, fees generated from commercial loan interest rate swap transactions and service charges on deposit accounts. Our primary costs are interest paid on deposits and borrowings and general operating expenses. We provide a variety of commercial and retail banking services to business, non-profits, governmental, municipal agencies and professional customers, as well as retail customers, on a personalized basis. Our primary lending products are real estate, commercial and consumer loans. We also offer ATM access, credit cards, active investment accounts, trust department services and other various lending, depository and related financial services. Our primary deposit products are savings and demand deposit accounts and certificates of deposit.

We are not dependent upon a single customer, or a few customers, the loss of one or more of which would have a material adverse effect on our operations. In the ordinary course of our business, our operations and earnings are not materially affected by seasonal changes or by compliance with federal, state or local environmental laws or regulations.

Lending Activities

We provide a full range of retail and commercial lending products designed to meet the borrowing needs of consumers and small- and medium-sized businesses in our market areas. A significant amountThe majority of our loans are to customers located within our market area. We have no foreign loans or highly leveraged transaction loans, as defined by the Federal Reserve Board. Although we participate in loans originated by other banks, we have originated the majority of the loans in our portfolio.

-6-

Table of Contents

Our retail lending products include the following types of loans, among others: residential real estate; automobiles; manufactured housing; personal and home equity. Our commercial lending products include the following types of loans, among others: commercial real estate; working capital; equipment and other commercial needs; construction; Small Business Administration;SBA; and agricultural and mineral rights. The terms offered on a loan vary depending primarily on the type of loan and credit-worthiness of the borrower.

Payment risk is a function of the economic climate in which our lending activities are conducted. Economic downturns in the economy generally or in a particular sector could cause cash flow problems for customers and make loan payments more difficult. We attempt to minimize this risk by not being exposed to loan concentrations of a single customer or a

-6-

Table of Contents

group of customers, the loss of any one or more of whom would have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition. One element of interest rate risk arises from our fixed rate loans in an environment of changing interest rates. We attempt to mitigate this risk by making adjustable rate commercial loans and by limiting repricing terms to five years or less for customers requiring fixed rate loans. Our lending activity also exposes us to risks that any collateral we take as security is not adequate. We attempt to manage collateral risk by avoiding loan concentrations to particular borrowers, by perfecting liens on collateral and by obtaining appraisals on property prior to extending loans. We attempt to mitigate our exposure to these and other types of risks by stratifying authorization requirements by loan size and complexity.

We offer a variety of loans including commercial, residential and consumer loans as described above. The consumer portfolio includes automobile loans, educational loans and lines of credit.

We intend to continue to evaluate commercial real estate, commercial business and governmental lending opportunities, including small business lending. We continue to proactively monitor and manage existing credit relationships.

We have not engaged in sub-prime residential mortgage lending, which is defined as mortgage loans advanced to borrowers who do not qualify for market interest rates because of problems with their credit history. We focus our lending efforts within our market area.

One-to-Four Family Residential Loans. We offer two types of residential mortgage loans: fixed-rate loans, with terms of up to 30 years, and adjustable-rate loans, with interest rates and payments that adjust annually after an initial fixed period of one, three, five or ten years. Interest rates and payments on our adjustable-rate loans generally are adjusted to a rate equal to a percentage above the appropriate U.S. Treasury Security Index. Our adjustable-rate single-family residential real estate loans generally have caps on increases or floors on decreases in the interest rate at any adjustment date, and a maximum adjustment limit over the life of the loan. Although we offer adjustable-rate loans with initial rates below the fully indexed rate, loans tied to the one-year constant maturity Treasury are underwritten using methods approved by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, which require borrowers to be qualified at a rate equal to 200 basis points above the discounted loan rate under certain conditions.

Borrower demand for adjustable-rate loans compared to fixed-rate loans is a function of the level of interest rates, the expectations of changes in the level of interest rates, and the difference between the interest rates and loan fees offered for fixed-rate mortgage loans as compared to the interest rates and loan fees for adjustable-rate loans, among other factors. The loan fees, interest rates and other provisions of mortgage loans are determined by us on the basis of our own pricing criteria and competitive market conditions.

Most of our residential loans are underwritten to standards established by the secondary market. We also offer mortgages partially insured by the U.S. Department of Veteran Affairs (“VA”) and Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) loans via a third party lending source.

While one-to-four family residential real estate loans are normally originated with up to 30-year terms, such loans typically remain outstanding for substantially shorter periods because borrowers often prepay their loans in full either upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon refinancing the original loan. Therefore, average loan maturity is a function of, among other factors, the level of purchase and sale activity in the real estate market, prevailing interest rates and the interest rates payable on outstanding loans. We do not offer loans with negative amortization or interest only loans.

-7-

Table of Contents

We offer home equity loans and lines of credit, typically with a maximum combined loan-to-value ratio of 80%. Home equity loans generally have fixed-rates of interest and are originated with terms of up to 15 years. Home equity lines of credit generally have variable rates and are indexed to the prime rate. Home equity lines of credit generally have draw periods with 20 year repayment periods.

We generally do not make high loan-to-value loans (defined as loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%) without private mortgage insurance. The maximum loan-to-value ratio we generally permit is 95% with private mortgage insurance. We require all properties securing residential mortgage loans to be appraised by a board-approved independent appraiser. We generally require title insurance on all first mortgage loans. Borrowers must obtain hazard insurance, and flood insurance is required for loans on properties located in a flood zone.

-7-

Table of Contents

Commercial Real Estate Loans. We offer commercial real estate loans secured by real estate primarily with adjustable and fixed rates. We originate a variety of commercial real estate loans generally for terms up to 25 years and payments based on an amortization schedule of up to 25 years. These loans are typically based on either the Federal Home Loan Bank borrowing rate or our own pricing criteria and adjust every three, five, seven or ten years. Commercial real estate loans also are originated for the acquisition and development of land, including development for residential use. Conditions of acquisition and development loans originated generally limit the number of model homes and homes built on speculation, and draws are scheduled against executed agreements of sale. Commercial real estate loans for the acquisition and development of land are typically based upon the prime rate. Commercial real estate loans for developed real estate and for real estate acquisition and development are originated generally with loan-to-value ratios up to 75%, while loans for the acquisition of land are originated with a maximum loan to value ratio of 65%.

Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s and any guarantor’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the financed project. Additional considerations include: location, market and geographic concentrations, loan to value, strength of guarantors and quality of tenants. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual consolidated financial statements on commercial real estate loans and rent rolls where applicable. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, we consider and review a cash flow analysis of the borrower and guarantor, when applicable, and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. We have generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of at least 1.2 times. An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may exist or have existed on the site, or the site may be or have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

Commercial Loans. We offer commercial business loans to professionals, sole proprietorships and small businesses in our market area. We offer term loans for capital improvements, equipment acquisition and long-term working capital. These loans are typically priced at short term fixed rates or variable rates based on the prime rate. These loans are secured by business assets other than real estate, such as business equipment and inventory, and, generally, are backed by personal guarantees of the owner or owners of the business. We originate lines of credit to finance the working capital needs of businesses to be repaid by seasonal cash flows or to provide a period of time during which the business can borrow funds for planned equipment purchases.

We have participated in the CARES Act, Paycheck Protection Program,PPP, a $350 billion specialized low-interest loan program funded by the U.S. Treasury Department and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration.SBA. The PPP provides borrower guarantees for lenders, as well as loan forgiveness incentives for borrowers that utilize the loan proceeds to cover employee compensation-related business operating costs.

When making commercial business loans, we consider the consolidated financial statements of the borrower and any guarantors, the borrower’s payment history of both corporate and personal debt, the debt service capabilities of the

-8-

Table of Contents

borrower, the projected cash flows of the business and guarantor, the viability of the industry in which the customer operates and the value of the collateral.

Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property, the value of which tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.

-8-

Table of Contents

Consumer Loans. We offer a variety of consumer loans, including lines of credit, automobile loans and loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer unsecured loans.

Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. In the latter case, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans. 

Loans secured by new and used automobiles are offered, primarily indirectly through dealerships. These loans have fixed interest rates and generally have terms up to seven years. We offer automobile loans with loan-to-value ratios of up to 100% or more of the purchase price of the vehicle depending upon the credit history of the borrower and other factors.

Consumer loans secured by savings accounts and certificates of deposit held by us are offered based upon the deposit rates plus a margin with terms up to five years. We offer such loans up to 100% of the principal balance of the certificate of deposit or balance in the savings account. We also offer unsecured loans and lines of credit with terms up to five years. Our unsecured loans and lines of credit bear a substantially higher interest rate than our secured loans and lines of credit.

The procedures for underwriting consumer loans include an assessment of the applicant’s payment history on other debts and ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although the applicant’s creditworthiness is a primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the collateral, if any, to the proposed loan amount.

We have adhered and continue to adhere to credit policies, which management believes are sound. Our loan policies require verification of information provided by loan applicants as well as an assessment of their ability to repay for all loans. At no time have we made loans similar to those commonly referred to as “no doc” or “stated income” loans.

While the vast majority of the loans in our loan portfolio are secured by collateral, we have made and will continue to make loans on an unsecured basis. Unsecured commercial loans are only granted to those borrowers exhibiting historically strong cash flow and capacity with seasoned management. Unsecured consumer loans are made for relatively short terms and to borrowers with strong credit histories.

Requests to modify, restructure or otherwise change the terms of loans are considered on an individual basis as circumstances and/or reasons for such changes may vary. All such changes in terms must be authorized by the appropriate approval body. Also, our credit policy prohibits the modification of loans or the extension of additional credit to borrowers who are not current on their payments. Exceptions are approved only where our position in the credit relationship is expected to be enhanced by such action.

-9-

Table of Contents

Adjustable-Rate Loans. While we anticipate that adjustable-rate loans will better offset the adverse effects of an increase in interest rates as compared to fixed-rate loans, an increased monthly loan payment required of adjustable-rate loan borrowers in a rising interest rate environment could cause an increase in delinquencies and defaults. The marketability of collateral also may be adversely affected in a high interest rate environment. In addition, although adjustable-rate mortgage loans make our asset base more responsive to changes in interest rates, the extent of this interest sensitivity is limited by the annual and lifetime interest rate adjustment limits on residential mortgage loans. We attempt to negotiate floors on most adjustable rate commercial loans. The commercial adjustable rate loans generally provide a fixed rate re-negotiation at the end of the initial fixed rate period. If we and the borrower are unable to agree on a new fixed rate then the rate converts to a floating rate obligation. In addition, some commercial loans adjust to a predetermined index plus a spread at the end of the initial fixed rate period, for a like period of time. To a lesser degree, we have entered into transactions with collars generally for periods of five years or less.

-9-

Table of Contents

Loan Originations. Loan originations come from a number of sources. The primary sources of loan originations are existing customers, walk-in traffic, advertising and referrals from customers. We also purchase participations in loans from local financial institutions to supplement our lending portfolio. Loan participations are subject to the same credit analysis and loan approvals as the loans we originate. We are permitted to review all of the documentation relating to any loan in which we participate. However, in a purchased participation loan, we do not service the loan and are subject to the policies and practices of the lead lender with regard to monitoring delinquencies, pursuing collections and instituting foreclosure proceedings.

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our board of directors and management. The board of directors has granted loan approval authority to certain officers or groups of officers up to prescribed limits, based on the officer’s experience.

Loans to One Borrower. The maximum amount that we may lend to one borrower and the borrower’s related entities generally is limited, by regulation, to 15% of the capital accounts of Peoples Bank. Capital accounts include the aggregate of capital, surplus, undivided profits, capital securities and reserve for loan losses. At December 31, 2020,2021, our regulatory limit on loans to one borrower was $46.2$50.7 million.

Deposit Activities

Our primary source of funds is the cash flow provided by our financing activities, mainly deposit gathering. Other sources of funds are provided by investing activities, including principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities, and operating activities, primarily net income. We offer a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms, including, among others: money market accounts; NOW accounts; savings accounts; certificates of deposit; individual retirement accounts, and demand deposit accounts. These deposits are primarily obtained from areas surrounding our branch offices. We rely primarily on marketing, product innovation, technology, service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits. Other deposit related services include: remote deposit capture; automatic clearing house transactions; cash management services; automated teller machines; point of sale transactions; safe deposit boxes; night depository services; direct deposit, and official check services.

Trust, Wealth Management and Brokerage Services

Through our trust department, we offer a broad range of fiduciary and investment services. Our trust and investment services include investment management, IRA trustee services, estate administration, living trusts, trustee under will, guardianships, life insurance trusts, custodial services / IRA custodial services, corporate trusts, and pension and profit sharing plans.

We provide a comprehensive array of wealth management products and services to individuals, small businesses and nonprofit entities. These products and services include the following, among others: investment portfolio management; estate planning; annuities; business succession planning; insurances; retirement plan services; education funding strategies, and tax planning.

-10-

Table of Contents

We have a third party marketing agreement with a broker-dealer that allows us to offer a full range of securities, brokerage services and annuity sales to our customers. Our investor services division is located in our headquarters building and the services are offered throughout the branch system. Through this relationship, our clients have access to a wide array of financial and wealth management strategies, including services such as professional money management, retirement and education planning, and investment products including stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities and insurance products.

Merchant Services

We offer credit card processing and a variety of other products and services to our merchant customers, through a marketing and sales agreement with an industry leader in payment processing services. Services include small business

-10-

Table of Contents

checking accounts, merchant money market accounts, online banking, telephone banking, business credit cards, merchant line of credit and financial checkup.

Competition

We compete primarily with commercial banks, online financial institutions, thrift institutions and credit unions, many of which are substantially larger in terms of assets and available resources. Certain of these institutions have significantly higher lending limits than we do, and may provide various services for their customers that we presently do not. In addition, we experience competition for deposits from mutual funds and security brokers, while consumer discount, mortgage and insurance companies compete for various types of loans. Credit unions, finance companies and mortgage companies enjoy certain competitive advantages over us, as they are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions and taxations as commercial banks. Principal methods of competing for bank products, permitted nonbanking services and financial activities include price, nature of product, quality of service and convenience of location.

In our market area, we expect continued competition from these financial institutions in the foreseeable future. With the continued acceptance of internet banking by our customers and consumers generally, competition for deposits has increased from institutions operating outside of our market area as well as from insurance companies.area.

We believe that our most significant competitive advantage originates from our business philosophy which includes offering direct access to senior management and other officers and providing friendly, informed and courteous service, local and timely decision making, flexible and reasonable operating procedures and consistently applied credit policies. In addition, our success has been, and will continue to be, a result of our emphasis on community involvement and customer relationships. With consolidation continuing in the financial industry, and particularly in our market area, community banks like us are gaining opportunities and market share as larger institutions reduce their emphasis on or exit our market area.

Seasonality

Generally, our operations are not seasonal in nature.

Supervision and Regulation

We are extensively regulated under federal and state laws. Generally, these laws and regulations are intended to protect consumers, not shareholders. The following is a summary description of certain provisions of law that affect the regulation of bank holding companies and banks. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations. Changes in law and regulation may have a material effect on our business and prospects.

Peoples is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, referred to as the “Federal Reserve Board” or the “FRB.” We are required to file annual and quarterly reports with the FRB and to provide the FRB with such additional information as the FRB may require. The FRB also conducts examinations of Peoples.

-11-

Table of Contents

With certain limited exceptions, we are required to obtain prior approval from the FRB before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any voting securities or substantially all of the assets of a bank or bank holding company, or before merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Additionally, with certain exceptions, any person or entity proposing to acquire control through direct or indirect ownership of 25% or more of our voting securities is required to give 60 days’ written notice of the acquisition to the FRB, which may prohibit the transaction, and to publish notice to the public.

Peoples Bank is regulated by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Department of Banking”) and the FDIC. The Department of Banking may prohibit an institution over which it has supervisory authority from engaging in activities or investments that the agency believes constitute unsafe or unsound banking practices. Federal banking regulators have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions they regulate to prohibit or correct

-11-

Table of Contents

activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to constitute unsafe or unsound practices.

Enforcement actions may include:

the appointment of a conservator or receiver;
the issuance of a cease and desist order;
the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution affiliated parties;
the issuance of directives to increase capital;
the issuance of formal and informal agreements and orders;
the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties; and
the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or any other court actions.

We are subject to certain restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interests of such persons which generally require that such credit extensions be made on substantially the same terms as are available to third persons dealing with us, and not involving more than the normal risk of repayment. Other laws tie the maximum amount that may be loaned to any one customer and its related interests to our capital levels. Other laws restrict or prohibit transactions between Peoples Bank and its affiliates.

Limitations on Dividends and Other Payments

Our ability to pay dividends is largely dependent upon the receipt of dividends from Peoples Bank. Both federal and state laws impose restrictions on our ability and the ability of Peoples Bank to pay dividends. Under such restrictions, Peoples Bank may only declare and pay dividends out of accumulated net earnings, including accumulated net earnings acquired as a result of a merger within seven years. Further, Peoples Bank may not declare or pay any dividends unless Peoples Bank’s surplus would not be reduced by the payment of the dividend below 100% of our capital stock. Pennsylvania law requires that each year Peoples Bank set aside as surplus a sum equal to not less than 10 percent of its net earnings if surplus does not equal at least 100 percent of our capital stock. In addition to these specific restrictions, bank regulatory agencies, in general, also have the ability to prohibit proposed dividends by a financial institution that would otherwise be permitted under applicable regulations if the regulatory body determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

Permitted Non-Banking Activities

A bank holding company that the FRB has determined to be well capitalized and well managed and that has well capitalized and well managed subsidiary banks may engage in certain nonbanking activities closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks, on a de novo basis, by providing notice to the FRB after commencing the activities. Such a bank holding company proposing to engage in other permissible nonbanking activities either de novo, or through the acquisition of an existing company, must provide prior notice to the FRB. For transactions that do not qualify for the post or expedited prior notice procedures, a bank holding company must file a notice for prior FRB approval.

-12-

Table of Contents

Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain quantitative and qualitative restrictions on extensions of credit to the bank holding company or its subsidiaries, and on the use of their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. These regulations and restrictions may limit our ability to obtain funds from Peoples Bank for our cash needs, including funds for the payment of dividends, interest and operating expenses. Further, subject to certain exceptions, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.

A bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank, and the FRB may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank when required. A required capital injection may be called for at a time when the holding company does not have the resources to provide it. In addition, depository institutions insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any losses incurred by, or reasonably anticipated to be incurred by,

-12-

Table of Contents

the FDIC in connection with the default of or assistance provided to, a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution. Accordingly, in the event that any insured subsidiary of a bank holding company causes a loss to the FDIC, other insured subsidiaries of a bank holding company could be required to compensate the FDIC by reimbursing it for the estimated amount of such loss. Such cross guarantee liabilities generally are superior in priority to the obligation of the depository institutions to its shareholders due solely to their status as shareholders and obligations to other affiliates.

Certain Transactions by Insured Banks with their Affiliates

There are statutory restrictions related to the extent bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries may borrow, obtain credit from or otherwise engage in “covered transactions” with their insured depository institution (i.e., banking) subsidiaries. In general, an “affiliate” of a bank includes the bank’s parent holding company and any subsidiary thereof. However, an “affiliate” does not generally include the bank’s operating subsidiaries. A bank (and its subsidiaries) may not lend money to, or engage in other covered transactions with, its non-bank affiliates if the aggregate amount of covered transactions outstanding involving the bank, plus the proposed transaction, exceeds the following limits: (a) in the case of any one such affiliate, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the bank and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 10 percent of the bank’s capital stock and surplus; and (b) in the case of all affiliates, the aggregate amount of covered transactions of the bank and its subsidiaries cannot exceed 20 percent of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. “Covered transactions” are defined to include a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate, a purchase of or investment in securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any person or company, the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate, securities borrowing or lending transactions with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate, or a derivatives transaction with an affiliate that creates a credit exposure to such affiliate. Certain covered transactions are also subject to collateral security requirements.

Covered transactions as well as other types of transactions between a bank and a bank holding company must be on market terms, which means that the transaction must be conducted on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving nonaffiliates or, in the absence of comparable transactions, that in good faith would be offered to or would apply to nonaffiliates. Moreover, certain amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 provide that, to further competition, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property of any kind, or furnishing of any service.

Pennsylvania Law

As a Pennsylvania incorporated bank holding company, Peoples is subject to various restrictions on its activities as set forth in Pennsylvania law. This is in addition to those restrictions set forth in federal law. Under Pennsylvania law, a bank holding company that desires to acquire a bank or bank holding company that has its principal place of business in Pennsylvania must obtain permission from the Department of Banking.

Financial Institution Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act (“FIRREA”)

FIRREA was enacted into law in order to address the financial condition of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, to restructure the regulation of the thrift industry, and to enhance the supervisory and enforcement powers of the federal bank and thrift regulatory agencies. As the primary federal regulator of Peoples Bank, the FDIC, in conjunction with the Department of Banking, is responsible for its supervision. When dealing with capital requirements, those regulatory bodies have the flexibility to impose supervisory agreements on institutions that fail to comply with regulatory requirements. The imposition of a capital plan, termination of deposit insurance, and removal or temporary suspension of an officer, director or other institution-affiliated person may cause enforcement actions.

There are three levels of civil penalties under FIRREA, with the amount of the penalty varying based on the action penalized.

During most of 2020, civil money penalties could range from very low amounts up to the lesser of $2.5 million or 1% of an institution’s total assets per violation. These penalties are subject to inflation adjustment procedures prescribed under applicable law. Penalties for continuing violations can be substantially higher.

-13-

Table of Contents

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”)

FDICIA provides for, among other things:

publicly available annual financial condition and management reports for financial institutions, including audits by independent accountants;
the establishment of uniform accounting standards by federal banking agencies;
the establishment of a “prompt corrective action” system of regulatory supervision and intervention, based on capitalization levels, with more scrutiny and restrictions placed on depository institutions with lower levels of capital;
additional grounds for the appointment of a conservator or receiver; and
restrictions or prohibitions on accepting brokered deposits, except for institutions which significantly exceed minimum capital requirements.

-13-

Table of Contents

A central feature of FDICIA is the requirement that the federal banking agencies take “prompt corrective action” with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Pursuant to FDICIA, the federal bank regulatory authorities have adopted regulations setting forth a five-tiered system for measuring the capital adequacy of the depository institutions that they supervise. Under these regulations, a depository institution is classified in one of the following capital categories:

“well capitalized”;
“adequately capitalized”;
“under capitalized”;
“significantly undercapitalized”; and
“critically undercapitalized”.

Peoples Bank was “well capitalized” based on its actual capital position at December 31, 2020.2021. However, an institution may be deemed by the regulators to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if, among other things, it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to asset quality, management, earnings or liquidity.

FDICIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions including payment of a cash dividend or paying any management fees to its holding company, if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. Undercapitalized depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit capital restoration plans. If a depository fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized”. Significantly undercapitalized depository institutions may be subject to a number of other requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets and stop accepting deposits from correspondent banks. Critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator; generally within 90 days of the date such institution is determined to be critically undercapitalized.

FDICIA provides the federal banking agencies with significantly expanded powers to take enforcement action against institutions that fail to comply with capital or other standards. Such actions may include the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC or the appointment of a receiver or conservator for the institution. FDICIA also limits the circumstances under which the FDIC is permitted to provide financial assistance to an insured institution before appointment of a conservator or receiver.

Under FDICIA, each federal banking agency is required to prescribe, by regulation, non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions under its authority. In addition to adopting information security standards, the federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have adopted standards covering:

internal controls;

-14-

Table of Contents

information systems and internal audit systems;
loan documentation;
credit underwriting;
interest rate exposure;
asset growth; and
compensation fees and benefits.

Any institution that fails to meet these standards may be required to develop an acceptable plan, specifying the steps that the institutions will take to meet the standards. Failure to submit or implement such a plan may subject the institution to regulatory sanctions. Peoples believes that it meets substantially all the standards that have been adopted. Before establishing new branch offices, Peoples Bank must meet certain minimum capital stock and surplus requirements and must obtain state approval from the Department of Banking.

-14-

Table of Contents

Risk-Based Capital Requirements

The federal banking regulators have adopted certain risk-based capital guidelines to assist in assessing capital adequacy of a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit, and recourse agreements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit-equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 150% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.

A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets. The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets, which include off-balance-sheet items, against both total qualifying capital, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, and Tier 1 capital.

“Common Equity Tier 1 Capital” includes common equity and minority interest in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangibles, subject to certain exceptions, and retained earnings.
“Tier 1”,1,” or core capital, includes common equity, non-cumulative preferred stock and minority interest in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other intangibles, subject to certain exceptions.
“Tier 2”,2,” or supplementary capital, includes, among other things, limited life preferred stock, hybrid capital instruments, mandatory convertible securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and the allowance for loan and lease losses, subject to certain limitations and less restricted deductions. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies.

Current rules, which implemented the Basel III regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act, call for the following capital requirements:

A minimum ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%.;
A minimum ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 6%.;
A minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%.; and
A minimum leverage ratio of 4%.

In addition, the current rules provide for a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. If a banking organization fails to hold capital above the minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, it will be subject to certain restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments.

Accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI)(“AOCI”) is included in a banking organization’s common equity tier 1 capital. The rules, however, allowed community banks to make a one-time election not to include components of AOCI in regulatory capital and instead exclude most AOCI components from regulatory capital. Peoples Bank made that one-time election to “opt-out” of the inclusion of components of AOCI in regulatory capital.

The rules grandfather non-qualifying capital instruments (such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock) issued before May 19, 2010 for inclusion in the tier 1 capital-15-

Table of banking organizations with total consolidated assets less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 and banking organizations that were mutual holding companies as of May 19, 2010.Contents

Banking organizations may use the existing gross-up approach to assign securitization exposures to a risk weight category or choose to assign such exposures a 1,250 percent risk weight.

Mortgage servicing assets (MSAs)(“MSAs”) and certain deferred tax assets (DTAs)(“DTAs”) are subject to stricter limitations than those applicable to other assets under the capital rules.

Failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject a banking organization to a variety of enforcement actions including:

limitations on its ability to pay dividends;

-15-

Table of Contents

the issuance by the applicable regulatory authority of a capital directive to increase capital, and in the case of depository institutions, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, as well as to the measures described under FDICIA as applicable to undercapitalized institutions.

In addition, future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could affect the ability of Peoples Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends to Peoples.

At December 31, 2020,2021, Peoples met its capital requirements with a ratio of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 13.73%13.76%; its ratio of tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 13.73%13.76%; its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 14.98%15.01%; and its leverage ratio of 10.08%9.58%.

A qualifying community banking organization (defined to have, among other things, total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion) that has made an election to use the community bank leverage ratio framework will be considered to have met the minimum capital requirements, the capital ratio requirements, and any other capital or leverage requirements to which the qualifying community banking organization would be subject, if it has a leverage ratio of greater than 9 percent. As of December 31, 2021, Peoples Bank has not elected to use the community bank leverage ratio framework.

Interest Rate Risk

Regulatory agencies include, in their evaluations of a bank’s capital adequacy, an assessment of the bank’s interest rate risk exposure. The standards for measuring the adequacy and effectiveness of a banking organization’s interest rate risk management includes a measurement of board of directors and senior management oversight, and a determination of whether a banking organization’s procedures for comprehensive risk management are appropriate to the circumstances of the specific banking organization. We utilize interest rate risk models to measure and monitor interest rate risk. In addition, we employ an independent consultant to provide a quarterly assessment of our interest rate risk. Finally, regulatory agencies, as part of the scope of their periodic examinations, evaluate our interest rate risk.

Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”)

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 is designed to create a system for bank regulatory agencies to evaluate a depository institution’s record in meeting the credit needs of its community.community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA regulations establish performance-based standards for use in examining for compliance. Peoples Bank had its last CRA compliance examination in 2020 and received a “satisfactory” rating.

USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) and Anti-Money Laundering

The Patriot Act contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. The federal Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) also require financial institutions to, among other things, create a system of controls designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and imposes recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The Patriot Act enhanced regulations under the BSA to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering, and requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. Regulations adopted under the BSA impose on financial institutions customer due diligence requirements, and the federal banking agencies expect that customer due diligence programs will be integrated within a financial institution’s broader BSA and anti-money laundering compliance program. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), a division of the U.S. Department of

-16-

Table of Contents

the Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that domestic entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank)(“Dodd-Frank”)

In 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law. Dodd-Frank is intended to effect a fundamental restructuring of federal banking regulation. Among other things, Dodd-Frank created the Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify systemic risks in the financial system and gives federal regulators authority to take control of and liquidate financial firms. Dodd-Frank additionally created an independent federal regulator to administer federal consumer protection laws. Dodd-Frank has and is expected to continue to have a significant impact on our business operations as its provisions take effect. Some of the rules that have been proposed and, in some cases, adopted to comply with Dodd-Frank’s mandates are discussed further below.

In May 2018, the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “EGRRCPA”) was enacted to reduce the regulatory burden on certain banking organizations, including community banks, by modifying or eliminating certain federal regulatory requirements. While the EGRRCPA maintains most of the regulatory structure established by Dodd-Frank, it amended certain aspects of the regulatory framework for small depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion as well as for larger banks with assets above $50 billion. In addition, the EGRRCPA included regulatory relief for community banks regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, application of the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading prohibitions), mortgage disclosures, qualified mortgages, and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans. Notwithstanding the relief from Dodd-Frank afforded by the EGRRCPA, federal banking regulators retain broad discretion to impose additional regulatory requirements on banking organizations based on safety and soundness and U.S. financial system stability considerations.

Among the provisions of Dodd-Frank that affect us are the following:

Holding Company Capital Requirements. Dodd-Frank requires the FRB to apply consolidated capital requirements to bank holding companies that are no less stringent than those currently applied to depository institutions. Dodd-Frank additionally requires that bank regulators issue countercyclical capital requirements so that the required amount of capital increases in times of economic expansion, consistent with safety and soundness.

Deposit Insurance. Dodd-Frank permanently increases the maximum deposit insurance amount for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor. Dodd-Frank also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Further, Dodd-Frank eliminated the federal statutory prohibition against the payment of interest on business

-16-

Table of Contents

checking accounts. Assessments for institutions such as Peoples Bank (assets of less than $10 billion), are based on initial assessment rates that are adjusted by combining supervisory ratings with financial ratios to determine a total assessment rate. For most institutions, assessment rates are based on weighted-average supervisory ratings of banking operation components and six financial ratios. The financial ratios are: the leverage ratio; loans past due 30-89 days/gross assets; nonperforming assets/gross assets; net loan charge-offs/gross assets; net income before taxes/risk-weighted assets; and the adjusted brokered deposit ratio. In addition, an institution's assessment rate may be lowered if the institution holds long-term unsecured debt and raised if it holds long-term unsecured debt that is issued by another depository institution.

Corporate Governance. Dodd-Frank requires publicly-traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at least every three years, a non-binding vote regarding the frequency of the vote on executive compensation at least every six years, and a non-binding vote on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by stockholders. Additionally, Dodd-Frank directs the federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets of $1.0 billion or more, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. Dodd-Frank also gives the SEC authority to prohibit broker discretionary voting on elections of directors and executive compensation matters. In 2016, the SEC and the federal banking regulators proposed rules to prohibit covered financial institutions (including bank holding companies and banks) from, among other things, establishing or maintaining incentive-based compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing covered persons (consisting of senior executive officers and significant risk takers, as defined in the rules) with excessive

-17-

Table of Contents

compensation, fees or benefits that could lead to material financial loss to the financial institution. The comment period for these proposed rules has closed and a final rule has not yet been published.

Limits on Interstate Acquisitions and Mergers. Dodd-Frank precludes a bank holding company from engaging in an interstate acquisition–the acquisition of a bank outside its home state–unless the bank holding company is both well capitalized and well managed. Furthermore, a bank may not engage in an interstate merger with another bank headquartered in another state unless the surviving institution will be well capitalized and well managed.

Limits on Interchange Fees. Dodd-Frank amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets of $10 billion or more and to enforce a statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer. Issuers with less than $10 billion in assets, like us, are exempt from debit card interchange fee standards.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Dodd-Frank created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), which is granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets. Smaller institutions are subject to rules promulgated by the CFPB, but continue to be examined and supervised by federal banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. The CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. Dodd-Frank authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay. In addition, Dodd-Frank allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. Dodd-Frank permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

Ability to Repay and Qualified Mortgage Rule. Mortgage lendersorigination activities are requiredsubject to Regulation Z, which implements the federal Truth-in-Lending Act (“TILA”). Certain provisions of Regulation Z require mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination based on verified and documented information that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Mortgage lenders are required to determine consumers’ ability to repay in one of two ways. The first alternative requires the mortgage lender to consider, at a minimum, the following eight underwriting factors when making the credit decision:

current or reasonably expected income or assets;
current employment status;
the monthly payment on the covered transaction;
the monthly payment on any simultaneous loan;
the monthly payment for mortgage-related obligations;

-17-

Table of Contents

current debt obligations, alimony, and child support;
the monthly debt-to-income ratio or residual income; and
credit history.

Alternatively, the mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages,” which are entitled to a presumption that the creditor making the loan satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. In general, a “qualified mortgage” is a mortgage loan without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, or terms exceeding 30 years. In addition, to be a qualified mortgage, the points and fees paid by a consumer cannot exceed 3% of the total loan amount. Loans which meet these criteria will be considered qualified mortgages, and as a result generally protect lenders from fines or litigation in the event of foreclosure. Qualified mortgages that are “higher-priced” (e.g. subprime loans) garner a rebuttable presumption of compliance with the ability-to-repay rules, while qualified mortgages that are not “higher-priced” (e.g. prime loans) are given a safe harbor of compliance.

-18-

Table of Contents

In addition to TILA and Regulation Z, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and Home Ownership Equity Protection Act, and the regulations promulgated under these acts, among other additional state and federal laws, regulations and rules.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh

Peoples Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-Pgh”), which is one of 11 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. As a member, each bank must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB

Brokered Deposits

Section 29 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of any bank to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it is “well capitalized” or, with the FDIC’s approval, “adequately capitalized.” However, as a result of the EGRRCPA, the FDIC undertook a comprehensive review of its regulatory approach to brokered deposits, including reciprocal deposits, and interest rate caps applicable to banks that are less than “well capitalized.” On December 15, 2020, the FDIC issued final rules that amend the FDIC’s methodology for calculating interest rate caps, provide a new process for banks that seek FDIC approval to offer a competitive rate on deposits when the prevailing rate in the bank’s local market exceeds the national rate cap, and provides specific exemptions and streamlined application and notice procedures for certain deposit-placement arrangements that are not subject to brokered deposit restrictions. These final rules were effective on April 1, 2021.

Cybersecurity

The federal banking regulators have adopted guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the supervision of a financial institution’s board of directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial products and services. The federal banking agencies expect financial institutions to establish lines of defense and ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised customer credentials, and also expect financial institutions to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack. In addition, all federal and state banking regulators continue to increase focus on cybersecurity programs and risks as part of regular supervisory exams.

On November 18, 2021, the federal banking regulators issued a final rule to improve the sharing of information about cyber incidents that may affect the U.S. banking system. The rule requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator of any significant computer-security incident as soon as possible and no later than 36 hours after the banking organization determines that a cyber incident has occurred. Notification is required for incidents that have materially affected—or are reasonably likely to materially affect—the viability of a banking organization’s operations, its ability to deliver banking products and services, or the stability of the financial sector. In addition, the rule requires a bank service provider to notify affected banking organization customers as soon as possible when the provider determines that it has experienced a computer-security incident that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect banking organization customers for four or more hours. Compliance with the final rule is required by May 1, 2022.

Future Legislation

Proposed legislation is introduced in almost every legislative session that would dramatically affect the regulation of the banking industry. We cannot predict if any such legislation will be adopted nor if adopted how it would affect our business. Past history has demonstrated that new legislation or change to existing laws or regulations usually results in greater compliance burden and therefore generally increases the cost of doing business.

-19-

Table of Contents

Availability of Securities Filings

We maintain an Internet website at www.psbt.com. We make available free of charge through the “Investor Relations” link on our Internet website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our internet website and the information contained therein are not incorporated into this Form 10-K. In addition, copies of our annual report will be made available, free of charge, upon written request.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, one should carefully consider the factors discussed below, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be insignificant also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.

Risks Relating to Peoples and Its Business

The outbreak of thecontinuing coronavirus ("COVID-19"), pandemic, or an outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, has adversely affected our business and could adversely affecthave a more material adverse impact on our business activities, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent upon the willingness and ability of our customers to conduct banking and other financial transactions. The spread of a highly infectious or contagious disease, such as COVID-19, could cause severe disruptions in the U.S. economy, which could in turn disrupt the business, activities, and operations of our customers, as well as our business and operations. Moreover, sinceSince the beginning of January 2020, the coronavirusCOVID-19 outbreak has caused significant disruption in the financial markets both globally and in the United States. The continuing spread of COVID-19 and its Delta and Omicron variants, or an outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, may result in a significant decrease in business and/or cause our customers to be unable to meet existing payment or other obligations to us, particularly in the event of a targeted spread of COVID-19 or an outbreak of an infectious disease in our market area. Although we maintain contingency plans for pandemic outbreaks, athe continuing spread of COVID-19, or an outbreak of another contagious disease, could also negatively impact the availability of key personnel necessary to conduct our business activities. Such a spread or outbreak could also negatively impact the business and operations of third-party service providers who perform critical services for us. If COVID-19, or another highly infectious or contagious disease, spreads or the response to contain COVID-19 is unsuccessful, we could experience a material adverse effect to our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

-18-

TableWe are continuing to monitor the COVID-19 crisis, including the emergence and impact of Contents

the Delta and Omicron variants, its economic effects and related risks, although the rapid development and fluidity of the situation precludes any specific prediction as to its ultimate impact. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our capital, liquidity, and other financial positions and on our business, results of operations, and prospects will depend on a number of evolving factors, including:

The duration, extent, and severity of the pandemic.pandemic, including the evolution of new COVID-19 has not been containedvariants, the impact related to the distribution and could affect significantly more households and businesses. The uncertain duration and severityeffectiveness of the pandemic continues.available COVID-19 vaccines and treatments, and the potential development for additional vaccines and treatments in the future.

The response of governmental authorities. Many of the actions taken by the national and state governmental authorities have been directed at curtailing personal and business activity to contain COVID-19 while simultaneously deploying fiscal-and monetary-policy measures to assist in mitigating the adverse effects on individuals and businesses. These actions are not consistent across jurisdictions but, in general, have been rapidly expanding in scope and intensity.

-20-

Table of Contents

The effect on our customers, counterparties, employees, and third-party service providers. COVID-19 and its associated consequences and uncertainties may affect individuals, households, and businesses differently and unevenly. Our credit, operational, and other risks are generally expected to increase.

The effect on economies and markets. Whether the actions of governmental authorities will be successful in mitigating the adverse effects of COVID-19 is unclear. National, regional, and local economies and markets could suffer lasting disruptions.

The success of relief efforts to bridge the gap to reopening the economy. The U.S. government has implemented programs to directly compensate individuals and grant or loan money to businesses in an effort to provide funding while the economy is shut down. Many banks, including Peoples, have implemented hardship relief programs that include payment deferral options. The success of these programs could mute the effect on the Company's credit losses, which may be difficult to determine.

The duration of these business interruptions and related impacts on our business and operations, which will depend on future developments, are highly uncertain and cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The pandemic could cause us to experience higher credit losses in our lending portfolio, impairment of our goodwill and other financial assets, reduced demand for our products and services, and other negative impacts on our financial position, results of operations, and prospects.

We are subject to credit risk in connection with our lending activities, and our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively impacted by economic conditions and other factors that adversely affect our borrowers.

Lending money is a significant part of the banking business and interest income on our loan portfolio is the principal component of our revenue. Our financial condition and results of operations are affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, and in a timely manner. Borrowers, however, do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is assessed through our underwriting and loan review procedures based on several factors including credit risks of a particular borrower, changes in economic conditions, the duration of the loan and in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors. Despite our efforts, we do and will experience loan and lease losses, and our financial condition and results of operations will be adversely affected. Our loans which were between 30 and 89 days delinquent on December 31, 20202021 totaled $3.5 million. Our non-performing assets were approximately $10.5$5.0 million on December 31, 2020.2021. Our allowance for loan and lease losses was approximately $27.3$28.4 million on December 31, 2020.2021.

Our emphasis on the Eastern Pennsylvania and the Southern Tier of New York market area exposes us to a risk of loss associated with the region.

At December 31, 2020, $277.42021, $297.6 million or 12.7%12.8%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans and $1.1$1.3 billion or 52.3%57.7%, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate loans. A majority of these loans are made to borrowers or secured by properties located in Eastern Pennsylvania and the southern tier of New York. Deterioration in economic conditions in this market area, particularly in the industries on which this geographic area depend, or a general

-19-

Table of Contents

decline in economic conditions may adversely affect the quality of our loan portfolio (including the level of non-performing assets, charge offs and provision for loan losses) and demand for our products and services, and, accordingly, our results of operations. Future declines in real estate values in the region could also cause some of our mortgage and commercial real estate loans to be inadequately collateralized, which would expose us to a greater risk of loss if we seek to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral.

We make commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate loans, which present greater risks than other types of loans.

As of December 31, 2020,2021, approximately 83.4%87.0% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans or consumer loans. These types of loans are also typically larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. Because our loan portfolio contains a significant number of commercial and industrial, construction, and commercial real estate loans some of which have large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of

-21-

Table of Contents

these loans could cause a significant increase in non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a net loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses, and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The commercial real estate market is cyclical and poses risks of loss to us because of the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the lack of diversity in risk associated with such a concentration. Banking regulators have been giving and continue to give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and banks with larger commercial real estate loan portfolios are expected by their regulators to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress-testing practices to manage risks associated with commercial real estate lending. Additional losses or regulatory requirements related to our commercial real estate loan concentration could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses, and we may be required to make further provisions for loan losses and charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We attempt to maintain an allowance for loan losses, established through a provision for loan losses accounted for as an expense, which is adequate to absorb losses inherent in our loan portfolio. If our allowance for loan losses is inadequate, it may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. Increases in non-performing loans have a significant impact on our allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to absorb actual loan losses. If conditions in our regional real estate markets decline, we could experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to real estate construction and land acquisition and development loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Moreover, if the economy slows, the negative impact to our market areas could result in higher delinquencies and credit losses. As a result, we will continue to make provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect our financial conditions and results of operations.

In addition to our internal processes for determining loss allowances, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase the provision for loan losses, to recognize further loan charge-offs, or to take other actions, based on judgments that differ from those of our management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need to increase our allowance for loan losses. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Provisions for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, and results of operations and cash flows.

-20-

Table of Contents

Changes in interest rates could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to generate net income substantially depends upon our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Certain assets and liabilities react differently to changes in market interest rates. Further, interest rates on some types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate prior to changes in broader market interest rates, while rates on other types of assets may lag behind. Additionally, some assets such as adjustable-rate mortgages have features, and rate caps, which restrict changes in their interest rates.

Factors such as monetary policy, inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, global disorder, terrorist activity, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets, global pandemic, and other factors beyond our control (including political, legal, and regulatory actions and policies in response to the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine), may affect interest rates. Changes in market interest rates will also affect the level of voluntary prepayments on loans and the

-22-

Table of Contents

receipt of payments on mortgage-backed securities, resulting in the receipt of proceeds that may have to be reinvested at a lower rate than the loan or mortgage-backed security being prepaid. Although we pursue an asset-liability management strategy designed to manage our risk from changes in market interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

The Company maywill be required to transition from the use of the LIBOR interest rate index in the future.

 

The Company has certain loans and derivative instruments whose interest rate is indexed to the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR)(“LIBOR”). The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which is responsibleLIBOR index will be discontinued for regulating LIBOR, has announced that the publication of one week and two month U.S. dollar (USD) LIBORDollar settings is not guaranteed beyond December 31, 2021 and the remaining USD LIBOR settings beyondeffective June 30, 2023.2023. At this time, no consensus exists as to what reference rate or rates or benchmarks may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR, although the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (a group of private-market participants convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York) has identified the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR, as the recommend alternative to LIBOR. Uncertainty as to the adoption, market acceptance or availability of SOFR or other alternative reference rates may adversely affect the value of LIBOR-based loans in the Company’s portfolio and may impact the availability and cost of hedging instruments and borrowings. The language in the Company’s LIBOR-based contracts and financial instruments has developed over time and may have various events that trigger when a successor index to LIBOR would be selected. If a trigger is satisfied, contracts and financial instruments may give the Company or the calculation agent, as applicable, discretion over the selection of the substitute index for the calculation of interest rates. The implementation of a substitute index for the calculation of interest rates under the Company’s loan agreements may result in the Company incurring significant expenses in effecting the transition and may result in disputes or litigation with customers over the appropriateness or comparability to LIBOR of the substitute index, any of which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Changes in interest rates could affect our investment values and impact comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity.

At December 31, 2020,2021, we had approximately $295.9$517.3 million of securities available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value on our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses on these securities, that is, the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of these securities, are reflected in stockholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. As of December 31, 2020,2021, our available-for-sale securities had an unrealized gain,loss, net of taxes, of $7.7$1.4 million. The fair value of our available-for-sale securities is subject to interest rate change, which would not affect recorded earnings, but would increase or decrease comprehensive income and stockholders’ equity.

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by other-than-temporary impairment charges relating to our investment portfolio.

Numerous factors, including the lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, the absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. Investments are evaluated periodically to determine whether a decline in their value is other than temporary.

-21-

Table of Contents

Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and duration of the decline, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether the loss in value is other than temporary. The term “other than temporary” indicates that the prospects for a near term recovery of value are not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to support fair values equal to, or greater than, the carrying value of the investment.

Once a decline in value is determined to be other than temporary, the value of the security is reduced and a corresponding charge to earnings is recognized. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect our ability to pay dividends, which could materially adversely affect us and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Significant impairment charges could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

-23-

Table of Contents

The requirement to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value may adversely affect our financial results.

We report certain assets, including available-for-sale investment securities, at fair value. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value we use quoted market prices or valuation models that utilize market data inputs to estimate fair value. Because we record these assets at their estimated fair value, we may incur losses even if the asset in question presents minimal credit risk. The level of interest rates can impact the estimated fair value of investment securities. Disruptions in the capital markets may require us to recognize other-than-temporary impairments in future periods with respect to investment securities in our portfolio. The amount and timing of any impairment recognized will depend on the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of our investment securities and our estimation of the anticipated recovery period.

Changes in the value of goodwill and intangible assets could reduce our earnings.

We account for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which, in general, requires that goodwill not be amortized, but rather that it be tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level using the two step approach. Testing for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets is performed annually, or more frequently if market factors change, and involves the identification of reporting units and the estimation of fair values. The estimation of fair values involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity in the assumptions used. At December 31, 2020,2021, we completed a qualitative goodwill impairment test to determine if it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of the Company is less than its carrying value, including goodwill, as described by the GAAP methodology. Based on this analysis, we concluded it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company, as of December 31, 2020,2021, is higher than its carrying value, and, therefore, goodwill is not considered impaired and no further testing is required. Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates and other external factors (such as global pandemics or natural disasters) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the fair value of publicly traded financial institutions and could result in an impairment charge at a future date.

Changes in U.S. or regional economic conditions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s business activities and earnings are affected by general business conditions in the United States and in the Company’s local market area.areas the Company operates. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer confidence and spending, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the economy in the United States generally and, in particular, the Company’s market area. A favorable business environment is generally characterized by, among other factors, economic growth, efficient capital markets, low inflation, low unemployment, high business and investor confidence, and strong business earnings. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence; limitations on the availability or increases in the cost of credit and capital; increases in inflation or interest rates; high unemployment; global pandemics, natural disasters; or a combination of these or other factors. Economic pressure on consumers and uncertainty regarding continuing economic improvement may result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and savings habits. Elevated levels of unemployment, declines in the values

-22-

Table of Contents

of real estate, extended federal government shutdowns, or other events that affect household and/or corporate incomes could impair the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans in accordance with their terms and reduce demand for banking products and services.

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. We compete actively with other Pennsylvania, New Jersey and southern New York financial institutions, many larger than us, as well as with financial and non-financial institutions headquartered elsewhere. Commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, and money market funds actively compete for deposits and loans. Such institutions, as well as consumer finance, insurance companies and brokerage firms, may be considered competitors with respect to one or more services they

-24-

Table of Contents

render. Many of the institutions with which we compete have substantially greater resources and lending limits and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. Our profitability depends upon our ability to successfully compete in our market area.

Increased needs for disbursement of funds on loans and deposits can affect our liquidity.

We manage our liquidity with an objective of maintaining a balance between sources and uses of funds in such a way that the cash requirements of customers for loans and deposit withdrawals are met in the most economical manner. If we do not properly manage our liquidity, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

Our future pension plan costs and contributions could be unfavorably impacted by the factors that are used in the actuarial calculations.

We maintain a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan, which was frozen in 2008. The costs for this legacy pension plan are dependent upon a number of factors, such as the rates of return on plan assets, discount rates, the level of interest rates used to measure the required minimum funding levels of the plans, future government regulation and required or voluntary contributions made to the plans. Without sustained growth in the pension investments over time to increase the value of our plan assets and depending upon the other factors impacting net income as listed above, we could be required to fund the plan with higher amounts of cash than are anticipated by our actuaries. Such increased funding obligations could have a material impact on our liquidity by reducing our cash flows.

Our holding company is dependent for liquidity on payments from Peoples Bank, which payments are subject to restrictions.

We depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from Peoples Bank to fund dividend payments to our shareholders, if any, and to fund all payments on obligations of our holding company. Peoples Bank is subject to laws that restrict dividend payments or authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds from Peoples Bank to us. Restrictions or regulatory actions of that kind could impede our access to funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations or dividend payments, if any. In addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared from time to time by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose.

We need to continually attract and retain qualified personnel for our operations.

Our ability to provide high-quality customer service and to operate efficiently and profitably is dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified individuals for key positions within the organization. We rely heavily on our executive officers and employees. The loss of certain executive officers or employees could have an adverse effect on us because, as a community bank, the executive officers and employees typically have more responsibility than would be typical at a larger financial institution with more employees. In addition, due to our size as a community bank, we have fewer management-level and other personnel who are in position to succeed to and assume the responsibilities of certain

-23-

Table of Contents

existing executive officers and employees. If we expand geographically or expand to provide non-banking services, current management may not have the necessary experience for successful operation in these new areas. There is no guarantee that management would be able to meet these new challenges or that we would be able to retain new officers or personnel with the appropriate background and expertise.

Our financial performance may suffer if our information technology is unable to keep pace with growth or industry developments.

Effective and competitive delivery of our products and services is increasingly dependent upon information technology resources and processes, both those provided internally as well as those provided through third party vendors. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our

-25-

Table of Contents

future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services to enhance customer convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Additionally, as technology in the financial services industry changes and evolves, keeping pace becomes increasingly complex and expensive for us. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, which could reduce our ability to compete effectively.

A failure in or a breach of our information systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of our business activities, including the ongoing maintenance of deposits, loan and other account relationships for our customers, receiving instructions and effecting transactions for those customers and other users of our products and services, we regularly collect, process, transmit and store significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others. In addition to confidential information regarding our customers, employees and others, we, and in some cases a third party, compile, process, transmit and store proprietary, non-public information concerning our business, operations, plans and strategies.

Information security risks have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. We rely on digital technologies, computer and email systems, software, and networks to conduct secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use personal smart phones, tablet PCs and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized use, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ or third parties’ confidential information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations.

In addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers have engaged in attacks against large financial institutions, particularly denial of service attacks, that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as customer-facing web sites. We are not able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources.

Although we use a variety of physical, procedural and technological safeguards to protect confidential information from mishandling, misuse or loss, these safeguards cannot provide assurance that mishandling, misuse or loss of the information will not occur, and that if mishandling, misuse or loss of the information did occur, those events will be promptly detected and addressed. A failure in or breach of our operational or information security systems, or those of a third-party service provider, as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business, damage our reputation, increase our costs and/or cause significant losses. As information security risks and cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend substantial resources to

-24-

Table of Contents

further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

If information security is breached, despite the controls we and our third-party vendors have instituted, information can be lost or misappropriated, resulting in financial loss or costs to us or damages to others. These costs or losses could materially exceed the amount of insurance coverage, if any, which would adversely affect our earnings. In addition, our reputation could be damaged which could result in loss of customers, greater difficulty in attracting new customers, or an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

-26-

Table of Contents

Our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting may not achieve their intended objectives.

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that we timely report information as specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting. These controls may not achieve their intended objectives. Control processes that involve human diligence and compliance, such as our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, are subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Controls can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there are risks that material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected and that information may not be reported on a timely basis. If our controls are not effective, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and market for our common stock, and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.

We are exposed to environmental liabilities with respect to real estate.

We currently operate 2628 branch offices, and own additional real estate. In addition, a significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. In the course of our business, we may foreclose, accept deeds in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise acquire real estate, and in doing so could become subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may become responsible to a governmental agency or third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by those parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean-up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with environmental investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before acquiring title to any real property, these may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. If we were to become subject to significant environmental liabilities, it could materially and adversely affect us.

The soundness of other financial services institutions may adversely affect our credit risk.

We rely on other financial services institutions through trading, clearing, counterparty, and other relationships. We maintain limits and monitor concentration levels of our counterparties as specified in our internal policies. Our reliance on other financial services institutions exposes us to credit risk in the event of default by these institutions or counterparties. These losses could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations could be interrupted if certain external vendors on which we rely experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

We depend to a significant extent on relationships with third party service providers. Specifically, we utilize third party core banking services and receive credit card and debit card services, branch capture services, Internet banking services and services complementary to our banking products from various third party service providers. If these third party service providers experience difficulties or terminate their services and we are unable to replace them with other service providers, our operations could be interrupted. It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking, credit card and debit card services, in a timely manner if they were unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future for any reason. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of

-25-

Table of Contents

operations. Even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, if a third party provider fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements, such as compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or

-27-

Table of Contents

suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, our business could suffer economic and reputational harm that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our use of third party vendors and our other ongoing third party business relationships are subject to regulatory requirements and attention.

We regularly use third party vendors as part of our business. We also have substantial ongoing business relationships with other third parties. These types of third party relationships are subject to demanding regulatory requirements and attention by our bank regulators. Banking regulations requires us to perform due diligence, ongoing monitoring and maintain control over our third party vendors and other ongoing third party business relationships. We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of our third party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over our third party vendors or other ongoing third party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines as well as requirements for customer remediation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares is subject to limitations.

Our ability to pay dividends on or repurchase shares of our stock depends upon our receipt of dividends from Peoples Bank. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends is limited by Pennsylvania corporate law and by federal banking regulations. Under Pennsylvania law, we may not pay a dividend if, after payment, we could not pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business or our total assets would be less than our total liabilities. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

As a state-chartered bank, Peoples Bank is subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment and amounts of dividends under the Pennsylvania Banking Code. Further, Peoples Bank’s ability to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. There is no assurance that Peoples Bank will be able to pay dividends. Our failure to pay dividends could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Proxy contests and shareholder litigation may adversely affect our results of operations.

Proxy contests or shareholder litigation could cause us to use resources, both in expense and in the time and attention of our management, which could otherwise be used in operating our business. Accordingly, our results of operations may be adversely effected.

Risks Related to Potential Future Transactions

Future acquisitions by us could dilute existing shareholders’ ownership of Peoples and may cause us to become more susceptible to adverse economic events.

We may issue shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions and other investments, which would dilute existing shareholders’ ownership interests in Peoples. While there is no assurance that these transactions will occur, or that they will occur on terms favorable to us, future business acquisitions could be material to us, and the

-26-

Table of Contents

degree of success achieved in acquiring and integrating these businesses could have a material effect on the value of our common stock. In addition, these acquisitions could require us to expend substantial cash or other liquid assets or to incur debt, which could cause us to become more susceptible to economic downturns and competitive pressures.

-28-

Table of Contents

Our governing documents, Pennsylvania law, and current policies of our board of directors contain provisions which may reduce the likelihood of a change in control transaction that may otherwise be available and attractive to shareholders.

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain certain anti-takeover provisions that may make it more difficult or expensive or may discourage a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our board of directors. In particular, the articles of incorporation and bylaws: classify our board of directors into three groups, so that shareholders elect only approximately one-third of the board each year; require our shareholders to give us advance notice to nominate candidates for election to the board of directors or to make shareholder proposals at a shareholders’ meeting; and require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of our common stock to approve amendments to our bylaws or to approve certain business combinations that have not received the support of two-thirds of our board of directors. These provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control, even though a majority of our shareholders may consider such proposals desirable. Such provisions could also make it more difficult for third parties to remove and replace the members of our board of directors. Moreover, these provisions could diminish the opportunities for shareholders to participate in certain tender offers, including tender offers at prices above the then-current market value of our common stock, and may also inhibit increases in the trading price of our common stock that could result from takeover attempts or speculation.

In addition, anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, Pennsylvania law may restrict a third party’s ability to obtain control of Peoples and may prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. Pennsylvania law also provides that our shareholders are not entitled by statute to propose amendments to our articles of incorporation.

Our ability to make opportunistic acquisitions is subject to significant risks, including the risk that regulators will not provide the requisite approvals.

We may make opportunistic whole or partial acquisitions of other banks, branches, financial institutions, or related businesses from time to time that we expect may further our business strategy. Any possible acquisition will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such approval in a timely manner or at all. Even if we obtain regulatory approval, these acquisitions could involve numerous risks, including lower than expected performance or higher than expected costs, difficulties related to integration, diversion of management’s attention from other business activities, changes in relationships with customers, and the potential loss of key employees. In addition, we may not be successful in identifying acquisition candidates, integrating acquired institutions, or preventing deposit erosion or loan quality deterioration at acquired institutions. Competition for acquisitions can be highly competitive, and we may not be able to acquire other institutions on attractive terms. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in completing or will even pursue future acquisitions, or if such transactions are completed, that we will be successful in integrating acquired businesses into operations. Our ability to grow may be limited if we choose not to pursue or are unable to successfully make acquisitions in the future.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by certain state and federal agencies including the FDIC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve SystemBoard and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which we may engage and are intended primarily to ensure the safety and soundness of financial institutions. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and

-27-

Table of Contents

determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on us and our operations. There also are several federal and state statutes which regulate the obligation and liabilities of financial institutions pertaining to environmental issues. In addition to the potential for attachment of liability resulting from our own actions, we may be held liable under certain

-29-

Table of Contents

circumstances for the actions of our borrowers, or third parties, when such actions result in environmental problems on properties that collateralize loans held by us. Further, the liability has the potential to far exceed the original amount of a loan.

We may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements in the future, which may adversely affect our net income and future growth.

Future increases, if any, in minimum capital requirements could adversely affect our net income. Furthermore, our failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations.

The regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection BureauCFPB have increased and may continue to increase our costs of operations.

The Consumer Financial Protection BureauCFPB has broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws and broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection BureauCFPB considers whether additional rules are needed and has direct examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets, like us, are examined for compliance with these consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our earnings.

Our deposits are insured by the FDIC up to legal limits and, accordingly, we are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Should our supervisory rating be lowered or our unsecured debt increase, we may be required to pay an increased assessment. More generally, should the designated reserve ratio of the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund be raised or the fund suffer losses, we may be required to pay an increased assessment. An increase in the assessment we pay may adversely impact our earnings.

Regulations relating to privacy, information security and data protection could increase our costs, affect or limit how we collect and use personal information and adversely affect our business opportunities.

We are subject to various privacy, information security and data protection laws, including requirements concerning security breach notification, and we could be negatively impacted by these laws. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to customers about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and (iii) requires that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing safeguards appropriate based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Various state and federal banking regulators and states have also enacted data security breach notification requirements with varying levels of individual, consumer, regulatory or law enforcement notification in certain circumstances in the event of a security breach. Moreover, legislators and regulators in the United States are increasingly adopting or revising privacy, information security and data protection laws that potentially could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy, data protection and information security-related practices, our collection, use, sharing, retention and safeguarding of consumer or employee information, and some of our current or planned business activities. This could also increase our costs of compliance and business operations and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. This includes increased privacy-related enforcement activity at the federal level, by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as at the state level, such as with regard to mobile applications.

-28-

Table of Contents

Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting customer or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws could result in potentially significant regulatory or governmental

-30-

Table of Contents

investigations or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions, increased insurance cost and damage to our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Item  1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2.

Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is located at 150 N. Washington Avenue, Scranton, Pennsylvania, which houses our finance and planning, trust, commercial lending, human resources and investor services divisions, as well as our executive offices. Our operations division is located at 82 Franklin Avenue, Hallstead, Pennsylvania.

We operate 2628 full-service community banking offices located within the Allegheny, Bucks, Lackawanna, Lebanon, Lehigh, Luzerne, Monroe, Montgomery, Northampton, Susquehanna and Wyoming Counties of Pennsylvania, Middlesex County of New Jersey and Broome County of New York. SevenNine offices are leased and the balance are owned by Peoples Bank.

We lease several remote ATM locations throughout our market area. All branches and ATM locations are equipped with closed circuit television monitoring.

We consider our properties to be suitable and adequate for our current and immediate future purposes.

Item  3.

Legal Proceedings.

There are no material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business, as to which we are a party or of which any of our property is subject.

Item  4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Part II

Item  5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

As of February 28, 20212022 there were approximately 3,794 holders of our common stock, $2.00 par value, including individual participants in security position listings. Our common stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “PFIS.”

Peoples has paid cash dividends since its incorporation in 1986. It is the present intention of the Board of Directors to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends,dividends; however, the payment of future dividends must necessarily depend upon earnings, financial position, appropriate restrictions under applicable laws and other factors relevant at the time our board of directors considers any declaration of dividends. The Board declared on January 29, 202128, 2022 a first quarter dividend of $0.37$0.39 per share payable March 15, 2021.2022. For information on dividend restrictions on the Company and Peoples Bank, refer to Part I, Item 1 “Supervision and Regulation – Limitations on Dividends and Other Payments” to this report and

-29-

Table of Contents

refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes to these statements filed at Item 8 to this report and incorporated in their entirety by reference under this Item 5.

-31-

Table of Contents

The following table presents information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated purchaser,” as defined in the Exchange Act Rule 10b-18(a)(3), of the Company’s common stock during each of the three months ended December 31, 2020:2021:

 

    

    

    

Total Number of

    

Maximum Number

 

    

    

    

Total Number of

    

Maximum Number

 

Shares Purchased

of Shares that may

 

Shares Purchased

of Shares that may

 

as Part of Publicly

yet be Purchased

 

as Part of Publicly

yet be Purchased

 

Total Number of

Average Price

Announced

Under the

 

Total Number of

Average Price

Announced

Under the

 

Month Ending

    

Shares Purchased

    

Paid Per Share

    

Programs

    

Programs

 

    

Shares Purchased

    

Paid Per Share

    

Programs

    

Programs

 

October 31, 2020

19,483

$

35.98

188,388

51,040

November 30, 2020

3,904

$

37.40

192,292

47,136

December 31, 2020

3,736

$

37.18

196,028

43,400

October 31, 2021

4,306

$

45.93

246,962

304,988

November 30, 2021

215

47.50

247,177

304,773

December 31, 2021

3,136

$

47.94

250,313

301,637

On February 28, 2020, our board of directors authorized a common stock repurchase plan whereby we were authorized to repurchase up to 225,000 shares of our outstanding common stock through open market purchases. That plan expired on December 31, 2020. On January 29, 2021, our board of directors authorized a new common stock repurchase plan whereby we are authorized to repurchase up to 4.9 percent353,422 shares of our outstanding common stock, or 353,422 shares.stock.

-30--32-

Table of Contents

The following graph and table show the cumulative total return on the common stock of the Company over the last five years, compared with the cumulative total return of a broad stock market index (the Russell 2000 Index or “Russell 2000”), and the SNL Bank and ThriftS&P U.S. BMI Banks Index. The cumulative total return on the stock or the index equals the total increase in value since December 31, 2015,2016, assuming reinvestment of all dividends paid into the stock or the index. The graph and table were prepared assuming that $100 was invested on December 31, 2015,2016, in the common stock and the securities included in the indexes.

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Returns

Performance Graph of

PEOPLES FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP

GraphicGraphic

Period Ending

 

Period Ending

 

Index

12/31/2015

12/31/2016

12/31/2017

12/31/2018

12/31/2019

12/31/2020

 

12/31/2016

12/31/2017

12/31/2018

12/31/2019

12/31/2020

12/31/2021

 

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

    

100.00

    

132.04

    

130.02

    

126.65

    

149.18

    

113.04

    

100.00

    

98.48

    

95.93

    

113.02

    

85.56

    

126.79

Russell 2000 Index

 

100.00

 

121.31

 

139.08

 

123.76

 

155.35

 

186.36

 

100.00

 

114.65

 

102.02

 

128.06

 

153.62

 

176.39

SNL Bank and Thrift Index

 

100.00

 

126.25

 

148.45

 

123.32

 

166.67

 

144.61

S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index

 

100.00

 

118.21

 

98.75

 

135.64

 

118.33

 

160.89

Source: S& P&P Global Market Intelligence

©20212022

-31--33-

Table of Contents

Item 6.

Selected Financial DatReserveda..

Consolidated Selected Financial Data

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Condensed statements of financial performance:

Interest income

$

94,125

$

93,381

$

84,661

$

74,242

$

68,984

Interest expense

 

14,324

 

17,868

 

13,322

 

8,698

 

7,251

Net interest income

 

79,801

 

75,513

 

71,339

 

65,544

 

61,733

Provision for loan losses

 

7,400

 

6,100

 

4,200

 

4,800

 

5,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

72,401

 

69,413

 

67,139

 

60,744

 

56,733

Noninterest income

 

16,642

 

15,120

 

13,659

 

17,186

 

15,888

Noninterest expense

 

54,868

 

55,642

 

52,487

 

51,293

 

48,030

Income before income taxes

 

34,175

 

28,891

 

28,311

 

26,637

 

24,591

Provision for income tax expense

 

4,821

 

3,155

 

3,391

 

8,180

 

5,008

Net income

$

29,354

$

25,736

$

24,920

$

18,457

$

19,583

Condensed statements of financial position:

Investment securities

$

303,274

$

338,557

$

278,334

$

281,822

$

269,927

Net loans

 

2,150,638

 

1,915,563

 

1,801,887

 

1,674,105

 

1,517,004

Other assets

 

429,890

 

221,207

 

208,772

 

213,104

 

212,511

Total assets

$

2,883,802

$

2,475,327

$

2,288,993

$

2,169,031

$

1,999,442

Deposits

$

2,437,113

$

1,971,489

$

1,875,022

$

1,719,018

$

1,588,757

Short-term borrowings

 

50,000

 

152,150

 

86,500

 

123,675

 

82,700

Long-term debt

 

14,769

 

32,733

 

37,906

 

49,734

 

58,134

Subordinated debt

33,000

Other liabilities

 

32,043

 

19,945

 

10,951

 

11,628

 

13,233

Stockholders’ equity

 

316,877

 

299,010

 

278,614

 

264,976

 

256,618

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

2,883,802

$

2,475,327

$

2,288,993

$

2,169,031

$

1,999,442

Per share data:

Net income - basic

$

4.02

$

3.48

$

3.37

$

2.50

$

2.65

Net income - diluted

4.00

3.47

3.37

2.50

2.65

Cash dividends declared

 

1.44

 

1.37

 

1.31

 

1.26

 

1.24

Stockholders’ equity

$

43.92

$

40.47

$

37.66

$

35.82

$

34.71

Cash dividends declared as a percentage of net income

 

35.83

%  

 

39.37

%  

 

38.90

%  

 

50.49

%  

 

46.83

%  

Average common shares outstanding - basic

7,304,956

7,395,429

7,397,797

7,395,837

7,396,716

Average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

7,337,843

 

7,412,369

 

7,402,900

 

7,395,837

 

7,396,716

Selected ratios (based on average balances):

Net income as a percentage of total assets

 

1.09

%  

 

1.10

%  

 

1.12

%  

 

0.90

%  

 

1.02

%  

Net income as a percentage of stockholders’ equity

 

9.48

 

8.87

 

9.21

 

7.02

 

7.64

Stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets

 

11.48

 

12.37

 

12.14

 

12.77

 

13.36

Tier I capital as a percentage of adjusted total assets

 

9.28

 

10.14

 

10.03

 

9.94

 

10.16

Net interest income as a percentage of earning assets

 

3.25

 

3.58

 

3.59

 

3.69

 

3.77

Loans, net, as a percentage of deposits

 

95.70

%  

 

96.83

%  

 

99.55

%  

 

96.50

%  

 

95.81

%  

Selected ratios and data (based on period end balances):

Tier I capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets

 

12.16

%  

 

11.90

%  

 

11.95

%  

 

11.85

%  

 

12.49

%  

Total capital as a percentage of risk-weighted assets

 

15.10

 

13.04

 

13.10

 

12.95

 

13.51

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans, net

 

1.26

 

1.17

 

1.17

 

1.12

 

1.04

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net

 

0.45

%  

 

0.52

%  

 

0.53

%  

 

0.67

%  

 

0.90

%  

Note: Average balances were calculated using average daily balances. Average balances for loans include nonaccrual loans. Tax-equivalent adjustments were calculated using the prevailing statutory tax rate of 21.0% for 2020, 2019, and 2018 and 35.0% for the years 2017 and 2016.

-32-

Table of Contents

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 20202021 versus 20192020

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis appearing on the following pages should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis 20192020 versus 20182019 contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Discussion:

In addition to the historical information contained in this document, the discussion presented may contain and, from time to time, may make, certain statements that constitute forward-looking statements. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates” and other similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “should,” “would” and “could” are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not historical facts, but instead represent the current expectations, plans or forecasts of Peoples Financial Services Corp. and its subsidiaries regarding its future operating results, financial position, asset quality, credit reserves, credit losses, capital levels, dividends, liquidity, service charges, cost savings, effective tax rate, impact of changes in fair value of financial assets and liabilities, impact of new accounting and regulatory guidance, legal proceedings and other matters relating to us and the securities that we may offer from time to time. These statements are not guarantees of future results or performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict, change over time and are often beyond our control. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking statements.

You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statement and should consider the uncertainties and risks discussed in the “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report, among others, and in any of our subsequent SEC filings. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made. Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements referred to in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) are incorporated by reference into the MD&A. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation.

Critical Accounting Policies:Estimates:

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to establish critical accounting policies and make accounting estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during those reporting periods.

For a discussion of the recent Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) refer to Note 1 entitled “Summary of significant accounting policies — Recent accounting standards,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

An accounting estimate requires assumptions about uncertain matters that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements if a different amount within a range of estimates were used or if estimates changed from period to period. Readers of this report should understand that estimates are made considering facts and circumstances at a point in time, and changes in those facts and circumstances could produce results that differ from when those estimates were made. Significant estimates that are particularly susceptible to material change within the near term relate to the determination of allowance for loan losses, determination of other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities, fair value of financial instruments, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or satisfaction of loans, the valuation of deferred tax assets, and the impairment of goodwill. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

-33-

Table of Contents

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we believe adequate to absorb probable credit losses related to individually evaluated loans, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The balance in the allowance for loan losses account is based on past events and current economic conditions among other things.

-34-

Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses account consists of an allocated element and an unallocated element. The allocated element consists of a specific portion for the impairment of loans individually evaluated and a formula portion for loss contingencies on those loans collectively evaluated. The unallocated element, if any, is used to cover inherent losses that exist as of the evaluation date, but which have not been identified as part of the allocated allowance using our impairment evaluation methodology due to limitations in the process.

We monitor the adequacy of the allocated portion of the allowance quarterly and adjust the allowance as necessary through normal operations. This ongoing evaluation reduces potential differences between estimates and actual observed losses. The determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Accordingly, management cannot ensure that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses or that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will not be required, resulting in an adverse impact on operating results.

In determining the requirement to record an other-than-temporary impairment on securities owned by us, four main characteristics are considered including: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; (iii) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions and (iv) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on information available to us at a point in time.

Fair values of financial instruments, in cases where quoted market prices are not available, are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques which are subject to change.

Real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans is adjusted to fair value based upon current estimates derived through independent appraisals less cost to sell. However, proceeds realized from sales may ultimately be higher or lower than those estimates.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The amount of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, to the amount that, based on available evidence, will more likely than not be realized. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

 Goodwill is evaluated at least annually for impairment or more frequently if conditions indicate potential impairment exist. Any impairment losses arising from such testing are reported in the income statement in the current period as a separate line item within operations.

For a further discussion of our critical accounting policies,estimates, refer to Note 1 entitled, “Summary of significant accounting policies,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report. Note 1 lists the significant accounting policies used by us in the development and presentation of the consolidated financial statements. This discussion and analysis, the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial statement disclosures identify and address key variables and other qualitative and quantitative factors that are necessary for the understanding and evaluation of our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Operating Environment:

Market yields rose rapidly to start 2022, despite signs the economy stuttered amid the COVID-19 Omicron outbreak, as inflation pressures remained firm and amid a number of Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) members’ commentary. Minutes from the Federal Reserve Board’s late-December meeting indicated officials believed Omicron would temporarily impact the economy but would not change the overall trajectory of the recovery. Those minutes also showed officials believed that the labor market would continue its rapid progress towards full employment, with inflation already at its highest levels in decades. The hiring in December’s nonfarm payroll report disappointed expectations but the data provided support for the Federal Reserve Board’s analysis that the labor market is becoming increasingly tight. Participation was flat at 61.9%, 1.5% points below its pre-pandemic level, while unemployment dropped much further than expected from 4.2% to 3.9%, 0.1% below the Federal Reserve Board’s estimate of full employment. Adding to evidence of a tight labor market, average hourly earnings rose firmly again and were 4.7% higher than a year ago.

December’s Consumer Price Index (“CPI”) report was a bit hotter than expected on a monthly basis, pushing the annual headline rate up to 7.0%, the fastest since 1982, and the core rate to 5.5%, its strongest gain since 1991. The Federal Reserve Board’s preferred measure, the core PCE price index (defined as personal consumption expenditures excluding food and energy), accelerated from 4.7% to 4.9%, its highest level since 1983. The combination of historically high inflation and the rapidly tightening labor market spurred a growing number of Federal Reserve Board officials to indicate policy may need to be tightened more quickly than anticipated at the December 2022 meeting. FOMC members began to talk up the probability that a rate hike could be warranted in March. Today’s economy is much stronger, the labor market is much tighter, and inflation is much higher than when the Federal Reserve Board last shrank its balance sheet, officials noted.

As expected, the Federal Reserve Board's January Statement strongly signaled that a March 2022rate increase was a near certainty. Chair Powell acknowledged that no final decisions on the pace of tightening had been made. However, he read a scripted response several times to emphasize that those differences between today’s economy and the economy during the last cycle, when the Federal Reserve Board raised rates at every other meeting, “are likely to have important implications for the appropriate pace of policy adjustments.” Yields soared and the curve flattened. Fed funds futures priced in four hikes in 2022 with a chance of a fifth.

-34--35-

Table of Contents

Operating Environment:

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a coronavirus, identified as COVID-19, a global pandemic. In the United States, the rapid spread of the COVID-19 virus invoked various federal, state and local authorities to make emergency declarations and issue executive orders to limit the spread of the disease. Measures included restrictions on travel, limitations on public gatherings, implementation of social distancing protocols, school closings, orders to shelter in place and mandates to close all non-essential businesses to the public. Concerns about the spread of the disease and its anticipated negative impact on economic activity severely disrupted domestic financial markets prompting the Federal Reserve System’s FOMC to aggressively cut the target federal funds rate to a range of 0% to 0.25%, including a 50 basis point reduction in the target federal funds rate on March 3, 2020 and an additional 100 basis point reduction on March 15, 2020. In addition, the Federal Reserve rolled out various market support programs to ease the stress on financial markets which continue to be in place.

The rate cuts in March marked the fourth and fifth cut in the overnight rate in the most recent monetary easing cycle, which began in July 2019 after the most recent high for the target range for federal funds of 2.25% to 2.50% which was in December 2018. Overall inflation lags below the FOMC’s long-term desired 2% level for items other than food and energy. The consumer price index (“CPI”) registered 1.6% for the 12 months ended December 31, 2020, down from 1.7% for the 12 months ended September 30, 2020 but higher than the 1.2% reading for the 12 months ended June 30, 2020. The all items index increased 1.4% for the 12 months ending December 31, 2020, level from the 1.4% registered for the 12 months ending September 30, 2020 and up from the reading for the 12 months ending June 30, 2020 which was 0.6%. As the U.S. economy rebounded from the initial slowdown in the second quarter of 2020 that was brought on by the nation wide shutdown, Gross domestic product (“GDP”), the value of all goods and services produced in the nation, grew in the fourth quarter at a 2.1% annualized rate, in line with consensus forecasts, which followed a third quarter 2020 reading of a 33.4% annualized rate, better than the consensus forecast of 32.0% for the quarter. Personal consumption increased by 1.7% during the fourth quarter.

The employment situation deterioratedimproved nationally as well as in New York, and Pennsylvania and in all of the thirteen counties representing our market areas in Pennsylvania and New York from one year ago when comparing December 31, 20202021 to December 31, 2019.2020. Nonfarm payrolls increased 467,000 in January 2022, well above expectations of 125,000 jobs. Projections for our local market unemployment are not readily available,available; however the most current economic statistics as of JanuaryDecember 31, 2021 show continuing jobless claims of over 4.51.6 million. This indicates a significant improvement from the peak of 17 million jobless claims from 2020, but it remains elevated as does the unemployment rate at 8.1% on a national level5.4% per the latest report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics at December 31, 2020. By comparison, the unemployment rate was 8.8% at quarter end September 30, 2020 and 13.0% at quarter end June 30, 2020. Prior to the economic fallout of the COVID-19 pandemic, the highest recorded unemployment rate in recent history was 9.9% in 2009 during the Great Recession. As the pandemic continues to remain a focus of the economic recovery, elevated unemployment rates could have an adverse effect on our credit quality and may result in increased credit losses within the loan portfolio in future periods. On a national level, as with our regional and local economies, employment conditions deteriorated in 2020. The civilian labor force decreased 4.0 million, while the number of people employed decreased 8.9 million in 2020. As a result, the annual unemployment rate for the U.S. increased in 2020 when compared to 2019.2021.

-35-

Table of Contents

National, Pennsylvania, New York and our market area’s non-seasonally-adjusted annual unemployment rates in 20202021 and 2019,2020, are summarized as follows:

 

    

2020

    

2019

 

United States

 

8.1

%  

3.7

%  

New York (statewide)

 

10.0

4.0

Pennsylvania (statewide)

 

9.1

4.1

Broome County

8.3

4.6

Bucks County

8.4

3.6

Lackawanna County

 

9.9

4.6

Lebanon County

7.9

3.7

Lehigh County

 

9.5

4.3

Luzerne County

 

11.2

5.4

Monroe County

 

11.6

5.1

Montgomery County

7.8

3.3

Northampton County

9.0

4.2

Schuylkill County

9.3

5.1

Susquehanna County

 

7.5

4.1

Wayne County

 

9.5

4.4

Wyoming County

 

8.7

%  

4.6

%  

With respect to the banking industry, net income for all FDIC-insured banks in 2020 totaled $147.9 billion, a decrease of $84.9 billion or 36.5 percent from 2019. The decline was primarily attributable to the increased provisioning due to the decline in economic conditions in the first six months of 2020. Approximately 53.7 percent of all institutions reported higher net income in 2020, while only 3.9 percent reported net losses, up slightly from last year’s reported 3.6 percent unprofitable institutions. Loan loss provisions of $132.2 billion in 2020 were $77.1 billion or 140.0 percent more than banks set aside in 2019. Net interest income decreased for the first time in seven years, by $20.0 billion or 3.7 percent. Noninterest income was $15.9 billion or 6.0 percent above the level of 2019. Realized gains on sales of investments were $8.1 billion compared to $4.0 billion in 2019. Total noninterest expense increased $32.9 billion or 6.9 percent comparing 2020 and 2019. The return on average assets for 2020 was 0.72 percent compared to 1.29 percent in 2019.

    

2021

    

2020

 

United States

 

5.4

%  

8.1

%  

New York (statewide)

 

7.2

10.1

Pennsylvania (statewide)

 

6.1

9.1

Broome County

5.5

8.7

Allegheny County

5.9

9.0

Bucks County

5.1

8.3

Lackawanna County

 

6.6

9.6

Lebanon County

5.3

8.0

Lehigh County

 

6.6

9.6

Luzerne County

 

7.9

10.9

Monroe County

 

7.5

11.6

Montgomery County

4.8

7.7

Northampton County

5.8

9.0

Schuylkill County

6.5

9.2

Susquehanna County

 

5.2

7.4

Wayne County

 

6.3

9.2

Wyoming County

 

6.1

%  

8.4

%  

Review of Financial Position:

Peoples Financial Services Corp., a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania, provides a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company (“Peoples Bank”), collectively, the “Company” or “Peoples”.“Peoples.” The Company services its retail and commercial customers through twenty-sixtwenty-eight full-service community banking offices located within the Allegheny, Bucks, Lackawanna, Lebanon, Lehigh, Luzerne, Monroe, Montgomery, Northampton, Susquehanna and Wyoming Counties of Pennsylvania, Middlesex County of New Jersey and Broome County of New York.

Peoples Bank is a state-chartered bank and trust company under the jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.FDIC. Peoples Bank’s primary product is loans to small- and medium-sized businesses. Other lending products include one-to-four family residential mortgages and consumer loans. Peoples Bank primarily funds its loans by offering checking accounts and money market accounts to commercial enterprises and individuals. Other deposit product offerings include certificates of deposits and various non-maturity deposit accounts.

The Company faces competition primarily from commercial banks, thrift institutions and credit unions within its Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New York market, many of which are substantially larger in terms of assets and capital. In addition, mutual funds and security brokers compete for various types of deposits, and consumer, mortgage, leasing and insurance companies compete for various types of loans and leases. Principal methods of competing for banking and permitted nonbanking services include price, nature of product, quality of service and convenience of location.

-36-

Table of Contents

The Company and Peoples Bank are subject to regulations of certain federal and state regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC, and Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities, and undergo periodic examinations by such agencies.

-36-

Table of Contents

Total assets, loans and deposits were $2.9$3.4 billion, $2.2$2.3 billion and $2.4$3.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2020.2021. Total assets, loans and deposits grew 16.516.9 percent, 12.46.9 percent and 23.621.6 percent, respectively, compared to 20192020 year-end balances.

The loan portfolio consisted of $1.8$1.9 billion of business loans, including commercial and commercial real estate loans, and $360.7$372.5 million in retail loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans at December 31, 2020.2021. Total investment securities were $303.3$588.7 million at December 31, 2020,2021, including $295.9$517.3 million of investment securities classified as available-for sale and $7.2$71.2 million classified as held-to-maturity. Total deposits consisted of $622.5$737.8 million in noninterest-bearing deposits and $1.8$2.2 billion in interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2020.2021.

Stockholders’ equity equaled $340.1 million, or $47.44 per share, at December 31, 2021, and $316.9 million, or $43.92 per share, at December 31, 2020, and $299.0 million, or $40.47 per share, at December 31, 2019.2020. Our equity to asset ratio was 11.010.1 percent and 12.111.0 percent at those respective period ends. Dividends declared for the 20202021 amounted to $1.44$1.50 per share representing 35.824.9 percent of net income.

Nonperforming assets equaled $10.5$5.0 million or 0.480.15 percent of loans, net and foreclosedtotal assets at December 31, 2020, as the balance remained the same, however, the percentage was lower when2021 compared to $10.5 million or 0.540.36 percent at December 31, 2019.2020. The allowance for loan losses equaled $27.3$28.4 million or 1.261.22 percent of loans, net, at December 31, 2020,2021, compared to $22.7$27.3 million or 1.171.26 percent at year-end 2019.2020. Loans charged-off, net of recoveries equaled $0.7 million or 0.03 percent of average loans in 2021, compared to $2.7 million or 0.13 percent of average loans in 2020, compared to $4.8 million or 0.26 percent of average loans in 2019.2020.

 Investment Portfolio:

Primarily, our investment portfolio provides a source of liquidity needed to meet expected loan demand and generates a reasonable return in order to increase our profitability. Additionally, we utilize the investment portfolio to meet pledging requirements and reduce income taxes. At December 31, 2020,2021, our portfolio consisted primarily of short-term U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, which provide a source of liquidity, mortgage-backed securities issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies to provide income and intermediate-term, tax-exempt state and municipal obligations, which mitigate our tax burden.

Our investment portfolio is subject to various risk elements that may negatively impact our liquidity and profitability. The greatest risk element affecting our portfolio is market risk or interest rate risk (“IRR”). Understanding IRR, along with other inherent risks and their potential effects, is essential in effectively managing the investment portfolio.

Market risk or IRR relates to the inverse relationship between bond prices and market yields. It is defined as the risk that increases in general market interest rates will result in market value depreciation. A marked reduction in the value of the investment portfolio could subject us to liquidity strains and reduced earnings if we are unable or unwilling to sell these investments at a loss. Moreover, the inability to liquidate these assets could require us to seek alternative funding, which may further reduce profitability and expose us to greater risk in the future. In addition, since the majority of our investment portfolio is designated as available-for-sale and carried at estimated fair value, with net unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, market value depreciation could negatively impact our capital position.

During March 2020, the FOMC took aggressive actions to cut the targeted federal funds rate 150 basis points to a range of 0.00% to 0.25% in an effort to help protect the U.S. economy from COVID-19.  At their January 2021 meeting, theThe FOMC decided to keep the target range for the federal funds rate at 00.00 to 1/40.25 percent and expects it will be appropriatethroughout 2021 to maintain this target range until labor market conditions have reached levels consistent with the Committee's assessments of maximum employment and inflation has risen to 2 percent and is on track to moderately exceed 2 percent for some time. Furthermore, the Committee stated it is committed to using its full range of toolscontinue to support the U.S. economy duringand the COVID-19 pandemic.flow of credit to U.S. households and businesses. However, market rates have increased due to inflation concerns and the FOMC’s recent statement to end asset purchases and increase the federal funds rate to address inflation. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of fixed-rate bonds. As a result, changes in the velocity and magnitude of future FOMC actions can significantly influence the fair value of our portfolio.

-37-

Table of Contents

Specifically, the parts of the yield curve most closely related to our investments include the 2-year and 10-year U.S. Treasury security. The yield on the 2-year U.S. Treasury note affects the values of our U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, whereas the 10-year U.S. Treasury note influences the value of tax-exempt and taxable state and municipal obligations. The yield on the 2-year U.S. Treasury ranged from a low of 10increased 61 basis points to a high of 160 basis points during 2020 beforein 2021, ending the year at 1273 basis points. The yield on the 10-year U.S. Treasury ranged from a low of 39increased 60 basis points to a high of 189 basis points whilein 2021, ending 2020 at 91151 basis points. Since bond prices move inversely to yields, we experienced an increasea decrease in the aggregate fair value of our investment portfolio when comparing December 31, 2020

-37-

Table of Contents

2021 to December 31, 20192020 due to lowerhigher market rates at year end 2020.2021. The net unrealized holding gainslosses included in our available-for-sale investment portfolio were $1.8 million at December 31, 2021 compared to a gain of $9.7 million at December 31, 2020 compared to a gain of $1.8 million at December 31, 2019.2020. We reported net unrealized holding gain,loss, included as a separate component of stockholders’ equity of $1.4 million, net of income taxes of $0.4 million, at December 31, 2021, and an unrealized holding gain of $7.7 million, net of income taxes of $2.0 million, at December 31, 2020, and an unrealized holding gain of $1.4 million, net of income taxes of $0.4 million, at December 31, 2019. An increase2020. Further increases in interest rates could negatively impact the market value of our investments and our capital position. In order to monitor the potential effects a rise in interest rates could have on the value of our investments, we perform stress test modeling on the portfolio. Stress tests conducted on our portfolio at December 31, 2020,2021, indicated that should general market rates increase immediately by 100, 200 or 300 basis points, we would anticipate declines of 4.84.7 percent, 9.99.3 percent and 14.913.9 percent in the market value of our available-for-sale portfolio.

The carrying values of the major classifications of investment securities and their respective percentages of total investment securities for the past three years are summarized as follows:

Distribution of investment securities (Dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

 

December 31, 

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount

%

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

18,905

    

6.23

%  

$

24,128

    

7.13

%  

$

25,592

    

9.20

%

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

65,188

 

21.49

 

87,110

 

25.73

92,818

 

33.35

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

55,366

 

18.26

 

34,898

 

10.31

 

13,853

 

4.98

Tax-exempt

 

63,843

 

21.05

 

67,015

 

19.79

 

92,809

 

33.34

Corporate debt securities

1,000

0.33

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

3,728

 

1.23

 

8,501

 

2.51

 

12,671

 

4.55

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

81,606

 

26.91

 

103,621

 

30.60

 

34,261

 

12.31

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

13,500

4.45

12,861

3.80

6,039

2.17

Common equity securities

138

0.05

423

0.13

 

291

0.10

Total

$

303,274

 

100.00

%  

$

338,557

 

100.00

%  

$

278,334

 

100.00

%

Investment securities decreased $35.3increased $285.4 million, to $588.7 million at December 31, 2021, from $303.3 million at December 31, 2020, from $338.6 million at December 31, 2019.2020. At December 31, 2020,2021, the investment portfolio consisted of $295.9$517.3 million of investment securities classified as available-for-sale and $7.2$71.2 million classified as held-to-maturity. Investment cash flow was usedDeposit increases from strong organic growth from new and existing relationships, inflows of municipal deposits and proceeds from government stimulus payments lead to fund the loan pipeline prior to the economic slowdown brought on by COVID-19 during the first quarterhigher levels of 2020. For the majority of the remainder of 2020, investment cash flow was directed tolow-yielding overnight federal funds sold, as management focused on increasing liquidity in the uncertain economic environment.balances. As the level of low-yielding overnight funds increased, our Asset Liability Committee recommended a strategy to deploy a portion of those funds back into the investment portfoliohigher-yielding investments through purchases of primarilyU.S. Treasury securities, taxable and tax-free municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities to mitigate risk in a flat and down rate environment. Security purchases totaled $107.2$358.6 million in 2020, with purchases consisting of longer term taxable and tax-exempt municipal securities and mortgage-backed securities.2021. Investment purchases in 20192020 amounted to $124.5$107.2 million.

Repayments of investment securities totaled $85.0$60.4 million in 20202021 and $58.2$85.0 million in 2019.2020. No securities were sold in 2021. During the first quarter of 2020, the Company sold $26.5 million of low-yielding short-term municipal bonds resulting in a gain of $267 thousand. The proceeds were used to fund higher yielding loans. Additionally, two mortgage-backed securities were sold during

-38-

Table of Contents

the second half of 2020 with proceeds totaling $38.3 million and gains recognized of $651 thousand due to favorable market rates. Sales of $9.7 million of low-yielding municipal securities during 2019 resulted in a gain of $23 thousand. We continually analyze the investment portfolio with respect to its exposure to various risk elements.

The composition of our investment portfolio changed during 20202021 as a result of the aforementioned transactions. Short-term bullet U.S. Treasury and U.S. government-sponsored enterprise securities comprised 27.738.3 percent of our total portfolio at yearend 20202021 compared to 32.927.7 percent at the end of 2019.2020. Tax-exempt municipal obligations increaseddecreased as a percentage of the total portfolio to 21.118.6 percent at year-end 20202021 from 19.821.1 percent at the end of 2019,2020, however the total balance declined as the sales of $26.5 million, maturities and bond calls offsetincreased due to the new purchases. Taxable municipals increaseddecreased as a percentage of the total portfolio to 18.311.7 percent at year-end 20202021 from 10.318.3 percent at the end of 20192020, however, balances grew, as the sector provided valueincome opportunities. The weighted average life of the investment portfolio lengthened to 4.35.3 years at December 31, 20202021 from 3.74.3 years at year end 2019,2020, while the effective duration of the investment portfolio increased to 4.44.6 years at December 31, 20202021 from 3.64.0 years at December 31, 2019.2020.

There were no other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) recognized for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. For additional information related to OTTI refer to Note 3 entitled “Investment securities” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.

Investment securities averaged $398.5 million and equaled 13.9 percent of average earning assets in 2021, compared to $292.7 million and equaled 11.7 percent of average earning assets in 2020, compared to $279.4 million and 13.0 percent of average earning assets in 2019.2020. The tax-equivalent yield on the investment portfolio decreased eleven42 basis points to 1.94 percent in 2021 from 2.36 percent in 2020 from 2.47 percent in 2019.2020. The decrease in the tax-equivalent yield is due primarily to cash flow from maturing and called bonds being reinvested into lower market rates.rates coupled with lower yields on new purchases.

At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, there were no securities of any individual issuer, except for U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities, that exceeded 10.0 percent of stockholders’ equity.

The maturity distribution based on the carrying value and weighted-average, tax-equivalent yield of the investment debt security portfolio at December 31, 2020,2021, is summarized as follows. The weighted-average yield, based on amortized

-38-

Table of Contents

cost, has been computed for tax-exempt state and municipals on a tax-equivalent basis using the prevailing federal statutory tax rate of 21.0 percent. The distributions are based on contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

-39-

Table of Contents

Maturity distribution of investment debt securities (Dollars in thousands)

 

After one but

After five but

 

After one but

After five but

 

Within one year  

within five years  

within ten years  

After ten years  

Total  

 

Within one year  

within five years  

within ten years  

After ten years  

Total  

 

December 31, 2020

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

 

December 31, 2021

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

Amount  

Yield  

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

7,097

    

1.81

%  

$

11,808

    

2.09

%  

    

    

    

$

18,905

    

1.98

%

    

$

11,600

    

2.09

%  

$

125,293

    

0.74

%  

54,681

1.08

    

    

    

$

191,574

    

0.92

%

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

30,254

 

1.62

 

31,432

 

1.69

$

37

 

4.37

%  

$

3,465

2.24

%  

 

65,188

 

1.71

16,150

 

1.80

 

14,588

 

1.68

$

28

 

4.48

%  

$

3,013

2.24

%  

 

33,779

 

1.79

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

4,173

 

5.10

16,959

 

2.35

34,234

 

2.15

 

55,366

 

2.42

971

4.53

 

5,448

 

3.39

30,434

 

2.12

32,125

 

1.98

 

68,978

 

2.18

Tax-exempt

 

 

 

2,031

 

4.39

 

5,163

 

2.65

56,649

 

2.88

 

63,843

 

2.91

 

165

 

5.67

 

2,883

 

3.64

 

22,310

 

1.83

84,368

 

2.40

 

109,726

 

2.32

Corporate debt securities

1,000

4.25

1,000

4.25

2,918

4.08

2,918

4.08

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

536

 

1.93

 

 

 

3,192

 

3.51

 

3,728

 

3.27

 

295

 

1.82

 

 

 

20,349

 

1.40

 

20,644

 

1.40

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

65

0.77

1,547

2.57

9,030

2.86

70,964

1.85

81,606

1.97

1,036

2.23

5,999

2.96

140,932

1.66

147,967

1.72

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

6,557

2.27

6,943

2.67

13,500

2.47

10,501

2.35

2,447

3.07

12,948

2.49

Total

$

37,416

 

1.66

%  

$

58,084

 

2.22

%  

$

39,132

 

2.62

%  

$

168,504

 

2.29

%  

$

303,136

 

2.24

%

$

28,886

 

2.03

%  

$

160,044

 

1.08

%  

$

118,817

 

1.69

%  

$

280,787

 

1.90

%  

$

588,534

 

1.64

%

Loan Portfolio:

Economic factors and how they affect loan demand are of extreme importance to us and the overall banking industry, as lending is a primary business activity. Loans are the most significant component of earning assets and they generate the greatest amount of revenue for us. Similar to the investment portfolio, there are risks inherent in the loan portfolio that must be understood and considered in managing the lending function. These risks include IRR, credit concentrations and fluctuations in demand. Changes in economic conditions and interest rates affect these risks which influence loan demand, the composition of the loan portfolio and profitability of the lending function.

The composition of the loan portfolio at year-end for the past five years is summarized as follows:

Distribution of loan portfolio (Dollars in thousands)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

 

December 31, 

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

 

Commercial

    

$

679,286

    

31.19

%  

$

522,957

    

26.98

%  

$

494,134

    

27.10

%  

$

476,199

    

28.12

%  

$

408,814

    

26.67

%  

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,137,990

 

52.25

 

1,011,423

 

52.18

 

907,803

 

49.79

 

786,210

 

46.44

 

700,144

 

45.67

Residential

 

277,414

 

12.74

 

301,378

 

15.55

 

299,876

 

16.45

 

287,935

 

17.01

 

289,781

 

18.90

Consumer

 

83,292

 

3.82

 

102,482

 

5.29

 

121,453

 

6.66

 

142,721

 

8.43

 

134,226

 

8.76

Total loans

 

2,177,982

 

100.00

%  

 

1,938,240

 

100.00

%  

 

1,823,266

 

100.00

%  

 

1,693,065

 

100.00

%  

 

1,532,965

 

100.00

%  

Less: allowance for loan loss

 

27,344

 

22,677

 

21,379

 

18,960

 

15,961

Net loans

$

2,150,638

$

1,915,563

$

1,801,887

$

1,674,105

$

1,517,004

From a lending perspective, organic loan growth, with the exception ofexcluding PPP loans, slowedimproved during 2020 as we focused on managing2021 resulting from our existing portfolio duringentrance into the pandemic.Greater Pittsburgh market and Central New Jersey market with experienced market lenders, coupled with increased loan demand across all our legacy markets. We participated in the CARES Act, Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”), a $350 billion specialized low-interest loan program funded by the U.S. Treasury Department and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration.Administration (“SBA”). The PPP provides borrower guarantees for lenders, as well as loan forgiveness incentives for borrowers that utilize the loan proceeds to cover employee compensation related business operating costs. During 2020, we had approved 1,450 PPP loans totaling $217.5 million. Substantially all of the loans were made to existing customers, funded under the two year PPP loan program. PPP loan forgiveness commenced during the fourth quarter of 2020 with $27.8and at December 31, 2021, 28 loans totaling $13.6 million being received. We expect the majority of the remaining $189.7 millionremain outstanding and are expected to be forgiven during 2021.2022. In addition, the Company is participatingparticipated in the 2021 second round of PPP lending and has

-40-

Table of Contents

received approval by the SBA on 6051,062 applications totaling $80.7$121.6 million. TheseAt December 31, 2021, 409 loans closed during Januarytotaling $55.3 million remain outstanding and February.are expected to be forgiven in 2022.

Overall, total loans increased $239.7$151.2 million or 12.46.9 percent in 20202021 to $2.2$2.3 billion at December 31, 2020.2021. Excluding PPP loans, loan growth totaled $50.0$272.0 million or 2.6%13.7%. Business loans, including commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, were $1.8$2.0 billion or 83.484.0 percent of total loans at December 31, 2020,2021, and $1.5$1.8 billion or 79.283.4 percent at year-end 2019.2020. Residential mortgages and consumer loans totaled $360.7$372.5 million or 16.616.0 percent of total loans at year-end 20202021 and $403.9$360.7 million or 20.816.6 percent at year-end 2019. Loan growth, excluding PPP loans, was significantly affected by the economic slowdown resulting from COVID-19.2020. Total loan growth, excluding PPP loans, of $50.0$272.0 million was primarily attributable to increases in our commercial real estate portfolio which grew $126.6$205.5 million in 2020 2021

-39-

Table of Contents

due to continued success of our strategy to expand in larger markets with strong growth potential, and strong organic growth in our legacy markets. Our expansion strategy commenced during 2014 in the Lehigh Valley with a community banking office and team of dedicated lenders and has expanded with two additional branch offices and additional teams of experienced lenders and credit professionals. Growth is also due to our presence in the Greater Delaware Valley, first by opening a branch office in King of Prussia in 2016, and most recently during the first quarter of 2020 with the opening of a branch in Doylestown and recruitment of two experienced lenders. Further growth was attained by our entrance into Central Pennsylvania with a branch office in Lebanon, staffed with a team of lending professionals during the middle of 2018. Additionally, our continued expansion during the final six months of 2021 into the Greater Pittsburgh market with a new office and team of experienced lenders and entrance into Central New Jersey with an office in Piscataway, Middlesex County, and team of experienced lenders known in the market, contributed to the strong loan growth, especially during the later half of 2021. Based on the customer service oriented philosophy of our organization along with the commitment of these employees, we continue to be well received in these new markets as we are in our existing markets.

Residential mortgage loans decreased $24.0increased $20.2 million during 20202021 as low market rates dueresulted in an increase of refinance and purchase activity. In addition, a higher percentage of mortgages were not eligible to the FOMC’s actions to cut rates in response to the adverse economic impact of the pandemic, were an incentive for borrowers to refinance their current mortgages. Webe sold the majority of our residential mortgage originations into the secondary market, instead of holding the mortgages in portfolio to mitigate interest rate risk.including jumbo markets. Consumer loans declined $19.2$8.4 million during 20202021 primarily from the run-off in our indirect automobile portfolio due to pricing changes.competition.

Loans averaged $2.2 billion in 2021, compared to $2.1 billion in 2020, compared to $1.9 billion in 2019.2020. Taxable loans averaged $2.0 billion, while tax-exempt loans averaged $124.9 million$0.2 billion in 2020.2021. The loan portfolio continues to play the prominent role in our earning asset mix. As a percentage of earning assets, average loans equaled 77.2 percent in 2021, a decrease from 85.1 percent in 2020, a decrease from 86.6 percent in 2019.2020.

The tax-equivalent yield on our loan portfolio decreased 5522 basis points to 3.94 percent in 2021 from 4.16 percent in 2020 from 4.71 percent in 2019 due to lower yields on new loan originations, the repricing lower of floating and adjustable rate loans due to the decrease in market rates beginning during the second half of 2019 and continuing into 2020, and the low 1% interest rate on PPP loans. In the first quarter of 2020 we decreased our prime lending rate 150The PPP loans averaged $147.0 million in 2021 and resulted in a 6 basis points after reducing it 75 basis points during the second half of 2019 all in responsepoint increase to the FOMC cutting its targeted federal funds rate. Our prime rate ended the year at 3.25%. The lower prime rate has resultedoverall loan yield compared to average PPP loans of $148.3 million in lower loan yields which can be evidenced by evaluating 2020 quarterly loan yields, which ranged from 4.55 percent in the first quarter to 3.97 percent in the fourth quarter.and 13 basis point decline. The yield on the loan portfolio may continue to be under pressure as repayments on loans are replaced with new originations at current market rates, floating and adjustable rate loans continue to reprice lower PPP loans continue to be included in the portfolio and competition continues to prompt more aggressive pricing for high quality fixed rate intermediate term loans, thus providing downward momentum in loan yields.

-41-

Table of Contents

The maturity distribution and sensitivity information of the loan portfolio by major classification at December 31, 2020,2021, is summarized as follows:

Maturity distribution and interest sensitivity of loan portfolio (Dollars in thousands)

 

    

Within one

    

After one but

    

After five

    

 

    

Within one

    

After one but

    

After five but

    

After 

 

December 31, 2020

year  

within five years  

years  

Total  

 

December 31, 2021

year  

within five years  

within fifteen years

fifteen years

Total  

 

Maturity schedule:

Commercial

$

330,653

$

194,997

$

153,636

$

679,286

$

169,035

$

241,541

$

189,055

$

13,496

$

613,127

Real estate:

Commercial

 

229,025

 

588,135

 

320,830

 

1,137,990

 

273,269

 

679,993

 

386,378

 

3,899

 

1,343,539

Residential

 

78,593

 

153,686

 

45,135

 

277,414

 

76,595

 

159,782

 

61,210

 

37

 

297,624

Consumer

 

40,025

 

42,249

 

1,018

 

83,292

 

33,221

 

38,924

 

2,708

 

30

 

74,883

Total

$

678,296

$

979,067

$

520,619

$

2,177,982

$

552,120

$

1,120,240

$

639,351

$

17,462

$

2,329,173

Predetermined interest rates

$

379,085

$

494,988

$

156,492

$

1,030,565

$

308,120

$

592,784

$

263,173

$

8,832

$

1,172,909

Floating or adjustable interest rates

 

299,211

 

484,079

 

364,127

 

1,147,417

 

244,000

 

527,456

 

376,177

 

8,631

 

1,156,264

Total

$

678,296

$

979,067

$

520,619

$

2,177,982

$

552,120

$

1,120,240

$

639,350

$

17,463

$

2,329,173

As previously mentioned, there are numerous risks inherent in the loan portfolio. We manage the portfolio by employing sound credit policies and utilizing various modeling techniques in order to limit the effects of such risks. In addition, we

-40-

Table of Contents

utilize private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) and guaranteed Small Business AdministrationSBA and Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB-Pgh”) loan programs to mitigate credit risk in the loan portfolio.

In an attempt to limit interest rate risk (“IRR”)IRR and liquidity strains, we continually examine the maturity distribution and interest rate sensitivity of the loan portfolio. Market interest rates began to fallincrease during the final sixthree months of 20192021 and are expected to increase during 2022 as the FOMC cut the targeted federal funds rate three times and continuedhas signaled it will begin to fall as the FOMC cut the targeted federal funds rate 150 basis points in March 2020 in responseraise rates to COVID-19. Givenfight inflation. However, given our IRR to flat or falling rates, we placedplace emphasis on originating longer-term fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans with interest rate floors. Fixed-rate loans represented 47.350.4 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2020,2021, compared to floating or adjustable-rate loans at 52.749.6 percent. Approximately 31.1 percent of the loan portfolio is expected to reprice within the next 12 months.

Additionally, our secondary market mortgage banking program provides us with an additional source of liquidity and a means to limit our exposure to IRR. Through this program, we are able to competitively price conforming one-to-four family residential mortgage loans without taking on IRR which would result from retaining these long-term, low fixed-rate loans on our books. The loans originated are subsequently sold in the secondary market, with the sales price locked in at the time of commitment, thereby greatly reducing our exposure to IRR.

Loan concentrations are considered to exist when the total amount of loans to any one borrower, or a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar business activities or having similar characteristics, exceeds 25.0 percent of capital outstanding in any one category. We provide deposit and loan products and other financial services to individual and corporate customers in our current market area. There are no significant concentrations of credit risk from any individual counterparty or groups of counterparties, except for geographic concentrations in our market area.

Off- Balance Sheet Arrangements:

In addition to the risks inherent in our loan portfolio, in the normal course of business, we are also a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of our customers. These instruments include legally binding commitments to extend credit, unused portions of lines of credit and commercial letters of credit, and may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and IRR in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

-42-

Table of Contents

Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. Our involvement and exposure to credit loss in the event that the instruments are fully drawn upon and the customer defaults is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments. In order to control credit risk associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, we employ the same credit quality and collateral policies in making commitments that we use in other lending activities. We evaluate each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis, and if deemed necessary, obtain collateral. The amount and nature of the collateral obtained is based on our credit evaluation.

The contractual amounts of off-balance sheet commitments at year-end for the past three years are summarized as follows:

Distribution of off-balance sheet commitments (Dollars in thousands)

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Commitments to extend credit

$

336,667

$

290,517

$

294,122

Unused portions of lines of credit

 

55,391

 

52,168

 

51,790

Commercial letters of credit

 

34,428

 

45,018

 

33,275

Total

$

426,486

$

387,703

$

379,187

We record a valuation allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses, if deemed necessary, separately as a liability. The valuation allowance amounted to $122 thousand and $45 thousand at December 31, 2020 and 2019. We do not anticipate that losses, if any, that may occur as a result of funding off-balance sheet commitments, would have a material adverse effect on our operating results or financial position.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments:

In the ordinary course of operations, we enter into various financial obligations, including contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. As a financial services provider, we routinely enter into commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans made by the Bank. See Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of December 31, 2020. Payments for deposits and borrowings do not include interest. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in the underlying contracts. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are presented at contractual amounts; however, since many of these commitments are expected to expire unused or only

-43-

Table of Contents

partially used based upon our historical experience, the total amounts of these commitments do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements.

December 31, 2020

Over One Year

Over Three Years

One Year or

Through

Through

(Dollars in thousands)

    

Total

    

Less

    

Three Years

    

Five Years

    

Over Five Years

Contractual Obligations:

Time Deposits

$

319,693

$

223,247

$

62,998

$

22,415

$

11,033

Short-term borrowings

50,000

50,000

FHLB advances

14,769

12,058

2,711

-

Subordinated debt

33,000

33,000

Operating leases

8,281

611

1,178

992

5,500

Total

$

425,743

$

285,916

$

66,887

$

23,407

$

49,533

Other commitments:

Commitments to extend credit

$

393,871

$

335,019

$

1,378

$

$

57,474

Standby letters of credit

36,859

36,859

Total

$

430,730

$

371,878

$

1,378

$

$

57,474

Asset Quality:

We are committed to developing and maintaining sound, quality assets through our credit risk management policies and procedures. Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital which arises from a borrower’s failure to meet the terms of their loan obligations. We manage credit risk by diversifying the loan portfolio and applying policies and procedures designed to foster sound lending practices. These policies include certain standards that assist lenders in making judgments regarding the character, capacity, cash flow, capital structure and collateral of the borrower.

With regard to managing our exposure to credit risk in light of general devaluations in real estate values, we have established maximum loan-to-value ratios for commercial mortgage loans not to exceed 80.0 percent of the appraised value. With regard to residential mortgages, customers with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 80.0 percent are generally required to obtain Private Mortgage Insurance (PMI)(“PMI”). PMI is used to protect us from loss in the event loan-to-value ratios exceed 80.0 percent and the customer defaults on the loan. Appraisals are performed by an independent appraiser engaged by us, not the customer, who is either state certified or state licensed depending upon collateral type and loan amount.

With respect to lending procedures, lenders and our credit underwriters must determine the borrower’s ability to repay their loans based on prevailing and expected market conditions prior to requesting approval for the loan. The Bank’s board of directors establishes and reviews, at least annually, the lending authority for certain senior officers, loan underwriters and branch personnel. Credit approvals beyond the scope of these individual authority levels are forwarded to a loan committee. This committee, comprised of certain members of senior management, review credits to monitor the quality of the loan portfolio through careful analysis of credit applications, adherence to credit policies and the

-41-

Table of Contents

examination of outstanding loans and delinquencies. These procedures assist in the early detection and timely follow-up of problem loans.

Credit risk is also managed by monthly internal reviews of individual credit relationships in our loan portfolio by credit administration and the asset quality committee. These reviews aid us in identifying deteriorating financial conditions of borrowers and allows us the opportunity to assist customers in remedying these situations.

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and foreclosed assets. Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more. For a discussion of our policy regarding nonperforming assets and the recognition of interest income on impaired loans, refer to the notes entitled, “Summary of significant accounting policies — Nonperforming assets,” and “Loans, net and allowance for loan losses” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report which are incorporated in this item by reference.

-44-

Table of Contents

Information concerning nonperforming assets for the past fivetwo years is summarized as follows. The table includes credits classified for regulatory purposes and all material credits that cause us to have serious doubts as to the borrower’s ability to comply with present loan repayment terms.

Distribution of nonperforming assets (Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

Nonaccrual loans:

Commercial

$

3,359

$

3,336

$

776

$

860

$

934

Real estate:

Commercial

 

2,642

 

2,765

 

2,328

 

3,454

 

7,016

Residential

 

869

 

1,144

 

2,574

 

2,994

 

2,961

Consumer

 

111

 

261

 

212

 

177

 

155

Total nonaccrual loans

 

6,981

 

7,506

 

5,890

 

7,485

 

11,066

Troubled debt restructured loans:

Commercial

920

 

1,302

 

1,438

 

1,577

 

1,150

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,310

283

719

836

141

Residential

 

588

608

622

661

618

Total troubled debt restructured loans

 

2,818

 

2,193

 

2,779

 

3,074

 

1,909

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:

Real estate:

Commercial

 

 

 

73

 

Residential

 

71

 

378

 

850

 

548

 

558

Consumer

 

 

 

 

186

 

286

Total accruing loans past due 90 days or more

 

71

 

378

 

923

 

734

 

844

Total nonperforming loans

 

9,870

 

10,077

 

9,592

 

11,293

 

13,819

Foreclosed assets

 

632

 

450

 

376

 

284

 

393

Total nonperforming assets

$

10,502

$

10,527

$

9,968

$

11,577

$

14,212

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net

 

0.45

%  

 

0.52

%  

 

0.53

%  

 

0.67

%  

 

0.90

%  

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans, net and foreclosed assets

 

0.48

%  

 

0.54

%  

 

0.55

%  

 

0.68

%  

 

0.93

%  

December 31

    

2021

    

2020

    

Nonaccrual loans

$

2,811

$

6,981

Troubled debt restructured loans (including nonaccrual TDR)

1,649

2,818

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more:

13

71

Total nonperforming loans

4,473

9,870

Foreclosed assets

488

632

Total nonperforming assets

$

4,961

$

10,502

Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR):

Performing TDR loans

$

1,649

$

1,682

Nonperforming TDR loans

1,136

Total TDR loans

$

1,649

$

2,818

Total loans held for investment

$

2,329,173

$

2,177,982

Nonaccrual loans as a percentage of loans held for investment

0.12

%  

0.32

%  

Allowance for loan losses

 

28,383

 

27,344

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans held for investment

1.22

%  

1.26

%  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans

1009.71

%  

 

391.69

%  

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net

 

0.19

%  

 

0.45

%  

Our nonperforming assets remained relatively stable decreasing $25 thousand or 0.2 percent at December 31, 2020 when compared to the end of 2019, however, weWe experienced improvement in ourimproved asset quality ratiosduring 2021 as evidenced by a decrease in nonperforming assets of $5.5 million or 52.8% when compared to yearend 2020. Additionally, our nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans, nettotal assets improved to 0.15 percent at December 31, 2021 from 0.36 percent at December 31, 2020, and foreclosed assets to 0.48 percent from 0.54 percent, andour nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net improved to 0.19 percent from 0.45 percent at December 31, 2020. Improvement in each category from 0.52 percent. The slight decrease in balances resulted from a $0.5year-end 2020 was experienced. A reduction of $4.2 million decrease into nonaccrual loans due towas the primary reason for the improvement. Loans on nonaccrual status, excluding trouble debt restructured nonaccrual loans, decreased $4.2 million and resulted in part from the $1.5 million payoff of one commercial credit, a refinance of a $1.0 million commercial relationship with the addition of a credit enhancement and guaranty, a charge-off of a $0.4 million small business line of credit and the transfer of a $0.4$0.5 million residential mortgagehospitality related commercial real estate loan to other real estate owned, offset by an increase in troubled debt restructurings of $0.6 million. The increase of $0.6estate. Restructured loans decreased $1.2 million in troubled debt restructured loans resulted from a $1.0 million increase in commercial real estate loanswhen comparing December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, due to the additionpayoff of one restaurant related credit and two small business loans adversely impacted by the economic slowdown caused by COVID-19, partially offset by a decrease tounrelated commercial loans of $0.4 million due to a partial charge off to one credit and principal payments. We believepayments received. Foreclosed assets comprised three properties at December 31, 2021 and we expect the three credits added are all adequately secured. Total accruing loans past due ninety days or more decreased $0.3 millionone hospitality related property to partially offsetbe sold during the increases.first quarter of 2022. For a further discussion of assets classified as nonperforming assets and potential problem loans, refer to the note entitled, “Loans, net and the allowance for loan losses,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.

-42-

Table of Contents

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we believe adequate to absorb probable credit losses related to individually evaluated loans, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The balance in the allowance for loan losses account is based on past events and current economic conditions. We employ the FFIECFederal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) Interagency Policy Statement, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of the allowance account. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance account is determined based on the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for

-45-

Table of Contents

impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450, for large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment.

 We follow our systematic methodology in accordance with procedural discipline by applying it in the same manner regardless of whether the allowance is being determined at a high point or a low point in the economic cycle. Each quarter, our credit administration department identifies those loans to be individually evaluated for impairment and those to be collectively evaluated for impairment utilizing a standard criteria. We consistently use loss experience from the latest twelve quarters in determining the historical loss factor for each pool collectively evaluated for impairment. Qualitative factors are evaluated in the same manner each quarter and are adjusted within a relevant range of values based on current conditions to assure directional consistency of the allowance for loan loss account. Regulators, in reviewing the loan portfolio as part of the scope of a regulatory examination, may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses or take other actions that would require increases to our allowance for loan losses.

For a further discussion of our accounting policies for determining the amount of the allowance and a description of the systematic analysis and procedural discipline applied, refer to the note entitled, “Summary of significant accounting policies —policies— Allowance for loan losses,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.

A reconciliation-43-

Table of the allowance forContents

The following table presents average loans and loan losses including charge-offs and recoveries by major loan categoryloss experience for the past five years are summarized as follows:

Reconciliation of allowance for loan losses (Dollars in thousands)periods indicated.

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

    

2016

 

2021

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

$

22,677

$

21,379

$

18,960

$

15,961

$

12,975

Loans charged-off:

Average loans

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans

Commercial

 

2,771

 

3,314

 

154

 

173

 

776

$

648,192

$

403

0.06

%  

Real estate:

Commercial

 

144

 

817

 

1,250

 

706

 

858

1,209,639

184

0.02

%  

Residential

 

247

 

477

 

405

 

533

 

339

 

284,060

 

17

0.01

%  

Consumer

 

317

 

459

 

545

 

737

 

495

78,686

107

0.14

%  

Total

 

3,479

 

5,067

 

2,354

 

2,149

 

2,468

$

2,220,577

$

711

0.03

%  

Loans recovered:

December 31

2020

Average loans

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans

Commercial

 

525

 

69

 

137

 

20

 

86

$

651,635

$

2,246

0.34

%  

Real estate:

Commercial

 

16

 

1

 

136

 

124

 

122

1,085,237

128

0.01

%  

Residential

 

57

 

29

 

98

 

44

 

69

 

294,952

 

190

0.06

%  

Consumer

 

148

 

166

 

202

 

160

 

177

91,252

169

0.02

%  

Total

 

746

 

265

 

573

 

348

 

454

$

2,123,076

$

2,733

0.13

%  

Net loans charged-off

 

2,733

 

4,802

 

1,781

 

1,801

 

2,014

Provision for loan losses

 

7,400

 

6,100

 

4,200

 

4,800

 

5,000

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

$

27,344

$

22,677

$

21,379

$

18,960

$

15,961

Ratios:

Net loans charged-off as a percentage of average loans outstanding

 

0.13

%  

 

0.26

%  

 

0.10

%  

 

0.11

%  

 

0.14

%  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of period end loans

 

1.26

%  

 

1.17

%  

 

1.17

%  

 

1.12

%  

 

1.04

%  

December 31

2019

Average loans

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries)

Net Charge-offs (Recoveries) to Average Loans

Commercial

$

506,000

$

3,245

0.64

%  

Real estate:

Commercial

948,673

816

0.09

%  

Residential

 

299,105

 

448

0.15

%  

Consumer

111,779

293

0.26

%  

Total

$

1,865,557

$

4,802

0.26

%  

The allowance for loan losses increased $4.6$1.1 million to $27.3$28.4 million at December 31, 2020,2021, from $22.7$27.3 million at the end of 2019.2020. The increase resulted from a provision for loan losses of $7.4$1.8 million less net loans charged-off of $2.7$0.7 million. Changes madeThe allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021 continued to reflect the provisions added during the first six months2020 from our adjustment of 2020 to the qualitative factors which relatedin our allowance for loan losses methodology, due to economic decline resultingand expectation of increased credit losses from theCOVID-19’s adverse impact ofon economic and business operating conditions.

The decrease to charge-offs in 2021 is due to improved credit quality. The 2021 period includes the COVID-19 crisis, was the primary reason for the higher provision. Commercial loan charge-offs were $2.8 million and included a $1.1 partial write downtotal charge-off of a specific credit relationship, which has

-46-

Table of Contents

been subsequently paid off in January 2021, a charge-off of $0.6 million to a specific commercial credit during the first quarter and $0.9 million related to a group of small business linesfully allocated small-business line of credit in our Greater Delaware Valley market. Commercial loan recoveries increased $0.5 million and included $0.2 million related to the group of small business lines of credit in the Greater Delaware Valley market and $0.2 million on a separate credit. We charged-off $3.3 million of commercial loans in 2019 substantially all of which were in the fourth quarter. Included in this amount was $2.3 million related to certain small business lines of creditoriginated in our Greater Delaware Valley market and $1.0totaling $0.4 million.  During 2020, $0.9 million was charged-off related to small-business lines of credit originated in our Greater Delaware Valley market offset by $0.2 million of other commercial loan relationships.recoveries. 

The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of loans, net of unearned income, was 1.22 percent at the end of 2021, 1.26 percent at the end of 2020, 1.17 percent at the end of 2019, respectively. Excluding PPP loans that do not carry an allowance for losses due to a 100 percent government guarantee, the ratio equaled 1.381.26 percent at December 31, 2020.2021.

Past due loans not satisfied through repossession, foreclosure or related actions are evaluated individually to determine if all or part of the outstanding balance should be charged against the allowance for loan losses account. Any subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance account. Net loans charged-off decreased $2.1$2.0 million to $0.7 million in 2021 from $2.7 million in 2020 from $4.8 million in 2019.2020. Net charge-offs, as a percentage of average loans outstanding, equaled 0.03 percent in 2021 and 0.13 percent in 2020 and 0.26 percent in 2019.2020.

-44-

Table of Contents

Allocation of the allowance for loan losses (Dollars in thousands)

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses for the past fivetwo years is summarized as follows:

 

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

 

2021

2020

December 31

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

 

Amount  

%  

Amount  

%  

Specific:

Commercial

$

947

 

0.20

%  

$

363

 

0.24

%  

$

50

 

0.12

%  

$

159

 

0.15

%  

$

225

 

0.18

%  

$

40

 

0.01

%  

$

947

 

0.20

%  

Real Estate:

Commercial

 

180

 

0.18

 

279

 

0.16

 

403

 

0.17

 

263

 

0.25

1,197

 

0.47

 

109

 

0.12

 

180

 

0.18

Residential

 

75

 

0.07

 

135

 

0.11

 

666

 

0.23

 

336

 

0.22

 

520

 

0.23

 

26

 

0.06

 

75

 

0.07

Consumer

 

 

 

60

 

0.01

8

 

0.01

 

 

 

 

Total specific

 

1,202

 

0.45

 

777

 

0.51

 

1,179

 

0.53

 

766

 

0.63

 

1,942

 

0.88

 

175

 

0.19

 

1,202

 

0.45

Formula:

Commercial

 

7,787

 

30.99

 

6,525

 

26.74

 

5,466

 

26.98

 

4,893

 

27.98

 

3,574

 

26.49

 

8,413

 

26.31

 

7,787

 

30.99

Real Estate:

Commercial

 

14,379

 

52.07

 

11,217

 

52.03

 

10,333

 

49.62

 

7,285

 

46.19

 

4,650

 

45.21

 

15,819

 

57.56

 

14,379

 

52.07

Residential

 

3,054

 

12.67

 

3,091

 

15.44

 

3,226

 

16.22

 

4,644

 

16.78

 

4,187

 

18.67

 

3,183

 

12.72

 

3,054

 

12.67

Consumer

 

922

 

3.82

 

1,067

 

5.28

 

1,175

 

6.65

 

1,372

 

8.42

 

1,608

 

8.75

 

793

 

3.22

 

922

 

3.82

Total formula

 

26,142

 

99.55

 

21,900

 

99.49

 

20,200

 

99.47

 

18,194

 

99.37

 

14,019

 

99.12

 

28,208

 

99.81

 

26,142

 

99.55

Total allowance

$

27,344

 

100.00

%  

$

22,677

 

100.00

%  

$

21,379

 

100.00

%  

$

18,960

 

100.00

%  

$

15,961

 

100.00

%  

$

28,383

 

100.00

%  

$

27,344

 

100.00

%  

The allowance for loan losses account increased $4.6$1.1 million to $28.4 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $27.3 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $22.7 million at December 31, 2019.2020. The specific portion of the allowance for impairment of loans individually evaluated under FASB ASC 310 increased $0.4decreased $1.0 million to $0.2 million at December 31, 2021, from $1.2 million at December 31, 2020 from $0.8 million at December 31, 2019 and the formula portion of the allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC 450, increased $4.2$2.1 million to $28.2 million at December 31, 2021, from $26.1 million at December 31, 2020, from $21.9 million at December 31, 2019.2020. The increasedecrease in the specific portion of the allowance was a result of a decrease in measured impairment for collateral dependent loans.  loans, improved credit quality and a decrease to non-performing loans of $5.4 million. The increase in the formula portion was primarily the result of a significant increase in volume, improved credit quality and an increase in the historical loss factor for commercial loans, due to the increase in charge-offs during 2019.a decrease of $5.4 million of non-performing loans.

The coverage ratio, the allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonperforming loans, is an industry ratio used to test the ability of the allowance account to absorb potential losses arising from nonperforming loans. The coverage ratio was 634.5 percent at December 31, 2021 and 277.0 percent at December 31, 2020 and 225.0 percent at December 31, 2019.2020. We believe that our allowance was adequate to absorb probable credit losses at December 31, 2020.2021.

-47-

Table of Contents

Deposits:

Our deposit base is the primary source of funds to support our operations. We offer a variety of deposit products to meet the needs of our individual and commercial customers. Total deposits grew $465.6$526.3 million or 23.621.6 percent to $2.4$3.0 billion at the end of 2020.2021. The increase in deposits is due to organic growth inof customer relationships throughout all our markets, higher customer savings rates,inflows of municipal deposits and PPP loan proceeds retained coupled with additional deposits by our commercial borrowers.and retail customers in excess of historic levels, in part to government stimulus. Total deposits include $23.0$12.5 million of brokered certificates of deposit. Noninterest-bearing deposits grew $159.2$115.3 million or 34.418.5 percent while interest-bearing deposits increased $306.4$411.0 million or 20.322.6 percent in 2020.2021. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 25.524.9 percent of total deposits while interest-bearing deposits accounted for 74.575.1 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2020.2021. Comparatively, noninterest-bearing deposits and interest-bearing deposits represented 23.534.4 percent and 76.574.5 percent of total deposits at year end 2019.2020. With regard to noninterest-bearing deposits, personal checking accounts increased $61.1$54.5 million or 28.819.9 percent, while commercial checking accounts increased $98.6$60.7 million or 39.317.4 percent. The increase in noninterest-bearing deposits is essential in attempting to keep our overall cost of funds low given the pressure on our net interest margin from the decrease in short-term market rates.

-45-

Table of Contents

With regard to interest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, which include money market accounts and NOW accounts, and savings accounts, increased $356.2$436.2 million in 2020.2021. Commercial interest-bearing transaction accounts increased $215.8$302.8 million, while personal interest-bearing transaction accounts increased $79.5$72.8 million. Savings accounts increased $61.0$60.6 million during 20202021 as customers saved a higher percentage of the government stimulus in safe liquid accounts. The strong growth in our non-maturity deposits was due to continuing our strategic initiative to grow our public fund deposits and continued organic growth in all our markets. Total time deposits decreased $49.8$25.2 million to $294.5 million at December 31, 2021 from $319.7 million at December 31, 2020 from $369.5 million at December 31, 2019.2020. The decrease was due to depositors shifting funds to more liquid accounts and the redemption of a few large municipal accounts.

The average amount of, and the rate paid on, the major classifications of deposits for the past three years are summarized as follows:

Deposit distribution (Dollars in thousands)

 

2020

2019

2018

 

2021

2020

2019

 

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

 

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

Average

 

Year ended December 31

Balance  

Rate  

Balance  

Rate  

Balance  

Rate  

 

Balance  

Rate  

Balance  

Rate  

Balance  

Rate  

 

Interest-bearing:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Money market accounts

$

432,621

 

0.81

%  

$

349,668

 

1.31

%  

$

296,331

 

0.86

%  

$

549,169

 

0.36

%  

$

432,621

 

0.81

%  

$

349,668

 

1.31

%  

NOW accounts

 

470,701

 

0.58

 

394,494

 

0.75

 

388,334

 

0.60

 

666,885

 

0.33

 

470,701

 

0.58

 

394,494

 

0.75

Savings accounts

 

404,628

 

0.12

 

380,175

 

0.13

 

389,557

 

0.13

 

468,851

 

0.08

 

404,628

 

0.12

 

380,175

 

0.13

Time deposits

 

355,030

 

1.40

 

367,666

 

1.90

 

291,499

 

1.36

 

301,024

 

0.92

 

355,030

 

1.40

 

367,666

 

1.90

Total interest-bearing

 

1,662,980

 

0.71

%  

 

1,492,003

 

1.01

%  

 

1,365,721

 

0.68

%  

 

1,985,929

 

0.37

%  

 

1,662,980

 

0.71

%  

 

1,492,003

 

1.01

%  

Noninterest-bearing

 

555,459

 

434,676

 

395,287

 

684,527

 

555,459

 

434,676

Total deposits

$

2,218,439

$

1,926,679

$

1,761,008

$

2,670,456

$

2,218,439

$

1,926,679

Total deposits averaged $2.7 billion in 2021 and $2.2 billion in 2020, and $1.9 billion in 2019, increasing $291.8$452.0 million or 15.120.4 percent comparing 20202021 to 2019.2020. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $120.8$129.1 million, while average interest-bearing accounts grew $171.0$322.9 million. Average interest-bearing transaction deposits, including money market and NOW, and savings accounts, increased $183.6$377.0 million while average total time deposits decreased $12.6$53.7 million when comparing 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Our cost of interest-bearing deposits decreased 3034 basis points to 0.37 percent in 2021 from 0.71 percent in 2020 from 1.01 percent in 2019.2020. Specifically, the cost of money market accounts decreased 5045 basis points to 0.810.36 percent from 1.310.81 percent, NOW accounts decreased 1725 basis points and the cost of time deposits decreased 5048 basis points to 1.400.92 percent comparing 20202021 and 2019.2020. The decreases to the cost of our interest-bearing deposits was the result of our initiative to reduce premium rates being paid on core deposit relationships and the reduction of stated rates across all deposit products. The reductions are directly related to the FOMC’s decision to decrease the target federal funds rate 225 basis points from July

-48-

Tablecommencing in 2019 and ending in the first three months of Contents

2019 to March 2020, first in response to economic slowdown and most recentlythen due to the COVID-19 crisis. We expect our cost of funds to continue to decline as time deposits mature and reinvest into lower rates, and we continuehowever, expected actions by the FOMC to lower all our interest-bearingincrease the federal funds rate may result in us increasing deposit rates to mitigate compression to our net interest margin.rates.

Volatile deposits, time deposits $100 or more, averaged $172.7 million in 2021, a decrease of $27.6 million or 13.8 percent from $200.3 million in 2020, a decrease of $30.3 million or 13.2 percent from $230.6 million in 2019.2020. Our average cost of these funds decreased 7068 basis points to 0.78 percent in 2021, from 1.46 percent in 2020, from 2.16 percent in 2019.2020. This type of funding is susceptible to withdrawal by the depositor as they are particularly price sensitive and are therefore not considered to be a strong source of liquidity.

MaturitiesAt December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Corporation had $1.2 billion and $884.6 million, respectively, in uninsured deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Corporation had $88.3 million and $95.8 million, respectively, in time deposits $100 thousand or more, which entirely consistin excess of certificates$250,000 maturing disclosed in the table below. Brokered deposits in the amount of deposits, for the past three years$12.5 million at December 31, 2021 and $25.0 million at December 31, 2020 are summarized as follows:

Maturity distribution ofnot included in time deposits $100 thousand or more (Dollars in thousands)than $250,000.

-46-

Table of Contents

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

 

Within three months

$

41,569

$

72,825

$

27,659

$

29,579

$

21,783

After three months but within six months

 

65,863

 

80,707

 

21,546

 

25,453

 

31,010

After six months but within twelve months

 

53,660

 

46,582

 

48,904

 

19,462

 

29,258

After twelve months

 

50,997

 

56,144

 

124,933

 

13,801

 

13,701

Total

$

212,089

$

256,258

$

223,042

$

88,295

$

95,752

In addition to deposit gathering, we have a secondary source of liquidity through existing credit arrangements with the FHLB-Pgh. During the first four months of 2020 we relied on this type of funding due to seasonal outflows of municipal deposits. As deposit balances surgedgrew during the final six months of 20202021 due to government stimulus and increases in commercial and municipal accounts, short-term borrowings with the FHLB were paid down. At year end 2020,2021, we maintained a high on-balance sheet liquidity position and expect limited utilization of the credit facility during 2021.2022. For a further discussion of our borrowings and their terms, refer to the notes entitled, “Short-term borrowings” and “Long-term debt,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Subordinated Debt:

On June 1, 2020, the Company sold $33,000 aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes due 2030 (the “2020 Notes”) to accredited investors. The 2020 Notes are intended to be treated as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

The 2020 Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.375% per year for the first five years and then float based on a benchmark rate (as defined), provided that the interest rate applicable to the outstanding principal balance during the period the 2020 Notes are floating will at no time be less the 4.75%.  Interest will beis payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year beginning on June 1, 2020, for the first five years after issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears thereafter on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1. The 2020 Notes will mature on June 1, 2030 and are redeemable in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any time on or after June 1, 2025 and prior to June 1, 2030. Additionally, if all or any portion of the 2020 Notes cease to be deemed Tier 2 Capital, the Company may redeem, in whole and not in part, at any time upon giving not less than ten days’ notice, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount outstanding plus accrued but unpaid interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

Holders of the 2020 Notes may not accelerate the maturity of the 2020 Notes, except upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership or similar proceeding by or against the Company.

Market Risk Sensitivity:

Market risk is the risk to our earnings and/or financial position resulting from adverse changes in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices. Our exposure to market risk is primarily IRR associated with our lending, investing and deposit gathering activities. During the normal course of business, we are not exposed to

-49-

Table of Contents

foreign exchange risk or commodity price risk. Our exposure to IRR can be explained as the potential for change in our reported earnings and/or the market value of our net worth. Variations in interest rates affect the underlying economic value of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. These changes arise because the present value of future cash flows, and often the cash flows themselves, change with interest rates. The effects of the changes in these present values reflect the change in our underlying economic value, and provide a basis for the expected change in future earnings related to interest rates. Interest rate changes affect earnings by changing net interest income and the level of other interest-sensitive income and operating expenses. IRR is inherent in the role of banks as financial intermediaries. However, a bank with a high degree of IRR may experience lower earnings, impaired liquidity and capital positions, and most likely, a greater risk of insolvency. Therefore, banks must carefully evaluate IRR to promote safety and soundness in their activities.

The FOMC in response to the uncertainty of the pandemic, cutkept the federal funds target rate 150 basis points duringat the first quarter of 2020 to a targeted range of 0.00 to 0.25 percent after the target rate 75 basis points during the second halfthroughout all of 20192021 due to economic weakness.uncertainty of the pandemic and its effect on the economy. The timing and the magnitude of future monetary policy actions that will impact the current interest rate environment are uncertain.uncertain, however, the FOMC is expected to begin to increase the federal funds rate in 2022 to combat inflation. Given these conditions, IRR and the ability to effectively

-47-

Table of Contents

manage it, are extremely critical to both bank management and regulators. The FFIEC through its advisory guidance reiterates the importance of effective corporate governance, policies and procedures, risk measuring and monitoring systems, stress testing and internal controls related to the IRR exposure of depository institutions. According to the advisory, the bank regulators believe that the current financial market and economic conditions present significant risk management challenges to all financial institutions. Although the bank regulators recognize that some degree of IRR is inherent in banking, they expect institutions to have sound risk management practices in place to measure, monitor and control IRR exposure. The advisory states that the adequacy and effectiveness of an institution’s IRR management process and the level of IRR exposure are critical factors in the bank regulators’ evaluation of an institution’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and capital adequacy. Material weaknesses in risk management processes or high levels of IRR exposure relative to capital will require corrective action. We believe our risk management practices with regard to IRR were suitable and adequate given the level of IRR exposure at December 31, 2020.2021.

The Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”), comprised of members of our bank’s board of directors, senior management and other appropriate officers, oversees our IRR management program. Specifically, ALCO analyzes economic data and market interest rate trends, as well as competitive pressures, and utilizes several computerized modeling techniques to reveal potential exposure to IRR. This allows us to monitor and attempt to control the influence these factors may have on our rate sensitive assets (“RSA”), rate sensitive liabilities (“RSL”) and overall operating results and financial position.

With respect to evaluating our exposure to IRR on earnings, we utilize a gap analysis model that considers repricing frequencies of RSA and RSL. Gap analysis attempts to measure our interest rate exposure by calculating the net amount of RSA and RSL that reprice within specific time intervals. A positive gap occurs when the amount of RSA repricing in a specific period is greater than the amount of RSL repricing within that same time frame and is indicated by a RSA/RSL ratio greater than 1.0. A negative gap occurs when the amount of RSL repricing is greater than the amount of RSA and is indicated by a RSA/RSL ratio less than 1.0. A positive gap implies that earnings will be impacted favorably if interest rates rise and adversely if interest rates fall during the period. A negative gap tends to indicate that earnings will be affected inversely to interest rate changes.

Our interest rate sensitivity gap position, illustrating RSA and RSL at their related carrying values, is summarized as follows. The distributions in the table are based on a combination of maturities, call provisions, repricing frequencies and prepayment patterns. Adjustable-rate assets and liabilities are distributed based on the repricing frequency of the instrument. Mortgage instruments are distributed in accordance with estimated cash flows, assuming there is no change in the current interest rate environment.

-50--48-

Table of Contents

Interest rate sensitivity (Dollars in thousands)

 

    

    

Due after

    

Due after

    

    

 

    

    

Due after

    

Due after

    

    

 

three months

one year

 

three months

one year

 

Due within

but within

but within

Due after

 

Due within

but within

but within

Due after

 

December 31, 2020

three months  

twelve months  

five years  

five years  

Total  

 

December 31, 2021

three months  

twelve months  

five years  

five years  

Total  

 

Rate-sensitive assets:

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

$

15,905

$

15,905

$

7,093

$

7,093

Federal funds sold

183,000

183,000

242,425

242,425

Investment securities

 

15,008

$

51,033

$

121,014

$

116,219

 

303,274

 

17,023

$

37,137

$

267,858

$

266,656

 

588,674

Total loans

 

768,837

 

320,990

 

882,966

 

205,189

 

2,177,982

 

676,204

 

349,643

 

963,675

 

339,650

 

2,329,172

Loans held for sale

837

837

408

408

Total rate-sensitive assets

$

983,587

$

372,023

$

1,003,980

$

321,408

$

2,680,998

$

943,153

$

386,780

$

1,231,533

$

606,306

$

3,167,772

Rate-sensitive liabilities:

Money market accounts

$

496,634

$

496,634

$

588,245

$

588,245

NOW accounts

 

201,833

$

365,254

 

567,087

 

361,059

$

490,027

 

851,086

Savings accounts

 

431,224

 

431,224

 

491,796

 

491,796

Time deposits less than $100 thousand

 

13,223

$

42,262

 

45,445

$

6,674

 

107,604

 

12,786

$

29,824

 

51,672

$

7,596

 

101,878

Time deposits $100 thousand or more

 

41,569

 

119,523

 

45,948

 

5,049

 

212,089

 

49,489

 

104,008

 

35,250

 

3,889

 

192,636

Short-term borrowings

 

50,000

 

50,000

 

 

Long-term debt

526

11,615

2,628

14,769

569

1,746

396

2,711

Subordinated debt

 

 

 

33,000

 

 

33,000

 

 

 

33,000

 

 

33,000

Total rate-sensitive liabilities

$

803,785

$

173,400

$

923,499

$

11,723

$

1,912,407

$

1,012,148

$

135,578

$

1,102,141

$

11,485

$

2,261,352

Rate-sensitivity gap:

Period

$

179,802

$

198,623

$

80,481

$

309,685

$

(68,995)

$

251,202

$

129,392

$

594,821

Cumulative

$

179,802

$

378,425

$

458,906

$

768,591

$

(68,995)

$

182,207

$

311,599

$

906,420

RSA/RSL ratio:

Period

 

1.22

 

2.15

 

1.09

 

27.42

 

0.93

 

2.85

 

1.12

 

52.79

Cumulative

 

1.22

 

1.39

 

1.24

 

1.40

 

1.40

 

0.93

 

1.16

 

1.14

 

1.40

 

1.40

At December 31, 2021, we had cumulative one-year RSA/RSL ratio of 1.16, a positive gap. At December 31, 2020, we had cumulative one-year RSA/RSL ratio of 1.39, a positive gap. At December 31, 2019, we had cumulative one-year RSA/RSL of 0.98, a negative gap. As previously mentioned, a positive gap indicates that if interest rates increase, our earnings would likely be favorably impacted. Given the current economic conditions and the expected action of the FOMC to cut short-term ratesbegin to near zeroincrease the federal funds rate during the first quarter of 2020 and their commitment to hold rates near zero for the foreseeable future, the2022, we should experience increased net interest income. The overall focus of ALCO has beenis to maintain a well-balanced IRR position in order to safeguard future earnings during this historical low-rate environment and from potential risk to falling interest rates. During 20202021 ALCO took steps to reduce our positive gap position and guard against rates unchanged or down through the origination of fixed rate loans and the investment in longer term, fixed rate municipal securities and longer duration U.S. government-sponsored mortgage-backedinvestment securities. Additionally, an initiative to reduce funding costs was executed to mitigate the adverse impact to net interest income from the low ratesrates. ALCO will continue to focus efforts on strategies in 20212022 in an attempt to maintain a positive gap position between RSA and RSL. However, these forward-looking statements are qualified in the aforementioned section entitled “Forward-Looking Discussion” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

The change in our cumulative one-year ratio from the previous year-end resulted from a $427.4$25.7 million or 46.01.9 percent increasedecrease in RSA partially offset by a $30.6$170.5 million or 3.217.5 percent increase in RSL maturing or repricing within one year. The increasedecrease in RSA resulted primarily from a $247.7$64.0 million increasedecrease in total loans, net of unearned income, resulting from an increase in commercial lending, which primarily involves loans with adjustable-rate terms that reprice in the near term. An increase of $183.0 million in federal funds sold from a surge in non-maturity deposits and a cautious approach to adding longer term assets at historically low rates also resulted in the higher RSA when comparing 2020 to 2019.longer-term adjustable rates.

-51-

Table of Contents

With respect to the $30.6$170.5 million increase in RSL maturing or repricing within a twelve month time horizon, non-maturity deposits increased $181.0$250.8 million due to customers seeking liquid accounts and saving at a higher percentage due to the economic uncertainty of the pandemic. The growth in deposits resulted in lower short-term borrowings of $102.1$50.0 million. Time deposits $100 thousand or more also declined when comparing year end 20202021 to 20192020 as a number of large accounts matured and customers sought more liquid alternatives.

-49-

Table of Contents

Static gap analysis, although a credible measuring tool, does not fully illustrate the impact of interest rate changes on future earnings. First, market rate changes normally do not equally or simultaneously affect all categories of assets and liabilities. Second, assets and liabilities that can contractually reprice within the same period may not do so at the same time or to the same magnitude. Third, the interest rate sensitivity table presents a one-day position and variations occur daily as we adjust our rate sensitivity throughout the year. Finally, assumptions must be made in constructing such a table. For example, the conservative nature of our Asset/Liability Management Policy assigns personal NOW accounts to the “Due after three months but within twelve months” repricing interval. In reality, these accounts may reprice less frequently and in different magnitudes than changes in general market interest rate levels.

We utilize a simulation model to address the failure of the static gap model to address the dynamic changes in the balance sheet composition or prevailing interest rates and to enhance our asset/liability management. This model creates pro forma net interest income scenarios under various interest rate shocks. Given instantaneous and parallel shifts in general market rates of plus 100 basis points, our projected net interest income for the 12 months ending December 31, 2021,2022, would increase at 4.32.0 percent from model results using current interest rates.

We will continue to monitor our IRR position in 20212022 and anticipate employing deposit and loan pricing strategies and directing the reinvestment of loan and investment payments and prepayments in order to maintain our target IRR position.

Financial institutions are affected differently by inflation than commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets and inventories. Most of our assets are monetary in nature and change correspondingly with variations in the inflation rate. It is difficult to precisely measure the impact inflation has on us, however, we believe that our exposure to inflation can be mitigated through our asset/liability management program.

Liquidity:

Liquidity management is essential to our continuing operations as it gives us the ability to meet our financial obligations as they come due, as well as to take advantage of new business opportunities as they arise. Our financial obligations include, but are not limited to, the following:

Funding new and existing loan commitments;
Payment of deposits on demand or at their contractual maturity;
Repayment of borrowings as they mature;
Payment of lease obligations; and
Payment of operating expenses.

Our liquidity position is impacted by several factors which include, among others, loan origination volumes, loan and investment maturity structure and cash flows, demand for core deposits and certificate of deposit maturity structure and retention. We manage these liquidity risks daily, thus enabling us to monitor fluctuations in our position and to adapt our position according to market influence and balance sheet trends. We also forecast future liquidity needs and develop strategies to ensure adequate liquidity at all times.

-52-

Table of Contents

Historically, core deposits have been our primary source of liquidity because of their stability and lower cost, in general, than other types of funding. Providing additional sources of funds are loan and investment payments and prepayments and the ability to sell both available-for-sale securities and mortgage loans held for sale. As a final source of liquidity, we have available borrowing arrangements with various financial intermediaries, including the FHLB-Pgh. At December 31, 2020,2021, our maximum borrowing capacity with the FHLB-Pgh was $807.0$896.1 million of which $64.8$2.7 million was outstanding in borrowings and $218.4$373.0 million outstanding in the form of irrevocable standby letters of credit. We believe our liquidity is adequate to meet both present and future financial obligations and commitments on a timely basis.

-50-

Table of Contents

We maintain a contingency funding plan to address liquidity in the event of a funding crisis. Examples of some of the causes of a liquidity crisis include, among others, natural disasters, pandemics, war, events causing reputational harm and severe and prolonged asset quality problems. The plan recognizes the need to provide alternative funding sources in times of crisis that go beyond our core deposit base. As a result, we have created a funding program that ensures the availability of various alternative wholesale funding sources that can be used whenever appropriate. Identified alternative funding sources include:

FHLB-Pgh liquidity contingency line of credit;
Federal Reserve discount window;
Internet certificates of deposit;
Brokered deposits;
Institutional Deposit Corporation deposits;
Repurchase agreements; and
Federal funds purchased.

We have increased our borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve by establishing a borrower-in-custody of collateral arrangement that enables us to pledge certain loans, not being used as collateral at the FHLB-Pgh, as collateral for borrowings at the Federal Reserve. At December 31, 20202021 our borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve related to this program was $156.6$147.9 million and there were no amounts outstanding. Additionally, we may utilize the Federal Reserve’s Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (“PPPLF”) by pledging PPP loans as collateral. At December 31, 2020, $189.7 million would be available to borrow for a term equal to the maturity date of the loan pledged. However, no new extensions of credit will be made under the PPPLF after March 31, 2021 unless the Federal Reserve Board and the Department of Treasury determine to extend the PPPLF. There are no amounts outstanding under the PPPLF at December 31, 2020.

Based on our liquidity position at December 31, 2020,2021, we do not anticipate the need to utilize any of these sources in the near term.

We employ a number of analytical techniques in assessing the adequacy of our liquidity position. One such technique is the use of ratio analysis to illustrate our reliance on noncore funds to fund our investments and loans maturing after 2020.2021. At December 31, 2020,2021, our noncore funds consisted of time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or more, short-term borrowings, and long-term and subordinated debt. Large denomination time deposits are particularly not considered to be a strong source of liquidity since they are very interest rate sensitive and are considered to be highly volatile. At December 31, 2020,2021, our net noncore funding dependence ratio, the difference between noncore funds and short-term investments to long-term assets, was 2.8negative 3.0 percent. Our net short-term noncore funding dependence ratio, noncore funds maturing within one year, less short-term investments to long-term assets equaled negative 1.35.6 percent due to our short-term investments being greater than the non-core funding. Comparatively, our ratios equaled 17.82.8 percent and 14.4negative 1.3 percent at the end of 2019,2020, which indicates a significant decrease in our reliance on noncore funds in 2020.2021. Moreover, our basic liquidity surplus ratio, defined as liquid assets less short-term potentially volatile liabilities as

-53-

Table of Contents

a percentage of total assets, increased to 14.6 percent at December 31, 2021, from 8.7 percent at December 31, 2020, from 5.7 percent at December 31, 2019.2020. We believe that by supplying adequate volumes of short-term investments and implementing competitive pricing strategies on deposits, we can ensure adequate liquidity to support future growth.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present the change in cash and cash equivalents from operating, investing and financing activities. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold. Cash and cash equivalents increased $197.0$51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.2021. For the year ended December 31, 2019,2020, cash and cash equivalents decreased $1.5increased $197.0 million. During 2020,2021, cash provided by operating and financing activities more than offset cash used in investing activities.

-51-

Table of Contents

 Operating activities provided net cash of $37.2$40.8 million in 20202021 and $37.1 $37.2 million in 2019.2020. Net income, adjusted for the effects of noncash expenses such as depreciation, amortization and accretion of tangible and intangible assets and investment securities, and the provision for loan losses, is the primary source of funds from operations.

Net cash provided by financing activities equaled $361.1$451.1 million in 2020.2021. Net cash provided by financing activities was $146.2$361.1 million in 2019.2020. Deposit gathering, which is our predominant financing activity, increased in both 20202021 and 2019.2020. Deposit gathering provided a net cash inflow in 20202021 of $465.6$526.3 million and $96.5$465.6 million in 2019.2020. Short-term borrowings decreased net cash by $50.0 million in 2021 and by $102.2 million in 2020 while a net increase in short-term borrowings of $65.6 million increased net cash provided by financing activities in 2019.2020. Deposit gathering in 20202021 was also partially offset by a $18.0$12.1 million net decrease in long-term debt as well as cash dividends paid of $10.5$10.8 million. TheIn 2020, deposit gathering and the issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt in 2020 also contributed to the increase. In 2019, deposit gathering was partially offset by a net $5.2$18.0 million repaymentsrepayment of long-term debt and cash dividends paid of $10.1$10.5 million.

Our primary investing activities involve transactions related to our investment and loan portfolios. Net cash used in investing activities totaled $440.1 million and $201.2 million in 2020. Net cash used in investing activities was $184.7 million in 2019.2021 and 2020, respectively. Net cash used in lending activities was $152.0 million in 2021, a decrease from $241.3 million in 2020, an increase from $120.0 million in 2019.2020. Activities related to our investment portfolio used net cash of $298.2 million in 2020 and provided net cash of $43.0 million in 2020 and used cash of $56.6 million in 2019.2020.

We anticipate maintaining a relatively stable liquidity position in 2021.2022. Our continued growth in the expanding Lehigh Valley and King of Prussia markets coupled with our maturing Lebanon County office and expected growthnew offices in Doylestown, Bucks Countythe Greater Pittsburgh market and Central New Jersey is expected to produce strong loan demand throughout 2021.2022. We expect to fund such demand through deposit gathering initiatives, payments and prepayments on loans and investments and advances from the FHLB. Moreover, if economic conditions were to weaken, as they did during 2020, it may result in increased interest in bank deposits, as consumers seek safety for their balances. However, we cannot predict the economic climate or the savings habits of consumers. Should economic conditions continue to improve, deposit gathering may be negatively impacted as depositors seek alternative investments or increase spending. Regardless of economic conditions and stock market fluctuations, we believe that through constant monitoring and adherence to our liquidity plan, we will have the means to provide adequate cash to fund our normal operations in 2021.2022.

Cash Requirements:

The Company has cash requirements for various financial obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that require cash payments. The most significant contractual obligation, in both the under and over one-year time period, is for the Bank to repay time deposits. The Company anticipates meeting these obligations by utilizing on-balance sheet liquidity and continuing to provide convenient depository and cash management services through its branch network, thereby replacing these contractual obligations with similar fund sources at rates that are competitive in our market. The Company may also use borrowings and brokered deposits to meet its obligations.

Commitments to extend credit are the Company's most significant commitment in both the under and over one-year time periods. These commitments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

Capital Adequacy:

We believe a strong capital position is essential to our continued growth and profitability. We strive to maintain a relatively high level of capital to provide our depositors and stockholders with a margin of safety. In addition, a strong capital base allows us to take advantage of profitable opportunities, support future growth and provide protection against any unforeseen losses.

Our ALCO reviews our capital position, generally, quarterly. As part of its review, the ALCO considers: (i) the current and expected capital requirements, including the maintenance of capital ratios in excess of minimum regulatory guidelines; (ii) potential changes in the market value of our securities due to interest rates changes and effect on capital; (iii) projected organic and inorganic asset growth; (iv) the anticipated level of net earnings and capital position, taking into account the projected asset/liability position and exposure to changes in interest rates; (v) significant deteriorations in asset quality; and (vi) the source and timing of additional funds to fulfill future capital requirements.

-54--52-

Table of Contents

Based on the recent regulatory emphasis placed on banks to assure capital adequacy, our board of directors annually reviews and approves a capital plan. Among other specific objectives, this comprehensive plan: (i) attempts to ensure that we and Peoples Bank remain well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action; (ii) evaluates our capital adequacy exposure through a comprehensive risk assessment; (iii) incorporates periodic stress testing in accordance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Supervisory Capital Assessment Program (“SCAP”); (iv) establishes event triggers and action plans to ensure capital adequacy; and (v) identifies realistic and readily available alternative sources for augmenting capital if higher capital levels are required.

 Bank regulatory agencies consider capital to be a significant factor in ensuring the safety of a depositor’s accounts. These agencies have adopted minimum capital adequacy requirements that include mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions for noncompliance. Our and Peoples Bank’s risk-based capital ratios are strong and have consistently exceeded the minimum regulatory capital ratios required for adequately capitalized institutions. Our ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items was 12.212.3 percent and 11.912.2 percent at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. Our Total capital ratio was 15.113.6 percent and 13.015.1 percent at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase in the total capital ratio is due to the issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt which qualified as Tier 2 capital. Our and Peoples Bank’s common equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets ratios were 12.3 percent and 13.8 percent at December 31, 2021 and 12.2 percent and 13.7 percent at December 31, 2020 and 11.9 percent and 11.6 percent at December 31, 2019.2020. Our Leverage ratio, which equaled 9.2 percent at December 31, 2021 and 9.3 percent at December 31, 2020, and 10.1 percent at December 31, 2019, exceeded the minimum of 4.0 percent for capital adequacy purposes. Peoples Bank reported Tier 1 capital, Total capital and Leverage ratios of 13.8 percent, 15.0 percent and 9.6 percent at December 31, 2021, and 13.7 percent, 15.0 percent and 10.1 percent at December 31, 2020, and 11.6 percent, 12.8 percent and 9.9 percent at December 31, 2019.2020. Based on the most recent notification from the FDIC, Peoples Bank was categorized as well capitalized at December 31, 2020.2021. There are no conditions or events since this notification that we believe have changed Peoples Bank’s category. For a further discussion of these risk-based capital standards and supervisory actions for noncompliance, refer to the note entitled, “Regulatory matters,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.

Stockholders’ equity was $340.1 million or $47.44 per share at December 31, 2021, and $316.9 million or $43.92 per share at December 31, 2020, and $299.0 million or $40.47 per share at December 31, 2019.2020. Stockholders’ equity grew $17.9$23.2 million in 20202021 as net income and a decreaseoffset an increase in accumulated other comprehensive loss, offset the payment of dividends and the Company’s repurchase of its shares.

We declared dividends of $1.50 per share in 2021, $1.44 per share in 2020, and $1.37 per share in 2019, and $1.31 per share in 2018.2019. The dividend payout ratio, dividends declared as a percent of net income, equaled 24.9 percent in 2021, 35.8 percent in 2020 and 39.4 percent in 2019 and 38.9 percent in 2018.2019. Our board of directors intends to continue paying cash dividends in the future and has declared a cash dividend in the first quarter of 20212022 of $0.37$0.39 per share. Our ability to declare and pay dividends in the future is based on our operating results, financial and economic conditions, capital and growth objectives, dividend restrictions and other relevant factors. We rely on dividends received from our subsidiary, Peoples Bank, for payment of dividends to stockholders. Peoples Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to federal and state regulations. For a further discussion on our ability to declare and pay dividends in the future and dividend restrictions, refer to the note entitled, “Regulatory matters,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.

Since 2014, our Board of Directors has adopted various common stock repurchase plans whereby we were authorized to repurchase shares of our outstanding common stock through open market purchases. During 20202021 we repurchased and retired 181,41754,285 shares for $6.9$2.4 million under the then current plan. We purchased and retired 181,417 shares for $6.9 million during 2020 and purchased and retired 14,428 shares for $0.6 million during 2019. There were no shares purchased or retired in 2018.

Review of Financial Performance:

Net income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, totaled $43.5 million or $6.02 per diluted share, a 50.5% increase when compared to $29.4 million or $4.00 per diluted share in 2020 an increasefor the comparable period of 14.1% when compared to $25.7 million or $3.47 per diluted share in 2019.2020.  The increase in earnings in 2020for 2021 is the resultproduct of higherthe previously disclosed $9.6 after-tax gain on the sale of our Visa Class B shares, a decrease to our provision for loan losses of $5.6 million, primarily due to an adjustment in the year ago period to the economic qualitative factors included in our allowance for loan losses methodology relating to the impact of COVID-19, and an increase to pre-provision net interest income of $4.3$4.8 million due primarily tofrom lower funding costs,deposit costs.  Partially offsetting the increase were a higher noninterest income of $1.5 million and lower noninterest expense of $0.7 million which were partially offset by an increase of $1.3 million to the provision for loan losses and a $1.7 million increase to the income tax provision. The results for 2020 include a $0.9 million net gain on the saleprovision of debt securities included in noninterest income.$5.2 million. Return on average assets (“ROAA”) and return on average equity

-55--53-

Table of Contents

return on average equity (“ROAE”) were 1.41 percent and 13.34 percent for the year ended December 31, 2021. ROAA was 1.09 percent and ROAE was 9.48 percent for the year ended December 31, 2020. ROAA was 1.10 percent and ROAE was 8.87 percent for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, was $86.1 million in 2021 and $81.1 million in 2020 and $77.2 million in 2019.2020. Our net interest margin equaled 2.99 percent in 2021 and 3.25 percent in 2020 and 3.58 percent in 2019.2020. Noninterest income, including the pre-tax gain of $12.2 million from the sale of Visa Class B shares, totaled $25.6 million 2021 and $16.6 million in 2020 and $15.1 million in 2019.2020. Noninterest expense was $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. Our productivity is measured by the operating efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP measure, defined as noninterest expense less amortization of intangible assets divided by the total of tax-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income. Our operating efficiency ratio was 55.3 percent in 2021 and 56.0 percent in 20202020.

Visa Class B Common Stock Sale

On October 8, 2021, Peoples Bank agreed to sell 44,982 shares of the Class B common stock of Visa Inc. for a purchase price of $12.2 million. The shares had no carrying value on the Bank’s balance sheet and, 59.6 percentas the Bank had no historical cost basis in 2019.the shares, the entire purchase is realized as a pretax gain. The transaction had a positive impact on the Bank’s regulatory capital, which is being used for capital management and to support the Company’s organic growth.

The Bank received 73,333 Class B shares of Visa Inc. as part of its membership interest in March 2008, and 28,351 shares were redeemed in connection with Visa’s initial public offering in 2008. The sale of the remaining 44,982 Class B shares settled in October, 2021 and is included in our 2021 fourth-quarter and year-end results as an after-tax gain of $9.6 million.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures (Dollars in thousands)

The following are non-GAAP financial measures, which provide useful insight to the reader of the consolidated financial statements, but should be supplemental to GAAP used to prepare Peoples’ financial statements and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, Peoples’ non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to non-GAAP measures of other companies. The tax rate used to calculate the fully-taxable equivalent (FTE)(“FTE”) adjustment was 21% for 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018.2019.

The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of FTE net interest income for the years ended 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018:2019:

Year ended December 31

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Interest income (GAAP)

$

94,057

$

94,125

$

93,381

Adjustment to FTE

 

1,512

 

1,306

 

1,644

Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

 

95,569

 

95,431

 

95,025

Interest expense

 

9,422

 

14,324

 

17,868

Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

$

86,147

$

81,107

$

77,157

-54-

Table of Contents

Year ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Interest income (GAAP)

$

94,125

$

93,381

$

84,661

Adjustment to FTE

 

1,306

 

1,644

 

1,672

Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

 

95,431

 

95,025

 

86,333

Interest expense

 

14,324

 

17,868

 

13,322

Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)

$

81,107

$

77,157

$

73,011

The efficiency ratio is noninterest expenses, less amortization of intangible assets, as a percentage of FTE net interest income plus noninterest income less gains on equity securities and gains on sale of assets. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of the efficiency ratio to GAAP for the years ended 2021, 2020, 2019, and 2018:2019:

Year ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):

Noninterest expense (GAAP)

$

54,868

$

55,642

$

52,487

Less: amortization of intangible assets expense

 

606

 

730

 

881

Noninterest expense adjusted for amortization of assets expense (non-GAAP)

54,262

54,912

51,606

Net interest income (GAAP)

79,801

75,513

71,339

Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment

1,306

1,644

1,672

Noninterest income (GAAP)

16,642

15,120

13,659

Less: net gains (losses) on equity securities

(6)

132

Less: net gains on sale of assets

918

23

291

Net interest income (FTE) plus noninterest income (non-GAAP)

$

96,837

$

92,122

$

86,379

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

56.0

%

59.6

%

59.7

%

-56-

Table of Contents

Year ended December 31

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):

Noninterest expense (GAAP)

$

55,004

$

54,868

$

55,642

Less: amortization of intangible assets expense

 

491

 

606

 

730

Noninterest expense adjusted for amortization of assets expense (non-GAAP)

54,513

54,262

54,912

Net interest income (GAAP)

84,635

79,801

75,513

Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment

1,512

1,306

1,644

Noninterest income (GAAP)

25,636

16,642

15,120

Less: net gains (losses) on equity securities

2

(6)

Less: net gains on sale of assets

918

23

Less: Gain on sale of Visa Class B shares

12,153

Net interest income (FTE) plus noninterest income (non-GAAP)

$

99,628

$

96,837

$

92,254

Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)

54.7

%

56.0

%

59.6

%

Net Interest Income:

Net interest income is the fundamental source of earnings for commercial banks. Moreover, fluctuations in the level of net interest income can have the greatest impact on net profits. Net interest income is defined as the difference between interest revenue, interest and fees earned on interest-earning assets, and interest expense, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities supporting those assets. The primary sources of earning assets are loans and investment securities, while interest-bearing deposits and borrowings comprise interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is impacted by:

Variations in the volume, rate and composition of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;
Changes in general market interest rates; and
The level of nonperforming assets.

Changes in net interest income are measured by the net interest spread and net interest margin. Net interest spread, the difference between the average yield earned on earning assets and the average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, illustrates the effects changing interest rates have on profitability. Net interest margin, net interest income as a percentage of average earning assets, is a more comprehensive ratio, as it reflects not only the spread, but also the change in the composition of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Tax-exempt loans and investments carry pretax yields lower than their taxable counterparts. Therefore, in order to make the net interest margin analysis more comparable, tax-exempt income and yields are reported in this analysis on a tax-equivalent basis using the prevailing federal statutory tax rate.

Similar to all banks, we consider the maintenance of an adequate net interest margin to be of primary concern. The current economic environment has been very challenging for the banking industry given the adverse impact of the pandemic and interest rates at historical lows. In addition to market rates and competition, nonperforming asset levels are of particular concern for the banking industry and may place additional pressure on net interest margins. Nonperforming assets may stabilize or worsen given the uncertainty of the national and global economies, particularly the labor markets. No assurance can be given as to how general market conditions will change or how such changes will affect net interest income. Therefore, we believe through prudent deposit and loan pricing practices, careful investing, and constant monitoring of nonperforming assets, our net interest margin will remain strong.

-55-

Table of Contents

We analyze interest income and interest expense by segregating rate and volume components of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The impact changes in the interest rates earned and paid on assets and liabilities, along with changes in the volumes of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, have on net interest income are summarized as follows. The net change or mix component, attributable to the combined impact of rate and volume changes within earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities’ categories, has been allocated proportionately to the change due to rate and the change due to volume.

-57-

Table of Contents

Net interest income changes due to rate and volume (Dollars in thousands)

 

2020 vs 2019

2019 vs 2018

 

2021 vs 2020

2020 vs 2019

 

Increase (decrease)

Increase (decrease)

 

Increase (decrease)

Increase (decrease)

 

attributable to  

attributable to  

 

attributable to  

attributable to  

 

Total  

Rate  

Volume  

Total  

Rate  

Volume  

 

Total  

Rate  

Volume  

Total  

Rate  

Volume  

 

Interest income:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Loans:

Taxable

$

1,195

$

(10,883)

$

12,078

$

8,136

$

3,469

$

4,667

$

(1,189)

$

(3,860)

$

2,671

$

1,195

$

(10,883)

$

12,078

Tax-exempt

 

(725)

 

(187)

 

(538)

 

813

 

320

 

493

 

280

 

(830)

 

1,110

 

(725)

 

(187)

 

(538)

Investments:

Taxable

 

904

 

(111)

 

1,015

 

505

 

22

 

483

 

115

 

(1,153)

 

1,268

 

904

 

(111)

 

1,015

Tax-exempt

 

(886)

 

203

 

(1,089)

 

(941)

 

(202)

 

(739)

 

700

 

(407)

 

1,107

 

(886)

 

203

 

(1,089)

Interest-bearing deposits

 

(26)

 

(98)

 

72

 

57

 

1

 

56

 

(31)

 

(20)

 

(11)

 

(26)

 

(98)

 

72

Federal funds sold

 

(56)

(216)

 

160

 

122

 

122

 

264

21

 

243

 

(56)

(216)

 

160

Total interest income

 

406

 

(11,292)

 

11,698

 

8,692

 

3,610

 

5,082

 

139

 

(6,249)

 

6,388

 

406

 

(11,292)

 

11,698

Interest expense:

Money market accounts

 

(1,073)

 

(2,001)

 

928

 

2,028

 

1,507

 

521

 

(1,550)

 

(2,324)

 

774

 

(1,073)

 

(2,001)

 

928

NOW accounts

 

(200)

 

(710)

 

510

 

609

 

571

 

38

 

(539)

 

(1,439)

 

900

 

(200)

 

(710)

 

510

Savings accounts

 

8

 

(23)

 

31

 

9

 

21

 

(12)

 

(122)

 

(193)

 

71

 

8

 

(23)

 

31

Time deposits less than $100

 

71

 

(174)

 

245

 

276

 

368

 

(92)

 

(650)

 

(327)

 

(323)

 

71

 

(174)

 

245

Time deposits $100 or more

 

(2,062)

 

(1,468)

 

(594)

 

2,727

 

1,143

 

1,584

 

(1,568)

 

(1,210)

 

(358)

 

(2,062)

 

(1,468)

 

(594)

Short-term borrowings

 

(794)

 

(1,220)

 

426

 

(1,096)

 

617

 

(1,713)

 

(770)

 

(270)

 

(500)

 

(794)

 

(1,220)

 

426

Long-term debt

 

(529)

 

(366)

 

(163)

 

(7)

 

71

 

(78)

 

(442)

 

337

 

(779)

 

(529)

 

(366)

 

(163)

Subordinated debt

1,035

1,035

739

433

306

1,035

1,035

Total interest expense

 

(3,544)

 

(5,962)

 

2,418

 

4,546

 

4,298

 

248

 

(4,902)

 

(4,993)

 

91

 

(3,544)

 

(5,962)

 

2,418

Net interest income - non-GAAP

$

3,950

$

(5,330)

$

9,280

$

4,146

$

(688)

$

4,834

$

5,041

$

(1,256)

$

6,297

$

3,950

$

(5,330)

$

9,280

Tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, was $86.1 million in 2021 and $81.1 million in 2020 and $77.2 million in 2019.2020. Interest and net fees earned on the PPP loans totaled $3.8$7.1 million in 2020.2021. There was a positive volume variance that was partially offset by a negative rate variance. The growth in average earning assets exceeded that of interest-bearing liabilities, and resulted in additional tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, of $9.3$6.3 million. A rate variance resulted in a decrease in net interest income of $5.3$1.3 million as assets repriced quicker than liabilities.

Average earning assets increased $340.6$382.0 million to $2.9 billion in 2021 from $2.5 billion in 2020 from $2.2 billion in 2019 and accounted for a $11.7$6.4 million increase in interest income. Average loans, net increased $257.5$97.5 million, including $148.3 million of PPP loans, which caused interest income to increase $11.5$3.8 million. Average taxable investments increased $46.3$65.0 million comparing 20202021 and 2019,2020, which resulted in increased interest income of $1.0$1.3 million while average tax-exempt investments decreased $33.1increased $32.5 million, which resulted in a decreasean increase to interest income of $1.1 million.

Average interest-bearing liabilities grew $204.4$322.9 million to $1.8$2.0 billion in 20202021 from $1.6$1.8 billion in 20192020 resulting in a net increase in interest expense of $2.4$1.1 million. Large denomination time deposits averaged $30.3$27.5 million less in 20202021 and caused interest expense to decrease $0.6$0.4 million. An increaseA decrease of $17.7$26.5 million in average time deposits less than $100 thousand increaseddecreased interest expense by $0.2$0.3 million. In addition, interest-bearing transaction accounts, including money market, NOW and savings accounts grew $183.6$377.0 million, which in aggregate caused a $1.5$1.7 million increase in interest expense. Short-term borrowings averaged $20.8$69.7 million moreless and increaseddecreased interest expense $0.4$0.5 million while

-56-

Table of Contents

long-term debt averaged $6.7$30.6 million less and decreased interest expense by $0.2$0.8 million comparing 20202021 and 2019.2020. The issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt during June 2020 caused interest expense to increase $1.0 million.$0.3 million for the full year 2021.

An unfavorable rate variance occurred, as the tax-equivalent yield on earning assets decreased 5950 basis points while there was a 33 basis point decrease in the cost of funds. As a result, tax-equivalent net interest income decreased $5.3$1.3 million comparing 20202021 and 2019.2020. The tax-equivalent yield on earning assets was 3.32 percent in 2021 compared to 3.82 percent in 2020 compared to 4.41 percent in 2019 resulting in a decrease in interest income of $11.3$6.2 million. With the tax-equivalent yield on the investment portfolio

-58-

Table of Contents

decreasing 1142 basis points to 1.94 percent in 2021 from 2.36 percent in 2020, from 2.47 percent in 2019, interest income decreased $0.1$1.6 million. The tax-equivalent yield on the loan portfolio decreased 5522 basis points to 3.94 percent in 2021 from 4.16 percent in 2020 from 4.71 percent in 2019 and resulted in a decrease to interest income of $11.1$4.7 million.

A favorable rate variance was experienced in the cost of funds. We experienced decreases in the rates paid on all major categories of interest-bearing liabilities. Specifically, the cost of money market and NOWnon-maturity deposit accounts decreased 50 basis points and 1725 basis points comparing 20202021 and 2019.2020. These decreases resulted in a decrease in interest expense of $2.7$4.0 million. With regard to time deposits, the average rate paid for time deposits less than $100 thousand decreased 1323 basis points while time deposits $100 thousand or more decreased 7068 basis points, which together resulted in a $1.6$1.5 million decrease in interest expense. The average rate paid on short-term borrowings decreased 16045 basis points in 20202021 when compared to 2019,2020, causing a $1.2$0.3 million decrease in interest expense. Interest expense decreased $0.4increased $0.3 million from a 90145 basis point decreaseincrease in the average rate paid on long-term debt.

The average balances of assets and liabilities, corresponding interest income and expense and resulting average yields or rates paid are summarized as follows. Averages for earning assets include nonaccrual loans. Investment averages include available-for-sale securities at amortized cost. Income on investment securities and loans is adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, using the prevailing federal statutory tax rate of 21.0 percent in 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019.

-59--57-

Table of Contents

 Summary of net interest income (Dollars in thousands)

 

2020

2019

 

2021

2020

 

Average

Average

 

Average

Average

 

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

 

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

 

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

 

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

 

Assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Earning assets:

Loans:

Taxable

$

1,998,178

$

83,683

 

4.19

%  

$

1,726,582

$

82,488

 

4.78

%

$

2,063,168

$

82,493

 

4.00

%  

$

1,998,178

$

83,683

 

4.19

%

Tax-exempt

 

124,898

 

4,729

 

3.79

 

138,975

 

5,454

 

3.92

 

157,409

 

5,009

 

3.18

 

124,898

 

4,729

 

3.79

Investments:

Taxable

 

248,059

 

5,423

 

2.19

 

201,743

 

4,519

 

2.24

 

313,319

 

5,538

 

1.77

 

248,059

 

5,423

 

2.19

Tax-exempt

 

44,607

 

1,491

 

3.34

 

77,693

 

2,377

 

3.06

 

85,200

 

2,191

 

2.57

 

44,607

 

1,491

 

3.34

Interest-bearing deposits

 

17,288

 

39

 

0.23

 

3,493

 

65

 

1.86

 

11,123

 

8

 

0.07

 

17,288

 

39

 

0.23

Federal funds sold

 

62,072

 

66

 

0.11

 

6,023

 

122

 

2.03

 

246,891

 

330

 

0.13

 

62,072

 

66

 

0.11

Total interest earning assets

 

2,495,102

 

95,431

 

3.82

%  

 

2,154,509

 

95,025

 

4.41

%

 

2,877,110

 

95,569

 

3.32

%  

 

2,495,102

 

95,431

 

3.82

%

Less: allowance for loan losses

 

25,848

 

22,145

 

27,209

 

25,848

Other assets

 

227,695

 

212,989

 

227,293

 

227,695

Total assets

$

2,696,949

$

2,345,353

$

3,077,194

$

2,696,949

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Money market accounts

$

432,621

 

3,510

 

0.81

%  

$

349,668

 

4,583

 

1.31

%

$

549,169

 

1,960

 

0.36

%  

$

432,621

 

3,510

 

0.81

%

NOW accounts

 

470,701

 

2,741

 

0.58

 

394,494

 

2,941

 

0.75

 

666,885

 

2,202

 

0.33

 

470,701

 

2,741

 

0.58

Savings accounts

 

404,628

 

504

 

0.12

 

380,175

 

496

 

0.13

 

468,851

 

382

 

0.08

 

404,628

 

504

 

0.12

Time deposits less than $100

 

154,772

 

2,066

 

1.33

 

137,059

 

1,995

 

1.46

 

128,313

 

1,416

 

1.10

 

154,772

 

2,066

 

1.33

Time deposits $100 or more

 

200,258

 

2,918

 

1.46

 

230,607

 

4,980

 

2.16

 

172,711

 

1,350

 

0.78

 

200,258

 

2,918

 

1.46

Short-term borrowings

 

83,716

 

848

 

1.01

 

62,941

 

1,642

 

2.61

 

13,973

 

78

 

0.56

 

83,716

 

848

 

1.01

Long-term debt

38,560

702

1.82

45,253

1,231

2.72

7,948

260

3.27

38,560

702

1.82

Subordinated debt

 

19,295

 

1,035

 

5.36

 

 

 

 

33,000

 

1,774

 

5.38

 

19,295

 

1,035

 

5.36

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

1,804,551

 

14,324

 

0.79

%  

 

1,600,197

 

17,868

 

1.12

%

 

2,040,850

 

9,422

 

0.46

%  

 

1,804,551

 

14,324

 

0.79

%

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

555,459

 

434,676

 

684,527

 

555,459

Other liabilities

 

27,389

 

20,290

 

25,704

 

27,389

Stockholders’ equity

 

309,550

 

290,190

 

326,113

 

309,550

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

2,696,949

$

2,345,353

$

3,077,194

$

2,696,949

Net interest income/spread (non-GAAP)

$

81,107

 

3.03

%  

$

77,157

 

3.29

%

$

86,147

 

2.86

%  

$

81,107

 

3.03

%

Net interest margin

 

3.25

%  

 

3.58

%

 

2.99

%  

 

3.25

%

Tax-equivalent adjustments:

Loans

$

993

$

1,145

$

1,052

$

993

Investments

 

313

 

499

 

460

 

313

Total adjustments

$

1,306

$

1,644

$

1,512

$

1,306

Note: Average balances were calculated using average daily balances. Interest income on loans includes fees of $5,933 in 2021, $3,833 in 2020 and $1,622 in 2019 and $1,528 in 2018.2019. The increase in 2020 is primarily due to net fees from PPP loans.

-60--58-

Table of Contents

2018

2019

Average

Average

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

Average

Interest Income/

Interest

(Dollars in thousands)

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

Balance  

Expense  

Rate  

Assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Earning assets:

Loans:

Taxable

$

1,627,062

$

74,352

 

4.57

%  

$

1,726,582

$

82,488

 

4.78

%  

Tax-exempt

 

126,088

 

4,641

 

3.68

 

138,975

 

5,454

 

3.92

Investments:

Taxable

 

180,182

 

4,014

 

2.23

 

201,743

 

4,519

 

2.24

Tax-exempt

 

101,475

 

3,318

 

3.27

 

77,693

 

2,377

 

3.06

Interest-bearing deposits

 

478

 

8

 

1.67

 

3,493

 

65

 

1.86

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

6,023

 

122

 

2.03

Total interest earning assets

 

2,035,285

 

86,333

 

4.24

%  

 

2,154,509

 

95,025

 

4.41

%  

Less: allowance for loan losses

 

20,013

 

22,145

Other assets

 

213,617

 

212,989

Total assets

$

2,228,889

$

2,345,353

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

Interest-bearing liabilities:

Money market accounts

$

296,331

 

2,555

 

0.86

%  

$

349,668

 

4,583

 

1.31

%  

NOW accounts

 

388,334

 

2,332

 

0.60

 

394,494

 

2,941

 

0.75

Savings accounts

 

389,557

 

487

 

0.13

 

380,175

 

496

 

0.13

Time deposits less than $100

 

144,445

 

1,719

 

1.19

 

137,059

 

1,995

 

1.46

Time deposits $100 or more

 

147,054

 

2,253

 

1.53

 

230,607

 

4,980

 

2.16

Short-term borrowings

 

133,834

 

2,738

 

2.05

 

62,941

 

1,642

 

2.61

Long-term debt

 

48,189

 

1,238

 

2.57

 

45,253

 

1,231

 

2.72

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

1,547,744

 

13,322

 

0.86

%  

 

1,600,197

 

17,868

 

1.12

%  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

395,287

 

434,676

Other liabilities

 

15,202

 

20,290

Stockholders’ equity

 

270,656

 

290,190

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

2,228,889

$

2,345,353

Net interest income/spread

$

73,011

 

3.38

%  

$

77,157

 

3.29

%  

Net interest margin (non-GAAP)

 

3.59

%  

 

3.58

%  

Tax-equivalent adjustments:

Loans

$

975

$

1,145

Investments

 

697

 

499

Total adjustments

$

1,672

$

1,644

Provision for Loan Losses:

We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses account on a quarterly basis utilizing our systematic analysis in accordance with procedural discipline. We take into consideration certain factors such as composition of the loan portfolio, volume of nonperforming loans, volumes of net charge-offs, prevailing economic conditions and other relevant factors when determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses account. We make monthly provisions to the allowance for loan losses account in order to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level. The provision for loan losses equaled $1.8 million in 2021 and $7.4 million in 20202020. The lower provision in the twelve month period ended December 31, 2021 is due to improved credit quality and $6.1 millionthe resulting reversal of the COVID-19 related asset quality qualitative factor adjustment made in 2019.the year ago period in our allowance for loan losses methodology.  The higher provision for loan losses in 2020 resulted fromthe year ago period reflected changes made during the first six months to the qualitative factors which related to economic decline resulting from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 crisis. Based on our most recent evaluation at

-61--59-

Table of Contents

economic and credit quality declines resulting from the onset of the coronavirus pandemic and its uncertain economic impact. Based on our most recent evaluation at December 31, 2020,2021, we believe that the allowance was adequate to absorb any known or potential losses in our portfolio as of such date.

Noninterest Income:

Our noninterest income increased $1.5for 2021 was $25.6 million compared with $16.6 million for the year ago period, an increase of $9.0 million.  Excluding the sale of the Visa Class B shares, noninterest income decreased $3.2 million or 10.1 percent19.0% due in part to $16.6lower revenue generated from commercial loan interest rate swap transactions of $1.6 million as the number of transactions decreased due to unfavorable market rates. Mortgage banking revenue decreased $0.6 million in 2020the current period from $15.1 million in 2019. The increase in 2020 was driven primarily by higher mortgage banking revenuelower volumes of $1.0 million due to increased refinance activity from low market rates which resulted in higher volume of loansmortgages sold into the secondary market.  We also realizedThe year ago period included a net gain of $0.9 million net gain onfrom the sale of investment securitiesavailable-for-sale securities.  Service charges, fees, commissions and other are lower in 2020 while the 2019 results included gains of $0.2 million. Commercial loan interest rate swap revenue was higher2021 by $0.5$0.6 million due to an increased number and volume of transactions during 2020 compared to 2019. Service charges, fees and commissions decreased $0.4 million due to lower service charges on consumer and commercial deposit accounts of $0.8 million from a noticeable reduction in transaction volumes related to COVID-19. Bankbank owned life insurance (BOLI) death benefit proceeds includedof $0.6 million accrued in service charges, feesthe year ago period and a lower Federal Home Loan Bank dividend, partially offset by an increase to our debit card interchange revenue.  Wealth management revenue increased $0.3 million in 2021 due to a higher number of transactions and commissions for 2020 totaling $0.6 million partially offset the reduction. Merchant revenue declinedwhile fees on fiduciary activities increased $0.1 million or 15.3% and wealth management revenue declined $0.2 million or 15.9% due primarily to lower transaction volumes in part to COVID-19.market appreciation.

Noninterest Expense:

In general, our noninterest expense is categorized into three main groups, including employee-related expense, occupancy and equipment expense and other expenses. Employee-related expenses are costs associated with providing salaries, including payroll taxes and benefits to our employees. Occupancy and equipment expenses, the costs related to the maintenance of facilities and equipment, include depreciation, general maintenance and repairs, real estate taxes, rental expense offset by any rental income and utility costs. Other expenses include general operating expenses such as marketing, other taxes, stationery and supplies, contractual services, insurance, including FDIC assessment and loan collection costs. Several of these costs and expenses are variable while the remainder is fixed. We utilize budgets and other related strategies in an effort to control the variable expenses.

-62--60-

Table of Contents

The major components of noninterest expense for the past three years are summarized as follows:

Noninterest expense (Dollars in thousands)

Year ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Salaries and employee benefits expense:

Salaries and payroll taxes

$

24,912

$

25,930

$

23,557

$

25,176

$

24,912

$

25,930

Employee benefits

 

5,223

 

5,444

 

4,850

 

4,560

 

5,223

 

5,444

Salaries and employee benefits expense

 

30,135

 

31,374

 

28,407

 

29,736

 

30,135

 

31,374

Occupancy and equipment expenses:

Occupancy expense

 

5,960

 

5,994

 

6,236

 

6,211

 

6,230

 

5,460

Equipment expense

 

6,880

 

5,917

 

4,661

 

6,637

 

6,610

 

6,451

Occupancy and equipment expenses

 

12,840

 

11,911

 

10,897

 

12,848

 

12,840

 

11,911

Other expenses:

Merchant transaction expense

 

4

 

3

 

9

FDIC insurance and assessments

 

873

 

651

 

1,093

 

1,117

 

873

 

651

Professional fees and outside services

 

2,091

 

1,758

 

2,414

 

2,137

 

2,091

 

1,758

Other taxes

 

990

 

968

 

619

 

1,336

 

990

 

968

Stationery and supplies

 

697

 

753

 

773

 

910

 

697

 

753

Advertising

 

463

 

873

 

720

 

575

 

463

 

873

Amortization of intangible assets

 

606

 

730

 

881

 

491

 

606

 

730

Donations

1,357

1,441

1,339

1,435

1,357

1,441

Other

 

4,812

 

5,180

 

5,335

 

4,419

 

4,816

 

5,183

Other expenses

 

11,893

 

12,357

 

13,183

 

12,420

 

11,893

 

12,357

Total noninterest expense

$

54,868

$

55,642

$

52,487

$

55,004

$

54,868

$

55,642

Salaries and employee benefits expense constitute the majority of our noninterest expenses accounting for 54.954.1 percent of the total noninterest expense. Salaries and employee benefits expense decreased $1.2$0.4 million or 3.91.3 percent to $29.7 million in 2021 from $30.1 million in 2020 from $31.4 million in 2019.2020. Salaries and payroll taxes decreased $1.0increased $0.3 million or 3.91.1 percent and employee benefits expense decreased $0.2$0.7 million or 4.112.7 percent. The lowerhigher salary expense in 20202021 was primarily due to deferred loan origination cost benefit which increased $1.4 million due to our origination of PPP loans in 2020. This higher benefit was partially offset by increases due toresulting from annual performance-based salary adjustments and additional lending professionals in our expansion markets.markets, partially offset by higher deferred loan origination cost benefit of $1.4 million due to our origination of PPP loans in 2021. Employee benefits expense was lower due to lower health insurance costs and lower pension expense.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased $0.9 million or 7.8 percentwas relatively flat when comparing 2021 to $12.8 million2020. Occupancy expenses were slightly higher due to costs in 2020 from $11.9 millionoperating our two newest branches which opened in 2019the fourth quarter. Equipment related expense included a decrease to depreciation expense which offset higher information technology expenses related to our mobile/digital banking solution. We do expect occupancy and equipment expense to increase in 2022 due specifically to a 16.3 percent increase in equipment expense. The increase in equipment-related expenses was due in part to an investment in a software solution to streamline our PPP loan origination process, additional computer hardware to enable a larger percentagefull years’ operation of our workforce to work remotely,two newest branch offices and an investment in a newour mobile/digital banking solution.

Other expenses, which consist of merchant transaction expense, FDIC insurance and assessments, professional fees and outside services, other taxes, stationary and supplies, advertising, amortization of intangible assets and all other expenses were $12.4 million in 2021 and $11.9 million in 2020 and $12.4 million in 2019.2020. FDIC insurance and assessments was higher by $0.2 million or 34.127.9 percent primarily attributeddue to the receiptremaining FDIC small bank assessment credit recognized in the first quarter of a credit in 2019 related to the Deposit Insurance Fund’s (DIF) minimum reserve ratio assessment.  Professional fees and outside services2020. Other taxes increased $0.3 million due to legal work relatedhigher Pennsylvania shares tax due to loan workouts and PPP loans.an increase in Peoples Bank stockholder equity. Advertising expenses decreased $0.4increased $0.1 million. The increase in stationery and supplies expenses of $0.2 million is offset by lower other expenses as postage related costs were re-classified.  

Income Taxes:

Our income tax expense was $10.0 million and other expenses, which include employee education, travelour effective tax rate was 18.7 percent for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase from income tax expense of $4.8 million and entertainment expenses, decreased $0.4 millionan effective tax rate of 14.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increases in 2021 were due to COVID-19.  higher pre-tax income of $19.3 million, in part due to the sale of

-63--61-

Table of Contents

Income Taxes:

Ourour Visa Class B shares, the inclusion of a $0.6 million deferred tax adjustment related to prior periods and the Company’s frozen pension plan and $0.5 million for New Jersey income tax expense was $4.8 millionrelated to our opening a branch office in 2020 and $3.2 million in 2019.New Jersey. We utilize loans and investments of tax-exempt organizations to mitigate our tax burden, as interest revenue from these sources is not taxable by the federal government. AsThe tax benefit of tax-exempt income was 2.3% of pre-tax income in 2021 as compared to a result, our effective tax rate was 14.1 percent3.0% benefit in 2020 and 10.9 percent in 2019.2020.

The effective tax rate in 20202021 and 20192020 was also influenced by the recognition of investment tax credits related to our limited partnership investments in elderly and low- to- moderate-income residential housing programs which allow us to mitigate our tax burden. By utilizing these credits, we reduced our income tax expense by $1.1 million in both 20202021 and 2019.2020. We anticipate investment tax credits from these investments to be $1.1$0.9 million again in 2021.2022. Over the next five years, we will recognize aggregate tax credits from our investments in these projects of $3.4$2.3 million.

-64--62-

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis 20192020 versus 20182019

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Operating Environment:

TheOn March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared a coronavirus, identified as COVID-19, a global pandemic. In the United States, the rapid spread of the COVID-19 virus invoked various federal, state and local authorities to make emergency declarations and issue executive orders to limit the spread of the disease. Measures included restrictions on travel, limitations on public gatherings, implementation of social distancing protocols, school closings, orders to shelter in place and mandates to close all non-essential businesses to the public. Concerns about the spread of the disease and its anticipated negative impact on economic activity severely disrupted domestic financial markets prompting the Federal Reserve System’s FOMC to aggressively cut the target federal funds rate to a range of 0% to 0.25%, including a 50 basis point reduction in the target federal funds rate on March 3, 2020 and an additional 100 basis point reduction on March 15, 2020. In addition, the Federal Reserve rolled out various market support programs to ease the stress on financial markets which continue to be in place.

The rate cuts in March marked the fourth and fifth cut in the overnight rate in the most recent monetary easing cycle, which began in July 2019 after the most recent high for the target range for federal funds of 2.25% to 2.50% which was in December 2018. Overall inflation lags below the FOMC’s long-term desired 2% level for items other than food and energy. The consumer price index (“CPI”) registered 1.6% for the 12 months ended December 31, 2020, down from 1.7% for the 12 months ended September 30, 2020 but higher than the 1.2% reading for the 12 months ended June 30, 2020. The all items index increased 1.4% for the 12 months ending December 31, 2020, level from the 1.4% registered for the 12 months ending September 30, 2020 and up from the reading for the 12 months ending June 30, 2020 which was 0.6%. As the U.S. economy continued to show signsrebounded from the initial slowdown in the second quarter of expansion in 2019, as2020 that was brought on by the real grossnationwide shutdown, Gross domestic product (“GDP”), the value of all goods and services produced in the nation, grew at an annual rate of 2.1 percent (estimated) in the fourth quarter. Thisquarter at a 2.1% annualized rate, in line with consensus forecasts, which followed a third quarter growth2020 reading of 2.1 percenta 33.4% annualized rate, better than the consensus forecast of 32.0% for the quarter. Personal consumption increased by 1.7% during the fourth quarter.

The employment situation deteriorated in real GDP. The economy grew at a solid 2.3 percent forNew York and Pennsylvania and in all of the thirteen counties representing our market areas in Pennsylvania and New York from one year ago when comparing December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2019. GDP grew atProjections for our local market unemployment are not readily available, however the most current economic statistics as of January 31, 2021 show continuing jobless claims of over 4.5 million. This indicates a ratesignificant improvement from the peak of 2.9 percent in 2018 by comparison. The Federal Reserve Board’s Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) decreased the federal funds rate three times in 2019 ending the year at a range of 1.50 percent to 1.75 percent. In lowering the key target range for the federal funds rate, the FOMC noted that the labor market remained strong and that economic activity had been rising at a moderate rate. Job gains had been solid and17 million jobless claims from 2020, but it remains elevated as does the unemployment rate has remained low. Onat 8.1% on a national level per the inflation front, it remains belowlatest report from the targetBureau of Labor Statistics at December 31, 2020. By comparison, the unemployment rate was 8.8% at quarter end September 30, 2020 and 13.0% at quarter end June 30, 2020. Prior to the economic fallout of 2.0 percentthe COVID-19 pandemic, the highest recorded unemployment rate in recent history was 9.9% in 2009 during the Great Recession. As the pandemic continues to remain a focus of the economic recovery, elevated unemployment rates could have an adverse effect on our credit quality and expectations for longer-term inflation remained little changed. The median forecast was for a federal funds rate of 1.3 percent by year-end 2020, implying that there would have been one additional rate cutmay result in 2020.  

increased credit losses within the loan portfolio in future periods. On a national level, as with our regional and local economies, employment conditions improveddeteriorated in 2019.2020. The civilian labor force increased 1.4decreased 4.0 million, while the number of people employed increased 2.0decreased 8.9 million in 2019.2020. As a result, the annual unemployment rate for the U.S. fellincreased in 20192020 when compared to 2018. All sectors2019.

-63-

Table of employment, reported employment gains from the end of 2018.Contents

National, Pennsylvania, New York and our market area’s non-seasonally-adjusted annual unemployment rates in 20192020 and 2018,2019, are summarized as follows:

    

2019

    

2018

 

United States

 

3.7

%  

3.9

%

New York

 

4.0

4.1

Pennsylvania

 

4.1

4.3

Broome County

 

4.6

4.9

Bucks County

3.6

3.8

Lackawanna County

 

4.6

4.6

Lehigh County

 

4.3

4.6

Luzerne County

 

5.4

5.4

Monroe County

 

5.1

5.3

Montgomery County

3.3

3.4

Northampton County

4.2

4.4

Schuylkill County

5.1

5.2

Susquehanna County

 

4.1

4.0

Wayne County

 

4.4

4.8

Wyoming County

 

4.6

%  

4.5

%

Employment conditions improved for both the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and New York State in 2019 as evidenced by a decrease in their respective unemployment rates. With respect to the markets we serve, the unemployment rate decreased in nine of the thirteen counties in which we have branches or ATM locations. The unemployment rate remained the same year over year in two of the remaining counties and increased nominally in the other two counties. The lowest unemployment rate in 2019, for all of the counties we serve, was Montgomery County at 3.3 percent.

    

2020

    

2019

 

United States

 

8.1

%  

3.7

%

New York

 

10.0

4.0

Pennsylvania

 

9.1

4.1

Broome County

 

8.3

4.6

Bucks County

8.4

3.6

Lackawanna County

 

9.9

4.6

Lebanon County

7.9

Lehigh County

 

9.5

4.3

Luzerne County

 

11.2

5.4

Monroe County

 

11.6

5.1

Montgomery County

7.8

3.3

Northampton County

9.0

4.2

Schuylkill County

9.3

5.1

Susquehanna County

 

7.5

4.1

Wayne County

 

9.5

4.4

Wyoming County

 

8.7

%  

4.6

%

With respect to the banking industry, net income for all FDIC-insured banks in 20192020 totaled $233.1$147.9 billion, a decrease of $3.6$84.9 billion or 1.536.5 percent from 2018.2019. The decline was primarily attributable to the increased provisioning due to the decline in economic conditions in the first six months of 2020. Approximately 64.353.7 percent of all institutions reported higher net income in 2019,2020, while only 3.63.9 percent reported net losses, up slightly from last year’s reported 3.23.6 percent unprofitable institutions. Loan loss provisions of $55.0$132.2 billion in 20192020 were $5.0$77.1 billion or 10.0140.0 percent more than banks set aside in 2018.2019. Net interest income increaseddecreased for the sixth yearfirst time in a row,seven years, by $5.5$20.0 billion or 1.03.7 percent. Noninterest income was $1.7$15.9 billion or 0.66.0 percent belowabove the level of 2018.2019. Realized gains on sales of investments were $4.0$8.1 billion compared to $328.0 million$4.0 billion in

-65-

Table of Contents

2018. 2019. Total noninterest expense increased $6.6$32.9 billion or 1.46.9 percent comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019. The return on average assets for 20192020 was 1.290.72 percent compared to 1.351.29 percent in 2018.2019.

Review of Financial Position:

Total assets, loans and deposits were $2.5$2.9 billion, $1.9$2.2 billion and $2.0$2.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2019.2020. Total assets, loans and deposits grew 8.116.5 percent, 6.312.4 percent and 5.123.6 percent, respectively, compared to 20182019 year-end balances.

The loan portfolio consisted of $1.5$1.8 billion of business loans, including commercial and commercial real estate loans, and $403.9$360.7 million in retail loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans at December 31, 2019.2020. Total investment securities were $338.6$303.3 million at December 31, 2019,2020, including $330.5$295.9 million of investment securities classified as available-for sale and $7.7$7.2 million classified as held-to-maturity. Total deposits consisted of $463.2$622.5 million in noninterest-bearing deposits and $1.5$1.8 billion in interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2019.2020.

Stockholders’ equity equaled $316.9 million, or $43.92 per share, at December 31, 2020, and $299.0 million, or $40.47 per share, at December 31, 2019, and $278.6 million, or $37.66 per share, at December 31, 2018.2019. Our equity to asset ratio was 12.0811.0 percent and 12.1712.1 percent at those respective period ends. Dividends declared for the 20192020 amounted to $1.37$1.44 per share representing 39.435.8 percent of net income.

Nonperforming assets equaled $10.5 million or 0.540.48 percent of loans, net and foreclosed assets at December 31, 2019, an increase in2020, as the balance butremained the same, however, the percentage was lower percentage when compared to $10.0$10.5 million or 0.550.54 percent at December 31, 2018.2019. The allowance for loan losses equaled $22.7$27.3 million or 1.171.26 percent of loans, net, at December 31, 2019,2020, compared to $21.4$22.7 million or 1.17 percent at year-end 2018.2019. Loans charged-off, net of recoveries equaled $2.7 million or 0.13 percent of average loans in 2020, compared to $4.8 million or 0.26 percent of average loans in 2019, compared to $1.8 million or 0.10 percent2019.

-64-

Table of average loans in 2018.Contents

Investment Portfolio:

Primarily, our investment portfolio provides a source of liquidity needed to meet expected loan demand and generates a reasonable return in order to increase our profitability. Additionally, we utilize the investment portfolio to meet pledging requirements and reduce income taxes. At December 31, 2019,2020, our portfolio consisted primarily of short-term U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, which provide a source of liquidity and intermediate-term, tax-exempt state and municipal obligations, which mitigate our tax burden.

Investment securities increased $60.3decreased $35.3 million, to $303.3 million at December 31, 2020, from $338.6 million at December 31, 2019, from $278.3 million at2019. At December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2019,2020, the investment portfolio consisted of $330.5$295.9 million of investment securities classified as available-for-sale and $7.7$7.2 million classified as held-to-maturity. Investment cash flow was used to fund the loan pipeline prior to the economic slowdown brought on by COVID-19 during the first quarter of 2020. For the majority of the remainder of 2020, investment cash flow was directed to overnight federal funds sold, as management focused on increasing liquidity in the uncertain economic environment. As the level of overnight funds increased, our Asset Liability Committee recommended a strategy to deploy a portion of those funds back into the investment portfolio through purchases of primarily during the thirdtaxable and fourth quarters of 2019. Additionally during the fourth quarter, $55.0 of residentialtax-free municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities were purchased with overnight borrowings to mitigate interest rate risk in a flat orand down rate environment. Security purchases totaled $124.5$107.2 million in 2019,2020, with purchases consisting of longer term taxable and tax-exempt municipal securities and mortgage-backed securities. Investment purchases in 20182019 amounted to $32.7$124.5 million.

Repayments of investment securities totaled $58.2$85.0 million in 20192020 and $32.0$58.2 million in 2018.2019. During 2019,the first quarter of 2020, the Company sold $9.7$26.5 million of low-yielding short-term municipal bonds resulting in a gain of $23$267 thousand. The proceeds were used to reinvest back into longer duration andfund higher yielding bonds. Thereloans. Additionally, two mortgage-backed securities were no salessold during the second half of investment2020 with proceeds totaling $38.3 million and gains recognized of $651 thousand due to favorable market rates. Sales of $9.7 million of low-yielding municipal securities during 2018.2019 resulted in a gain of $23 thousand. We continually analyze the investment portfolio with respect to its exposure to various risk elements.

Investment securities averaged $292.7 million and equaled 11.7 percent of average earning assets in 2020, compared to $279.4 million and equaled 13.0 percent of average earning assets in 2019, compared to $281.7 million and 13.8 percent of average earning assets in 2018.2019. The tax-equivalent yield on the investment portfolio decreased thirteeneleven basis points to 2.36 percent in 2020 from 2.47 percent in 2019 from 2.60 percent in 2018.2019. The decrease in the tax-equivalent yield is due primarily to cash flow from maturing and called bonds being reinvested into lower market rates.

-66-

Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio:

TotalOverall, total loans increased $115.0$239.7 million or 6.312.4 percent in 20192020 to $1.9$2.2 billion at December 31, 2019.2020. Excluding PPP loans, loan growth totaled $50.0 million or 2.6%. Business loans, including commercial loans and commercial real estate loans, were $1.5$1.8 billion or 79.283.4 percent of total loans at December 31, 2019,2020, and $1.4$1.5 billion or 76.979.2 percent at year-end 2018.2019. Residential mortgages and consumer loans totaled $403.9$360.7 million or 20.816.6 percent of total loans at year-end 20192020 and $421.3$403.9 million or 23.120.8 percent at year-end 2018.2019. Loan growth, remained strong throughout 2019.excluding PPP loans, was significantly affected by the economic slowdown resulting from COVID-19. Total loan growth, excluding PPP loans, grew at an annual rate of 6.3 percent in 2019 which includes $18.2$50.0 million of run-off in our indirect automobile portfolio due to pricing changes. The majority of the increase in loans in 2019 was primarily attributable to increases in our commercial real estate portfolio which grew $126.6 million in 2020 due to continued success of our strategy to expand in larger markets with strong growth potential, and strong organic growth in our legacy markets. Our expansion strategy commenced during 2014 in the continuedLehigh Valley with a community banking office and team of dedicated lenders and has expanded with two additional branch offices and additional teams of experienced lenders and credit professionals. Growth is also due to our presence in the Greater Delaware Valley, first by opening a branch office in King of Prussia in 2016, and most recently during the first quarter of 2020 with the opening of a branch in Doylestown and recruitment of two experienced lenders. Further growth fosteredwas attained by our entrance into the Lehigh Valley marketCentral Pennsylvania with a branch office in Lebanon, staffed with a team of lending professionals during the fourth quartermiddle of 2014 by establishing a community banking office with a dedicated team of commercial and retail lenders. We have expanded our presence in the greater Lehigh Valley with the addition of two community banking offices, the most recent during the third quarter of 2017, complemented with additional lending teams to continue the growth. Additional growth was attained through our entrance into the King of Prussia market initially by establishing a loan production office and then by opening a retail branch in the fourth quarter of 2016. The remainder of such growth was generated from improved demand for business lending in existing markets.2018. Based on the customer service oriented philosophy of our organization along with the commitment of these employees, we continue to be well received in these new markets as we are in our existing markets.

Loans averaged $2.1 billion in 2020, compared to $1.9 billion in 2019, compared to $1.8 billion in 2018.2019. Taxable loans averaged $1.7$2.0 billion, while tax-exempt loans averaged $139.0$124.9 million in 2019. Due to improving loan demand, the2020. The loan portfolio continues to play the prominent role in our earning

-65-

Table of Contents

asset mix. As a percentage of earning assets, average loans equaled 85.1 percent in 2020, a decrease from 86.6 percent in 2019, an increase from 86.1 percent in 2018.2019.

Asset Quality:

OurNonperforming assets consist of nonperforming assets increased $559 thousand or 5.6 percent at December 31, 2019 when compared to the end of 2018, however, we experienced improvement in our asset quality ratios as evidenced by a decrease in nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans net and foreclosed assets to 0.54 percent from 0.55 percent, and nonperformingassets. Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans, net to 0.52 percent from 0.53 percent. The increase in balances resulted from a $1.6 million increase ininclude nonaccrual loans, due to the addition of one large commercial relationship and an increase in foreclosed assets of $0.1 million. A decrease of $0.6 million in troubled debt restructured loans due to the charge-off of $0.3 million of commercial real estate loans coupled with principal payments received on outstanding loans and a decrease of $0.6 million of accruing loans past due ninety90 days partially offset the increases.or more. For a further discussion of assets classified asour policy regarding nonperforming assets and potential problemthe recognition of interest income on impaired loans, refer to the notenotes entitled, “Summary of significant accounting policies — Nonperforming assets,” and “Loans, net and the allowance for loan losses,”losses” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.Report which are incorporated in this item by reference.

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level we believe adequate to absorb probable credit losses related to individually evaluated loans, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The balance in the allowance for loan losses account is based on past events and current economic conditions. We employ the FFIEC Interagency Policy Statement, as amended, and GAAP in assessing the adequacy of the allowance account. Under GAAP, the adequacy of the allowance account is determined based on the provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310 for loans specifically identified to be individually evaluated for impairment and the requirements of FASB ASC 450, for large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans to be collectively evaluated for impairment.

The allowance for loan losses increased $1.3$4.6 million to $22.7$27.3 million at December 31, 2019,2020, from $21.4$22.7 million at the end of 2018.2019. The increase resulted from a provision for loan losses of $6.1$7.4 million less net loans charged-off of $4.8$2.7 million. TheChanges made during the first six months of 2020 to the qualitative factors, which related to economic decline resulting from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 crisis, was the primary reason for the higher provision. Commercial loan charge-offs for fiscal 2019 primarily occurredwere $2.8 million and included a $1.1 partial write down of a specific credit relationship, which has been subsequently paid off in January 2021, a charge-off of $0.6 million to a specific commercial credit during the first quarter and $0.9 million related to a group of small business lines of credit in our Greater Delaware Valley market. Commercial loan recoveries increased $0.5 million and included $0.2 million related to the group of small business lines of credit in the fourth quarter.Greater Delaware Valley market and $0.2 million on a separate credit. We charged-off $3.3 million of commercial loans in 2019 substantially all of which were in the fourth quarter. Included in this amount was $2.3 million related to certain small business lines of credit in our Greater Delaware Valley market and $1.0 million of other commercial loan relationships.

-67-

Table of Contents

Past due loans not satisfied through repossession, foreclosure or related actions are evaluated individually to determine if all or part of the outstanding balance should be charged against the allowance for loan losses account. Any subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance account. Net loans charged-off increased $3.0decreased $2.1 million to $2.7 million in 2020 from $4.8 million in 2019 from $1.8 million in 2018.2019. Net charge-offs, as a percentage of average loans outstanding, equaled 0.13 percent in 2020 and 0.26 percent in 2019 and 0.10 percent in 2018.2019.

The allocated element of the allowance for loan losses account increased $1.3$4.6 million to $27.3 million at December 31, 2020, compared to $22.7 million at December 31, 2019, compared to $21.4 million at December 31, 2018.2019. The specific portion of the allowance for impairment of loans individually evaluated under FASB ASC 310 decreased $402 thousandincreased $0.4 million to $777 thousand at December 31, 2019, from $1.2 million at December 31, 20182020, from $0.8 million at December 31, 2019 and the formula portion of the allowance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC 450, increased $1.7$4.2 million to $26.1 million at December 31, 2020, from $21.9 million at December 31, 2019, from $20.2 million at December 31, 2018.2019. The decreaseincrease in the specific portion of the allowance was a result of a decrease in measured impairment for collateral dependent loans.  The increase in the formula portion was primarily the result of a significant increase in volume and an increase in the historical loss factor for commercial loans, due to the increase in charge-offs during 2019.

There was no unallocated element of the total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2019. As is inherent with all estimates, the allowance for loan losses methodology is subject to a certain level of imprecision as it provides reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that the allowance will be able to absorb probable losses, in their entirety, as of the financial statement date. Factors, among others, including judgments made in identifying those loans considered impaired, appraisals of collateral values and measurements of certain qualitative factors, all cause this imprecision and support the establishment of the unallocated element.

The coverage ratio, the allowance for loan losses, account, as a percentage of nonperforming loans, is an industry ratio used to test the ability of the allowance account to absorb potential losses arising from nonperforming loans. The coverage ratio was 277.0 percent at December 31, 2020 and 225.0 percent at December 31, 2019 and 222.9 percent at December 31, 2018.2019. We believe that our allowance was adequate to absorb probable credit losses at December 31, 2019.2020.

-66-

Table of Contents

Deposits:

Our deposit base is the primary source of funds to support our operations. We offer a variety of deposit products to meet the needs of our individual and commercial customers. Total deposits grew $96.5$465.6 million or 5.123.6 percent to $2.0$2.4 billion at the end of 2019.2020. The increase in deposits is due to organic growth in customer relationships throughout all our markets, higher customer savings rates, and PPP loan proceeds retained coupled with additional deposits by our commercial borrowers. Total deposits include $23.0 million of brokered certificates of deposit. Noninterest-bearing deposits grew $53.0$159.2 million or 12.9%34.4 percent while interest-bearing deposits increased $43.5$306.4 million or 3.0%20.3 percent in 2019.2020. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 23.525.5 percent of total deposits while interest-bearing deposits accounted for 76.574.5 percent of total deposits at December 31, 2019.2020. Comparatively, noninterest-bearing deposits and interest-bearing deposits represented 21.923.5 percent and 78.176.5 percent of total deposits at year end 2018.2019. With regard to noninterest-bearing deposits, personal checking accounts increased $10.4$61.1 million or 5.128.8 percent, while commercial checking accounts increased $42.7$98.6 million or 20.539.3 percent. The increase in noninterest-bearing deposits is essential in attempting to keep our overall cost of funds low given the pressure on our net interest margin from the increasedecrease in short-term market rates.

With regard to interest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, which include money market accounts and NOW accounts, and savings accounts, increased $10.2$356.2 million in 2019.2020. Commercial interest-bearing transaction accounts decreased $3.4increased $215.8 million, while personal interest-bearing transaction accounts increased $21.5 $79.5 million. Savings accounts decreased $7.9increased $61.0 million during 20192020 as price sensitive depositors shifted balances to more attractive premium rates being offered on time deposits by us and our competitors.customers saved a higher percentage of the government stimulus in safe liquid accounts. The strong growth in our non-maturity deposits was due to continuing our strategic initiative to grow our public fund deposits and our continued penetrationorganic growth in all our expansion markets. Total time deposits increased $33.3decreased $49.8 million to $319.7 million at December 31, 2020 from $369.5 million at December 31, 2019 from $336.2 million at December 31, 2018.2019. The increasedecrease was primarily due to rate conscious consumerdepositors shifting funds to more liquid accounts and commercial depositors seeking higher yields.the redemption of a few large municipal accounts.

Total deposits averaged $2.2 billion in 2020 and $1.9 billion in 2019, and $1.8 billion in 2018, increasing $165.7$291.8 million or 9.415.1 percent comparing 20192020 to 2018.2019. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased $39.4$120.8 million, while average interest-bearing accounts

-68-

Table of Contents

grew $126.3$171.0 million. Average interest-bearing transaction deposits, including money market and NOW, and savings accounts, increased $50.1$183.6 million while average total time deposits increased $76.2decreased $12.6 million when comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019.

Our cost of interest-bearing deposits increased 33decreased 30 basis points to 0.71 percent in 2020 from 1.01 percent in 2019 from 0.68 percent in 2018.2019. Specifically, the cost of money market accounts increased 45decreased 50 basis points to 0.81 percent from 1.31 percent, from 0.86 percent and NOW accounts increased 15decreased 17 basis points whileand the cost of time deposits increased 54decreased 50 basis points to 1.901.40 percent comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019. The increasesdecreases to the cost of our interest-bearing transaction deposits and time deposits was the result of the increase in short-term market rates resulting from the FOMC’s action to raise the targeted federal funds rate four times during 2018 and the continued elevated short term market rates as the yield curve remained flat despite the FOMC’s action in the second half of 2019 to cut the federal funds rate three times. In response to the FOMC’s actions in 2019, we have decreased rates on time deposits and engaged in anour initiative to reduce premium rates being paid to retain ouron core deposit relationships bothand the reduction of stated rates across all deposit products. The reductions are directly related to the FOMC’s decision to decrease the target federal funds rate 225 basis points from July 2019 to March 2020, first in response to economic slowdown and most recently due to the COVID-19 crisis. We expect our legacy marketcost of funds to continue to decline as time deposits mature and expansion markets in orderreinvest into lower rates and we continue to reducelower all our overallinterest-bearing deposit costs.rates to mitigate compression to our net interest margin.

Volatile deposits, time deposits $100 or more, averaged $200.3 million in 2020, a decrease of $30.3 million or 13.2 percent from $230.6 million in 2019, an increase of $83.5 million or 56.8 percent from $147.1 million in 2018.2019. Our average cost of these funds increased 63decreased 70 basis points to 1.46 percent in 2020, from 2.16 percent in 2019, from 1.53 percent in 2018.2019. This type of funding is susceptible to withdrawal by the depositor as they are particularly price sensitive and are therefore not considered to be a strong source of liquidity.

Market Risk Sensitivity:

With respect to evaluating our exposure to IRR on earnings, we utilize a gap analysis model that considers repricing frequencies of RSA and RSL. Gap analysis attempts to measure our interest rate exposure by calculating the net amount of RSA and RSL that reprice within specific time intervals. A positive gap occurs when the amount of RSA repricing in a specific period is greater than the amount of RSL repricing within that same time frame and is indicated by a RSA/RSL ratio greater than 1.0. A negative gap occurs when the amount of RSL repricing is greater than the amount of RSA and is indicated by a RSA/RSL ratio less than 1.0. A positive gap implies that earnings will be impacted favorably if interest

-67-

Table of Contents

rates rise and adversely if interest rates fall during the period. A negative gap tends to indicate that earnings will be affected inversely to interest rate changes.

At December 31, 2019,2020, we had cumulative one-year RSA/RSL ratio of 0.98,1.39, a slightly negativepositive gap. At December 31, 2018,2019, we had cumulative one-year RSA/RSL of 1.07,0.98, a positivenegative gap. As previously mentioned, a negativepositive gap indicatedindicates that if interest rates increase, our earnings would likely be adverselyfavorably impacted. Given the then current economic conditions and the action of the FOMC to cut short-term rates to near zero during the second halffirst quarter of 20192020 and their commitment to hold rates near zero for the uncertainty offoreseeable future, actions to either cut or raise short-term rates in 2020, the focus of ALCO hadhas been to maintain a well-balanced IRR position in order to safeguard future earnings during this historical low-rate environment and from potential risk to falling interest rates. During 20192020 ALCO took steps to reduce the magnitude of our positive gap position and guard against rates unchanged or down through the origination of five year fixed rate loans and the investment in longer term, fixed rate municipal securities and longer duration U.S. government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities. Additionally, an initiative to reduce funding costs was executed to mitigate the adverse impact to net interest income from the low rates ALCO will continue to focus efforts on strategies in 2021 in an attempt to maintain a positive gap position between RSA and RSL. However, these forward-looking statements are qualified in the aforementioned section entitled “Forward-Looking Discussion” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

The change in our cumulative one-year ratio from the 2018previous year-end resulted from a $168.5$427.4 million or 21.746.0 percent increase in RSL coupled withRSA partially offset by a $91.9$30.6 million or 11.03.2 percent increase in RSARSL maturing or repricing within one year. The increase in RSLRSA resulted primarily from a $102.0$247.7 million increase in time deposits $100 thousand or more and an increase in short-term borrowings of $65.6 million. The majority of the increase in the time deposit balances was due to rate sensitive customers seeking higher rates with terms less than twelve months. The increase in short-term borrowings was due to purchasing $55.0 million of mortgage-backed securities with short-term funding during the fourth quarter of 2019.

With respect to the increase in RSA maturing or repricing within a twelve month time horizon, loans, net increased $64.3 million while investment securities increased $22.5 million. The increase in total loans, net of unearned income, resultedresulting from an increase in commercial lending, which primarily involves loans with adjustable-rate terms that reprice in the near term. TheAn increase of $183.0 million in federal funds sold from a surge in non-maturity deposits and a cautious approach to adding longer term assets at historically low rates also resulted in the higher RSA when comparing 2020 to 2019.

With respect to the $30.6 million increase in investment securities wasRSL maturing or repricing within a twelve month time horizon, non-maturity deposits increased $181.0 million due to customers seeking liquid accounts and saving at a higher prepayment estimatespercentage due to the economic uncertainty of the pandemic. The growth in deposits resulted in lower short-term borrowings of $102.1 million. Time deposits $100 thousand or more also declined when comparing year end 2020 to 2019 as a resultnumber of the FOMC’s action to cut the targeted federal funds rate during 2019large accounts matured and the flat yield curve.customers sought more liquid alternatives.

-69-

Table of Contents

Liquidity:

We employ a number of analytical techniques in assessing the adequacy of our liquidity position. One such technique is the use of ratio analysis to illustrate our reliance on noncore funds to fund our investments and loans maturing after 2019.2020. At December 31, 2019,2020, our noncore funds consisted of time deposits in denominations of $100 thousand or more, short-term borrowings, and long-term and subordinated debt. Large denomination time deposits are particularly not considered to be a strong source of liquidity since they are very interest rate sensitive and are considered to be highly volatile. At December 31, 2019,2020, our net noncore funding dependence ratio, the difference between noncore funds and short-term investments to long-term assets, was 17.82.8 percent. Our net short-term noncore funding dependence ratio, noncore funds maturing within one year, less short-term investments to long-term assets equaled 14.4 percent.negative 1.3 percent due to our short-term investments being greater than the non-core funding. Comparatively, our ratios equaled 15.017.8 percent and 6.314.4 percent at the end of 2018,2019, which indicated an increaseindicates a significant decrease in our reliance on noncore funds in 2019.2020. Moreover, our basic liquidity surplus ratio, defined as liquid assets less short-term potentially volatile liabilities as a percentage of total assets, increased to 8.7 percent at December 31, 2020, from 5.7 percent at December 31, 2019, from 4.1 percent at December 31, 2018.2019. We believe that by supplying adequate volumes of short-term investments and implementing competitive pricing strategies on deposits, we can ensure adequate liquidity to support future growth.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows present the change in cash and cash equivalents from operating, investing and financing activities. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits with other banks and federal funds sold. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $1.5increased $197.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.2020. For the year ended December 31, 2018,2019, cash and cash

-68-

Table of Contents

equivalents decreased $4.9$1.5 million. During 2019,2020, cash provided by operating and financing activities were more than offset by cash used in investing activities.

Operating activities provided net cash of $37.2 million in 2020 and $37.1 million in 2019 and $32.6 million in 2018.2019. Net income, adjusted for the effects of noncash expenses such as depreciation, amortization and accretion of tangible and intangible assets and investment securities, and the provision for loan losses, is the primary source of funds from operations.

Net cash provided by financing activities equaled $146.2$361.1 million in 2019.2020. Net cash provided by financing activities was $97.3$146.2 million in 2018.2019. Deposit gathering, which is our predominant financing activity, increased in both 20192020 and 2018.2019. Deposit gathering provided a net cash inflow in 20192020 of $465.6 million and $96.5 million and $156.0 million in 2018.2019. Short-term borrowings increaseddecreased net cash by $65.6$102.2 million in 20192020 while a net decreaseincrease in short-term borrowings of $37.2$65.6 million reducedincreased net cash provided by financing activities in 2018.2019. Deposit gathering in 20192020 was also partially offset by a $5.2$18.0 million net decrease in long-term debt as well as cash dividends paid of $10.1$10.5 million. The issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt in 2020 also contributed to the increase. In 2018,2019, deposit gathering was partially offset by $11.8a net $5.2 million repayments of long-term debt and cash dividends paid of $9.7$10.1 million.

Our primary investing activities involve transactions related to our investment and loan portfolios. Net cash used in investing activities totaled $201.2 million in 2020. Net cash used in investing activities was $184.7 million in 2019. Net cash used in investing activities was $134.8 million in 2018. Net cash used in lending activities was $241.3 million in 2020, an increase from $120.0 million in 2019, a decrease from $141.3 million in 2018.2019. Activities related to our investment portfolio usedprovided net cash of $66.3$43.0 million in 20192020 and $0.7used cash of $56.6 million in 2018.2019.

Capital Adequacy:

Bank regulatory agencies consider capital to be a significant factor in ensuring the safety of a depositor’s accounts. These agencies have adopted minimum capital adequacy requirements that include mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions for noncompliance. Our and Peoples Bank’s risk-based capital ratios are strong and have consistently exceeded the minimum regulatory capital ratios required for adequately capitalized institutions. Our ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items was 11.912.2 percent and 12.011.9 percent at December 31, 20192020 and 2018,2019, respectively. Our Total capital ratio was 13.015.1 percent and 13.113.0 percent at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and 2018, respectively. The increase in the total capital ratio is due to the issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt which qualified as Tier 2 capital. Our and Peoples Bank’s common equity Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets ratios were 12.2 percent and 13.7 percent at December 31, 2020 and 11.9 percent and 11.6 percent at December 31, 2019 and 12.0 percent and 11.6 percent at December 31, 2018.2019. Our Leverage ratio, which equaled 9.3 percent at December 31, 2020 and 10.1 percent at December 31, 2019, and 10.0 percent at December 31, 2018, exceeded the minimum of 4.0 percent for capital adequacy purposes. Peoples Bank reported Tier 1 capital, Total capital and Leverage ratios of 13.7 percent, 15.0 percent and 10.1 percent at December 31, 2020, and 11.6 percent, 12.8 percent and 9.9 percent at December 31, 2019, and 11.6 percent, 12.8 percent and 9.8 percent at

-70-

Table of Contents

December 31, 2018.2019. Based on the most recent notification from the FDIC, Peoples Bank was categorized as well capitalized at December 31, 2019.2020. There are no conditions or events since this notification that we believe have changed Peoples Bank’s category. For a further discussion of these risk-based capital standards and supervisory actions for noncompliance, refer to the note entitled, “Regulatory matters,” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements to this Annual Report.

Stockholders’ equity was $316.9 million or $43.92 per share at December 31, 2020, and $299.0 million or $40.47 per share at December 31, 2019, and $278.6 million or $37.66 per share at December 31, 2018.2019. Stockholders’ equity grew $20.4$17.9 million in 20192020 as net income and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss partially offset the payment of dividends.dividends and the Company’s repurchase of its shares.

Review of Financial Performance:

Net income wastotaled $29.4 million or $4.00 per diluted share in 2020 an increase of 14.1% when compared to $25.7 million or $3.48$3.47 per diluted share in 2019 and $24.9 million or $3.37 per share in 2018.2019. The increase in earnings in 20192020 is the result of higher pre-provision net interest income of $4.2$4.3 million due primarily to growth of our earning assets andlower funding costs, higher noninterest income of $1.5 million and lower noninterest expense of $0.7 million which were partially offset by an increase of $1.9$1.3 million into the provision for loan losses and higher noninterest expenses of $3.2 million.a $1.7 million increase to the income tax provision. The results for 20182020 include a $0.3$0.9 million net gain on the

-69-

Table of Contents

sale of our credit card portfolio.debt securities included in noninterest income. Return on average assets (“ROAA”) and return on average equity (“ROAE”) were 1.09 percent and 9.48 percent for the year ended December 31, 2020. ROAA was 1.10 percent and ROAE was 8.87 percent for the year ended December 31, 2019. ROAA was 1.12 percent and ROAE was 9.21 percent for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, was $81.1 million in 2020 and $77.2 million in 2019 and $73.0 million in 2018.2019. Our net interest margin equaled 3.25 percent in 2020 and 3.58 percent in 2019 and 3.59 percent in 2018.2019. Noninterest income totaled $16.6 million in 2020 and $15.1 million in 2019 and $13.7 million in 2018.2019. Noninterest expense was $56.0$54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 20192020 compared to $52.5$55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.2019. Our productivity is measured by the operating efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP measure, defined as noninterest expense less amortization of intangible assets divided by the total of tax-equivalent net interest income and noninterest income. Our operating efficiency ratio was 56.0 percent in 2020 and 59.6 percent in 2019 and 59.8 percent in 2018.2019.

Net Interest Income:

Tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, was $81.1 million in 2020 and $77.2 million in 20192019. Interest and $73.0net fees earned on the PPP loans totaled $3.8 million in 2018.2020. There was a positive volume variance that was partially offset by a negative rate variance. The growth in average earning assets exceeded that of interest-bearing liabilities, and resulted in additional tax-equivalent net interest income, a non-GAAP measure, of $4.8$9.3 million. A rate variance resulted in a decrease in net interest income of $0.7 million.$5.3 million as assets repriced quicker than liabilities.

Average earning assets increased $119.2$340.6 million to $2,154.5 million$2.5 billion in 20192020 from $2,035.3 million$2.2 billion in 20182019 and accounted for a $5.1$11.7 million increase in interest income. Average loans, net increased $112.4$257.5 million, including $148.3 million of PPP loans, which caused interest income to increase $5.2$11.5 million. Average taxable investments increased $21.6$46.3 million comparing 20192020 and 2018,2019, which resulted in increased interest income of $483 thousand$1.0 million while average tax-exempt investments decreased $23.8$33.1 million, which resulted in a decrease to interest income of $739 thousand.$1.1 million.

Average interest-bearing liabilities rose $52.5grew $204.4 million to $1,600.2 million$1.8 billion in 20192020 from $1,547.7$1.6 millionbillion in 20182019 resulting in a net increase in interest expense of $248 thousand.$2.4 million. Large denomination time deposits averaged $83.6$30.3 million moreless in 20192020 and caused interest expense to decrease $0.6 million. An increase $1.6 million. A decrease of $7.4$17.7 million in average time deposits less than $100 thousand reducedincreased interest expense by $92 thousand.$0.2 million. In addition, interest-bearing transaction accounts, including money market, NOW and savings accounts grew $50.1$183.6 million, which in aggregate caused a $547 thousand$1.5 million increase in interest expense. Short-term borrowings averaged $70.9$20.8 million lessmore and decreasedincreased interest expense $1.7$0.4 million while long-term debt averaged $2.9$6.7 million less and decreased interest expense by $78 thousand$0.2 million comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019. The issuance of $33.0 million of subordinated debt during June 2020 caused interest expense to increase $1.0 million.

An unfavorable rate variance occurred, as the tax-equivalent yield on earning assets increased 17decreased 59 basis points while there was a 2633 basis point increasedecrease in the cost of funds. As a result, tax-equivalent net interest income decreased $688 thousand$5.3 million comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019. The tax-equivalent yield on earning assets was 3.82 percent in 2020 compared to 4.41 percent in 2019 compared to 4.24 percent

-71-

Table of Contents

in 2018 resulting in an increasea decrease in interest income of $3.6$11.3 million. With the tax-equivalent yield on the investment portfolio decreasing 1311 basis points to 2.36 percent in 2020 from 2.47 percent in 2019, from 2.60 percent in 2018, interest income decreased $180 thousand.$0.1 million. The tax-equivalent yield on the loan portfolio increased 20decreased 55 basis points to 4.16 percent in 2020 from 4.71 percent in 2019 from 4.51 percent in 2018 and resulted in an increasea decrease to interest income of $3.8$11.1 million.

An unfavorableA favorable rate variance was experienced in the cost of funds. We experienced increasesdecreases in the rates paid on all major categories of interest-bearing liabilities with the exception of savings accounts.liabilities. Specifically, the cost of money market and NOW accounts increased 45decreased 50 basis points and 1517 basis points comparing 20192020 and 2018.2019. These increasesdecreases resulted in an increasea decrease in interest expense of $2.1$2.7 million. The cost of savings accounts remained level at 13 basis points and had no significant change in interest expense. With regard to time deposits, the average rate paid for time deposits less than $100 thousand increased 27decreased 13 basis points while time deposits $100 thousand or more increased 63decreased 70 basis points, which together resulted in a $1.5$1.6 million increasedecrease in interest expense. The average rate paid on short-term borrowings increased 56decreased 160 basis points in 20192020 when compared to 2018,2019, causing a $617 thousand increase$1.2 million decrease in interest expense. Interest expense increased $71 thousanddecreased $0.4 million from a 1590 basis point increasedecrease in the average rate paid on long-term debt.

-70-

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses:

We evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses account on a quarterly basis utilizing our systematic analysis in accordance with procedural discipline. We take into consideration certain factors such as composition of the loan portfolio, volume of nonperforming loans, volumes of net charge-offs, prevailing economic conditions and other relevant factors when determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses account. We make monthly provisions to the allowance for loan losses account in order to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level. The provision for loan losses equaled $7.4 million in 2020 and $6.1 million in 2019 and $4.2 million in 2018.2019. The higher provision for loan losses in 2019 was a direct result of significant loan growth and an increase in charge-offs,2020 resulted from changes made during the first six months to the qualitative factors, which created an increase in our calculated allowance.As previously discussed, the increase in charge-offs in 2019 was primarily related to commercial loans and specifically to small business lineseconomic decline resulting from the adverse impact of credit originated in our Greater Delaware Valley market.the COVID-19 crisis. Based on our most recent evaluation at December 31, 2019,2020, we believe that the allowance was adequate to absorb any known or potential losses in our portfolio as of such date.

Noninterest Income:

Our noninterest income increased $1.5 million or 10.710.1 percent to $16.6 million in 2020 from $15.1 million in 2019 from $13.7 million in 2018.2019. The increase in 20192020 was driven primarily by higher service charges, fees, and commissionsmortgage banking revenue of $1.0 million due to increased refinance activity from low market rates which includes an increaseresulted in fee income of $1.7 million generated from the higher number and increased volume of commercial loan interest rate swap transactions originated in 2019 versus 2018. Excludingloans sold into the swap revenue, service charges, fees, and commissions decreased $339 thousand or 4.5 percent comparing 2019 and 2018, due in part to death benefit proceeds on a bank owned life insurance (BOLI) policy totaling $368 thousand in 2018 with no comparable amount in 2019, and a lower dividend on our FHLB-Pgh stock of $96 thousand due to lower borrowing volume in 2019.secondary market. We also realized a $23 thousand$0.9 million net gain on the sale of debtinvestment securities in 20192020 while the 20182019 results include a $291 thousand net gain on the saleincluded gains of our credit card portfolio.  Merchant services$0.2 million. Commercial loan interest rate swap revenue was higher by $0.5 million due to an increased $164 thousand or 20.3 percent in 2019 whennumber and volume of transactions during 2020 compared to 20182019. Service charges, fees and commissions decreased $0.4 million due to higher pricing.  Commissionslower service charges on consumer and commercial deposit accounts of $0.8 million from a noticeable reduction in transaction volumes related to COVID-19. Bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) death benefit proceeds included in service charges, fees on fiduciary activities increased $51 thousandand commissions for 2020 totaling $0.6 million partially offset the reduction. Merchant revenue declined $0.1 million or 2.5 percent comparing 201915.3% and 2018wealth management revenue declined $0.2 million or 15.9% due to market appreciation and increased business. Wealth management income increased $77 thousand or 5.3 percent comparing 2019lower transaction volumes in part to 2018 due to increased growth.  Mortgage banking income decreased $27 thousand or 4.3 percent in 2019 compared to 2018 as the volume of saleable loans originated declined.COVID-19.

Noninterest Expense:

Noninterest expense was $54.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $55.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.2019.

Salaries and employee benefits expense constitute the majority of our noninterest expenses accounting for 56.454.9 percent of the total noninterest expense in 2019.expense. Salaries and employee benefits expense increased $3.0decreased $1.2 million or 10.43.9 percent

-72-

Table of Contents

to $30.1 million in 2020 from $31.4 million in 2019 from $28.4 million in 2018.2019. Salaries and payroll taxes increased $2.4decreased $1.0 million or 10.1 3.9 percent whileand employee benefits expense decreased $0.2 million or 4.1 percent. The lower salary expense in 2020 was primarily due to deferred loan origination cost benefit which increased $594 thousand or 12.2 percent. Annual$1.4 million due to our origination of PPP loans in 2020. This higher benefit was partially offset by increases due to annual performance-based salary adjustments as well as costs associated withand additional lending professionals in our expansion into south central Pennsylvaniamarkets. Employee benefits expense was lower due to lower health insurance costs and the addition of seasoned lending and support personnel in the region provided the majority of the increase.lower pension expense.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased $1.0$0.9 million or 9.3 7.8 percent to $12.8 million in 2020 from $11.9 million in 2019 from $10.9 milliondue specifically to a 16.3 percent increase in 2018. Specifically, equipment-related costs increased $1.3 million or 26.9 percent while building-related costs decreased $242 thousand or 3.9 percent.equipment expense. The increase in equipment-related expenses was driven by costs associated with expansion into the south central Pennsylvania market area and higher depreciation expenses due in part to the revitalization of twoan investment in a software solution to streamline our PPP loan origination process, additional computer hardware to enable a larger percentage of our branches.workforce to work remotely, and an investment in a new mobile/digital banking solution.

Other expenses, which consist of merchant transaction expense, FDIC insurance and assessments, professional fees and outside services, other taxes, stationary and supplies, advertising, amortization of intangible assets and all other expenses were $11.9 million in 2020 and $12.4 million in 2019 and $13.2 million in 2018.2019. FDIC insurance and assessments was lowerhigher by $442 thousand$0.2 million or 40.434.1 percent asprimarily attributed to the bank receivedreceipt of a FDIC small bank assessment credit of $358 thousand recognized in 2019 related to the second half of 2019. All other expenses, including professionalDeposit Insurance Fund’s (DIF) minimum reserve ratio assessment.  Professional fees and outside services other taxes, stationeryincreased $0.3 million due to legal work related to loan

-71-

Table of Contents

workouts and supplies, advertising, amortization of intangible assetsPPP loans.  Advertising expenses decreased $0.4 million and other expenses, totaled $12.4which include employee education, travel and entertainment expenses, decreased $0.4 million in 2019, a decrease of $820 thousand or 6.2 percent, compareddue to $13.2 million in 2018.COVID-19.  

Income Taxes:

Our income tax expense was $4.8 million in 2020 and $3.2 million in 2019 and $3.4 million in 2018.2019. We utilize loans and investments of tax-exempt organizations to mitigate our tax burden, as interest revenue from these sources is not taxable by the federal government. As a result, our effective tax rate was 14.1 percent in 2020 and 10.9 percent in 2019 and 12.0 percent in 2018.2019.

The effective tax rate in 20192020 and 20182019 was also influenced by the recognition of investment tax credits related to our limited partnership investments in elderly and low- toto- moderate-income residential housing programs which allow us to mitigate our tax burden. By utilizing these credits, we reduced our income tax expense by $1.1 million in both 20192020 and 2018.2019. We anticipate investment tax credits from these investments to be $1.1 million again in 2020.2021. Over the next five years, 2020-2024, we will recognize aggregate tax credits from our investments in these projects of $4.5$3.4 million.

-73--72-

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk is the risk to our earnings and/or financial position resulting from adverse changes in market rates or prices, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates or equity prices. Our exposure to market risk is primarily interest rate risk (“IRR”), which arises from our lending, investing and deposit gathering activities. Our market risk sensitive instruments consist of derivative and non-derivative financial instruments, none of which are entered into for trading purposes. During the normal course of business, we are not exposed to foreign exchange risk or commodity price risk. Our exposure to IRR can be explained as the potential for change in reported earnings and/or the market value of net worth. Variations in interest rates affect the underlying economic value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. These changes arise because the present value of future cash flows, and often the cash flows themselves, change with interest rates. The effects of the changes in these present values reflect the change in our underlying economic value, and provide a basis for the expected change in future earnings related to interest rates. Interest rate changes affect earnings by changing net interest income and the level of other interest-sensitive income and operating expenses. IRR is inherent in the role of banks as financial intermediaries.

A bank with a high degree of IRR may experience lower earnings, impaired liquidity and capital positions, and most likely, a greater risk of insolvency. Therefore, banks must carefully evaluate IRR to promote safety and soundness in their activities. Interest rate risk is the risk of loss to future earnings due to changes in interest rates. The Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for establishing policy guidelines on liquidity and acceptable exposure to interest rate risk. Generally quarterly, ALCO reports on the status of liquidity and interest rate risk matters to the Company’s board of directors. The objective of the ALCO is to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with the Company’s liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals and are within policy limits.

The Company utilizes the pricing and structure of loans and deposits, the size and duration of the investment securities portfolio, the size and duration of the wholesale funding portfolio, and off-balance sheet interest rate contracts to manage interest rate risk. The off-balance sheet interest rate contracts may include interest rate swaps, caps and floors. These interest rate contracts involve, to varying degrees, credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that a loss may occur if a counterparty to a transaction fails to perform according to terms of the contract. The notional amount of the interest rate contracts is the amount upon which interest and other payments are based. The notional amount is not exchanged, and therefore, should not be taken as a measure of credit risk. See Note 15 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

The ALCO uses income simulation to measure interest rate risk inherent in the Company’s on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments at a given point in time by showing the effect of interest rate shifts on net interest income over a 24-month horizon and a 60-month horizon. The simulations assume that the size and general composition of the Company’s balance sheet remain static over the simulation horizons, with the exception of certain deposit mix shifts from low-cost time deposits to higher-cost time deposits in selected interest rate scenarios. Additionally, the simulations take into account the specific repricing, maturity, call options, and prepayment characteristics of differing financial instruments that may vary under different interest rate scenarios. The characteristics of financial instrument classes are reviewed typically quarterly by the ALCO to ensure their accuracy and consistency.

The ALCO reviews simulation results to determine whether the Company’s exposure to a decline in net interest income remains within established tolerance levels over the simulation horizons and to develop appropriate strategies to manage this exposure. As of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, net interest income simulations indicated that exposure to changing interest rates over the simulation horizons remained within tolerance levels established by the Company. All changes are measured in comparison to the projected net interest income that would result from an “unchanged” rate scenario where both interest rates and the composition of the Company’s balance sheet remain stable for a 24-month and 60-month period. In addition to measuring the change in net interest income as compared to an unchanged interest rate scenario, the ALCO also measures the trend of both net interest income and net interest margin over a 24-month and 60-month horizon to ensure the stability and adequacy of this source of earnings in different interest rate scenarios.

-74--73-

Table of Contents

Model results at December 31, 20202021 indicated a lowersignificantly higher starting level of net interest income (“NII”) compared to the December 31, 20192020 model as balance sheet growth and reductions to interest bearing liability costs during 2021 more than offset the balance sheet spread contracted 46contraction of 9 basis points due primarilypoints.  As the model simulation progresses the benefit to lower asset yieldsNII increases as a result of the higher assumed replacement rates on assets resulting from the action of the FOMC to cut the targeted federal funds rate 225 basis points since the second half of 2019.recent bond market sell-off.  Our interest rate profile depicts a relatively well matchedrisk position in the near term. As the simulation timeline progresses,continues to exhibit a benefit to rising interest rates emergesthroughout the simulations while a flat tosustained falling rate scenarioenvironment presents challengesthe greatest potential exposure to the annual run rate of NII.earnings. This position at December 31, 2020 was similar to2021 is slightly less asset-sensitive than the position indicated by simulation as ofat December 31, 2019.2020 indicated.

The ALCO regularly reviews a wide variety of interest rate shift scenario results to evaluate interest rate risk exposure, including scenarios showing the effect of steepening or flattening changes in the yield curve as well as parallel changes in interest rates of up to 400 basis points. Because income simulations assume that the Company’s balance sheet will remain static over the simulation horizon, the results do not reflect adjustments in strategy that the ALCO could implement in response to rate shifts.

With rates having fallen materially in 2020, the down 100 basis point scenario would result in market rates reaching floored values which can produce a distorted view of interest rate risk metrics.

In response to the economic disruption and uncertainty brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, theThe FOMC loweredmaintained the federal funds target ratein a totalrange of 1500 to 25 basis points during 2021 due in two emergency actionspart to economic uncertainty during March 2020 with an expectationthe on-going pandemic.  However, the FOMC’s most recent statement strongly signals that rate increases will commence in 2022 to combat inflation, and no final decision on the Committee will maintain a low interest rate environment forpace of the foreseeable future.tightening had been made.  Given the Company'sCompany’s current asset/liability position, the significantly lowerhigher market interest rates have had and may continue to have a negativepositive impact on our earning asset yields and variable-rate loans indexed to prime, LIBOR or other market rates.

The projected impact of instantaneous changes in interest rates on our net interest income and economic value of equity at December 31, 2020,2021, based on our simulation model, is summarized as follows:

 

December 31, 2020

 

% Change in  

 

Changes in Interest Rates (basis points)

Net Interest Income 

Economic Value of Equity 

 

    

Metric 

    

Policy 

    

Metric 

    

Policy 

 

+400

    

18.7

(20.0)

33.6

(40.0)

+300

 

13.7

(20.0)

27.1

(30.0)

+200

 

8.8

(10.0)

19.6

(20.0)

+100

 

4.3

(10.0)

11.7

(10.0)

Static

-100

 

0.7

(10.0)

(24.1)

(10.0)

December 31, 2021

 

% Change in  

 

Changes in Interest Rates (basis points)

Net Interest Income 

Economic Value of Equity 

 

    

Metric 

    

Policy 

    

Metric 

    

Policy 

 

+400

    

9.8

(20.0)

(6.3)

(40.0)

+300

 

7.2

(20.0)

(4.4)

(30.0)

+200

 

4.4

(10.0)

(2.7)

(20.0)

+100

 

2.0

(10.0)

0.2

(10.0)

Static

-100

 

(4.1)

(10.0)

(19.3)

(10.0)

Our simulation model creates pro forma net interest income scenarios under various interest rate shocks. Given instantaneous and parallel shifts in general market rates of plus 100 basis points, our projected net interest income for the 12 months ending December 31, 2020,2021, would increase at 4.32.0 percent from model results using current interest rates. The economic value of equity result in the down 100 basis point scenario is due to a negative carrying value calculated for the above market rate non-maturity deposits which distorts the metric. Additional disclosures about market risk are included in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report, under the heading “Market Risk Sensitivity,” and are incorporated into this Item 7A by reference.

The Company has certain loans and derivative instruments whose interest rate is indexed to the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR)(“LIBOR”). The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which is responsibleLIBOR index will be discontinued for regulating LIBOR, has announced that the publication of one week and two month U.S. dollar (USD) LIBORDollar settings is not guaranteed beyond December 31, 2021 and the remaining USD LIBOR settings beyondeffective June 30, 2023. At this time, no consensus exists as to what reference rate or rates or benchmarks may become acceptable alternatives to LIBOR, although the The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (a group of private-market participants convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York)("ARRC") has identifiedproposed that the Secured Overnight FinancingFunding Rate or("SOFR") replace USD-LIBOR. ARRC has proposed that the transition to SOFR asfrom USD-LIBOR take place by the recommend alternative to LIBOR.end of 2021. The Company has material contracts that are indexed to USD-LIBOR. Industry organizations are currently working on the transition plan. The Company has formed a LIBOR transition team which is currently monitoring this activityactivity.  The Company has begun transitioning LIBOR-indexed loans to alternative indexes, including prime and evaluatingTerm SOFR, and adjusting the risks involved.spread to maintain the overall yield.

-75--74-

Table of Contents

Item 8.Financial Statements.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Peoples Financial Services Corp. and Subsidiaries

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Financial Services Corp. and Subsidiaries (Company) as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

-76--75-

Table of Contents

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit MattersMatter

The critical audit mattersmatter communicated below are mattersis a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that werewas communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relaterelates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit mattersmatter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattersmatter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.it relates.

Allowance for Loan Losses – General Component Qualitative Factors

As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses and represents an amount, which, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb losses in the loan portfolio. The Company’s allowance for loan losses was $27.3$28.4 million at December 31, 20202021 and consists of specific and general components of $1.2 million$175 thousand and $26.1$28.2 million, respectively. Management develops the general component based on historical loan loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors not reflected in the historical loss experience. Historical loss ratios are measured on a rolling twelve-quarter basis for all loans. The qualitative factors used by the Company include factors such as national and local economic conditions, levels of and trends in classified loans, delinquency rates and nonaccrual loans, trends in volumes and terms of loans, changes in lending policies, lending personnel, and collateral, as well as concentrations in loan types, industry, and geography. The adjustments for qualitative factors require a significant amount of judgment by management and involve a high degree of estimation uncertainty.

We identified the qualitative factor component of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter as auditing the underlying qualitative factors required significant auditor judgment as amounts determined by management rely on analysis that is highly subjective and includes significant estimation uncertainty.

 

Our audit procedures related to the qualitative factor component of the allowance for loan losses included the following, among others:

Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls related to the allowance for loan losses and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including controls related to management’s establishment, review, and approval of the qualitative factors, and the completeness and accuracy of data used in determining qualitative factors.

-77--76-

Table of Contents

Evaluation of the appropriateness of management’s methodology for estimating the allowance for loan losses.
Testing of the completeness and accuracy of data used by management in determining qualitative factor adjustments by agreeing them to internal and external source data.
Testing of management’s conclusions regarding the appropriateness of the qualitative factor adjustments and agreement of any changes therein to the allowance for loan losses calculation.

Goodwill Impairment Evaluation

The Company has recorded goodwill of $63.4 million. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually. Impairment exists when the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Due to volatility in its stock price and economic conditions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company engaged a third-party valuation specialist to perform a quantitative test of goodwill impairment at June 30, 2020 using a discounted cash flow analysis (income approach) and estimates of selected market information (market approach). Each approach was weighted 50%. The determination of the fair value of the Company requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions including, among other things, the selection of appropriate discount rates, the identification of relevant market comparables and the development of cash flow projections. At December 31, 2020, its annual impairment testing date, the Company performed a qualitative review to determine if changes since June 30, 2020 resulted in a conclusion that it was more likely than not that fair value was less than carrying value. The Company concluded fair value continued to be in excess of carrying value at December 31, 2020.

We identified the goodwill impairment assessment as a critical audit matter due to the degree of auditor judgment in performing procedures over the key assumptions noted above.

Our audit procedures performed to address this critical matter included the following, among others:

Obtaining an understanding of internal controls relevant to the goodwill impairment assessment and testing such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including controls related to management’s establishment, review, and approval of the assumptions, including those used by the third-party valuation specialist, and the completeness and accuracy of data used.
Evaluation of the methodologies used in management’s analysis, including the weightings assigned to each approach and testing the completeness and accuracy of data used in management’s calculations.
Evaluation of management’s ability to forecast cash flows by comparing actual results to historical annual budgets.
Involvement of an employed valuation specialist to (1) evaluate the key assumptions and inputs used by the management’s third-party valuation specialist, including discount rate, terminal growth rate, control premium, and market comparable entities; and (2) test the overall reasonableness of fair value and conclusion of no impairment by calculating an independent expectation as of December 31, 2020.

/s/ Baker Tilly US, LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

Baker Tilly US, LLP (formerly known as Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP)

Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania

March 16, 20212022

-78--77-

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Assets:

Cash and due from banks:

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and due from banks

$

29,287

$

26,943

$

30,415

$

29,287

Interest-bearing deposits in other banks

15,905

4,210

7,093

15,905

Federal funds sold

 

183,000

 

 

242,425

 

183,000

Total cash and due from banks

228,192

31,153

Total cash and cash equivalents

279,933

228,192

 

 

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

295,911

 

330,478

 

517,321

 

295,911

Equity investments carried at fair value

138

423

140

138

Held-to-maturity: Fair value December 31, 2020, $7,513; December 31, 2019, $7,889

 

7,225

 

7,656

Held-to-maturity: Fair value December 31, 2021, $70,446; December 31, 2020, $7,513

 

71,213

 

7,225

Total investment securities

 

303,274

 

338,557

 

588,674

 

303,274

Loans

 

2,177,982

 

1,938,240

 

2,329,173

 

2,177,982

Less: allowance for loan losses

 

27,344

 

22,677

 

28,383

 

27,344

Net loans

 

2,150,638

 

1,915,563

 

2,300,790

 

2,150,638

Loans held for sale

837

986

408

837

Premises and equipment, net

 

47,045

 

47,932

 

51,502

 

47,045

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,255

 

6,981

 

8,528

 

8,255

Goodwill

 

63,370

 

63,370

 

63,370

 

63,370

Intangible assets, net

 

960

 

1,565

 

468

 

960

Bank owned life insurance

42,316

35,041

42,754

42,316

Other assets

 

38,915

 

34,179

 

33,056

 

38,915

Total assets

$

2,883,802

$

2,475,327

$

3,369,483

$

2,883,802

Liabilities:

Deposits:

Noninterest-bearing

$

622,475

$

463,238

$

737,756

$

622,475

Interest-bearing

 

1,814,638

 

1,508,251

 

2,225,641

 

1,814,638

Total deposits

 

2,437,113

 

1,971,489

 

2,963,397

 

2,437,113

Short-term borrowings

 

50,000

 

152,150

 

 

50,000

Long-term debt

 

14,769

 

32,733

 

2,711

 

14,769

Subordinated debentures

33,000

33,000

33,000

Accrued interest payable

 

736

 

1,277

 

408

 

736

Other liabilities

 

31,307

 

18,668

 

29,841

 

31,307

Total liabilities

 

2,566,925

 

2,176,317

 

3,029,357

 

2,566,925

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, par value $2.00, authorized 25,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7,215,202 shares at December 31, 2020 and 7,388,480 shares at December 31, 2019

 

14,431

 

14,777

Common stock, par value $2.00, authorized 25,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 7,169,372 shares at December 31, 2021 and 7,215,202 shares at December 31, 2020

 

14,341

 

14,431

Capital surplus

 

129,274

 

135,251

 

127,549

 

129,274

Retained earnings

 

171,023

 

152,187

 

203,750

 

171,023

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

2,149

 

(3,205)

 

(5,514)

 

2,149

Total stockholders’ equity

 

316,877

 

299,010

 

340,126

 

316,877

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

2,883,802

$

2,475,327

$

3,369,483

$

2,883,802

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

-79--78-

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31

 

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

 

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Interest income:

Interest and fees on loans:

Taxable

$

83,683

$

82,488

$

74,352

$

82,493

$

83,683

$

82,488

Tax-exempt

 

3,736

 

4,309

 

3,666

 

3,957

 

3,736

 

4,309

Interest and dividends on investment securities:

Taxable

 

5,334

 

4,435

 

3,799

 

5,464

 

5,334

 

4,435

Tax-exempt

 

1,178

 

1,878

 

2,621

 

1,731

 

1,178

 

1,878

Dividends

 

97

 

84

 

72

 

74

 

97

 

84

Interest on interest-bearing deposits in other banks

 

31

 

65

 

151

 

8

 

31

 

65

Interest on federal funds sold

 

66

 

122

 

 

330

 

66

 

122

Total interest income

 

94,125

 

93,381

 

84,661

 

94,057

 

94,125

 

93,381

Interest expense:

Interest on deposits

 

11,739

 

14,995

 

9,346

 

7,310

 

11,739

 

14,995

Interest on short-term borrowings

 

848

 

1,642

 

2,738

 

78

 

848

 

1,642

Interest on long-term debt

 

702

 

1,231

 

1,238

 

260

 

702

 

1,231

Interest on subordinated debt

1,035

1,774

1,035

Total interest expense

 

14,324

 

17,868

 

13,322

 

9,422

 

14,324

 

17,868

Net interest income

 

79,801

 

75,513

 

71,339

 

84,635

 

79,801

 

75,513

Provision for loan losses

 

7,400

 

6,100

 

4,200

 

1,750

 

7,400

 

6,100

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

72,401

 

69,413

 

67,139

 

82,885

 

72,401

 

69,413

Noninterest income:

Service charges, fees, commissions and other

 

6,809

 

7,236

 

7,575

 

6,169

 

6,809

 

7,236

Merchant services income

 

824

 

973

 

809

 

879

 

824

 

973

Commission and fees on fiduciary activities

 

2,125

 

2,087

 

2,036

 

2,273

 

2,125

 

2,087

Wealth management income

 

1,282

 

1,524

 

1,447

 

1,537

 

1,282

 

1,524

Mortgage banking income

 

1,595

 

600

 

627

 

975

 

1,595

 

600

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

774

 

755

 

757

 

889

 

774

 

755

Interest rate swap revenue

2,321

1,790

103

759

2,321

1,790

Net gains (losses) on equity investment securities

(6)

132

14

Net gains on sale of investment securities available-for-sale

918

23

Net gain on sale of credit card loans

291

Net gain (loss) on equity investment securities

2

(6)

132

Net gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale

918

23

Gain on sale of Visa Class B shares

 

12,153

 

 

Total noninterest income

 

16,642

 

15,120

 

13,659

 

25,636

 

16,642

 

15,120

Salaries and employee benefits expense

 

30,135

 

31,374

 

28,407

 

29,736

 

30,135

 

31,374

Net occupancy and equipment expense

 

12,840

 

11,911

 

10,897

 

12,848

 

12,840

 

11,911

Amortization of intangible assets

 

606

 

730

 

881

 

491

 

606

 

730

Professional fees and outside services

2,091

1,758

2,414

2,137

2,091

1,758

FDIC insurance and assessments

873

651

1,093

1,117

873

651

Donations

1,357

1,441

1,339

1,435

1,357

1,441

Other expenses

 

6,966

 

7,777

 

7,456

 

7,240

 

6,966

 

7,777

Total noninterest expense

 

54,868

 

55,642

 

52,487

 

55,004

 

54,868

 

55,642

Income before income taxes

 

34,175

 

28,891

 

28,311

 

53,517

 

34,175

 

28,891

Income tax expense

 

4,821

 

3,155

 

3,391

 

9,998

 

4,821

 

3,155

Net income

 

29,354

 

25,736

 

24,920

 

43,519

 

29,354

 

25,736

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available-for-sale

 

8,779

 

5,109

 

(2,014)

 

(11,487)

 

8,779

 

5,109

Reclassification adjustment for net gain on sales included in net income

 

(918)

 

(23)

 

 

 

(918)

 

(23)

Change in benefit plan liabilities

(1,398)

639

(591)

2,109

(1,398)

639

Change in derivative fair value

315

441

246

(322)

315

441

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

6,778

 

6,166

 

(2,359)

 

(9,700)

 

6,778

 

6,166

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

1,424

 

1,295

 

(496)

 

(2,037)

 

1,424

 

1,295

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of income taxes

 

5,354

 

4,871

 

(1,863)

 

(7,663)

 

5,354

 

4,871

Comprehensive income

$

34,708

$

30,607

$

23,648

$

35,856

$

34,708

$

30,607

Per share data:

Net income:

Basic

$

4.02

$

3.48

$

3.37

$

6.05

$

4.02

$

3.48

Diluted

$

4.00

$

3.47

$

3.37

$

6.02

$

4.00

$

3.47

Average common shares outstanding:

Basic

 

7,304,956

 

7,395,429

 

7,397,797

 

7,196,160

 

7,304,956

 

7,395,429

Diluted

 

7,337,843

 

7,412,369

 

7,402,900

 

7,235,303

 

7,337,843

 

7,412,369

Dividends declared

$

1.44

$

1.37

$

1.31

$

1.50

$

1.44

$

1.37

See notes to consolidated financial statements

-80--79-

Table of Contents

 Peoples Financial Services Corp.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

Other

Common

Capital

Retained

Comprehensive

For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2020

    

Stock  

    

Surplus  

    

Earnings  

    

Loss  

    

Total  

Balance, January 1, 2018

$

14,793

$

135,043

$

121,353

$

(6,213)

$

264,976

 

Net income

 

24,920

24,920

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

 

(1,861)

(1,861)

 

Reclassification related to adoption of ASU 2016-01

2

(2)

Dividends declared: $1.31 per share

 

(9,693)

(9,693)

 

Stock based compensation

 

272

272

Common stock grants awarded, net of unearned compensation of $92: 2,548 shares

5

(5)

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

14,798

 

135,310

 

136,582

 

(8,076)

278,614

Net income

 

25,736

25,736

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

 

4,871

4,871

Dividends declared: $1.37 per share

 

(10,131)

(10,131)

Stock based compensation

 

554

554

Common stock grants awarded, net of unearned compensation of $147: 3,854 shares

8

(8)

Share retirement: 14,428 shares

(29)

(605)

 

(634)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

14,777

 

135,251

 

152,187

 

(3,205)

299,010

Net income

29,354

29,354

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

5,354

5,354

Dividends declared: $1.44 per share

(10,518)

(10,518)

Stock based compensation

570

570

Common stock grants awarded, net of unearned compensation of $520: 8,506 shares

17

(17)

Share retirement: 181,417 shares

(363)

(6,530)

(6,893)

Balance, December 31, 2020

$

14,431

$

129,274

$

171,023

$

2,149

$

316,877

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

Other

Common

Capital

Retained

Comprehensive

Treasury

For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2021

    

Stock  

    

Surplus  

    

Earnings  

    

Loss  

    

Stock

    

Total  

Balance, January 1, 2019

$

14,798

$

135,310

$

136,582

$

(8,076)

$

$

278,614

 

Net income

 

25,736

25,736

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

 

4,871

4,871

 

Dividends declared: $1.37 per share

 

(10,131)

(10,131)

 

Stock based compensation

 

554

554

Restricted stock issued: 3,854 shares, (unearned income $147k)

8

(8)

Share retirement: 14,428 shares

(29)

(605)

(634)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

14,777

 

135,251

 

152,187

 

(3,205)

299,010

Net income

 

29,354

29,354

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

 

5,354

5,354

Dividends declared: $1.44 per share

 

(10,518)

(10,518)

Stock based compensation

570

570

Restricted stock issued: 8,506 shares, (unearned income $520k)

17

(17)

Share retirement: 181,417 shares

(363)

(6,530)

 

(6,893)

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

14,431

 

129,274

 

171,023

 

2,149

316,877

Net income

43,519

43,519

Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes

(7,663)

(7,663)

Dividends declared: $1.50 per share

(10,792)

(10,792)

Stock based compensation

546

546

Restricted stock issued: 9,192 shares, (unearned income $182k)

18

(18)

Share retirement: 54,285 shares

(108)

(2,253)

(2,361)

Balance, December 31, 2021

$

14,341

$

127,549

$

203,750

$

(5,514)

$

$

340,126

See notes to consolidated financial statements

-81--80-

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$

29,354

$

25,736

$

24,920

$

43,519

$

29,354

$

25,736

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation of premises and equipment

 

2,900

 

3,083

 

2,333

 

2,702

 

2,900

 

3,083

Amortization of right-of-use lease asset

744

398

449

744

398

Amortization of deferred loan fees, net

 

(2,236)

(164)

525

Accretion of deferred loan fees, net

 

(491)

(2,236)

(164)

Amortization of intangibles

 

606

 

730

 

881

 

491

 

606

 

730

Amortization of low income housing partnerships

569

476

465

427

569

476

Provision for loan losses

 

7,400

 

6,100

 

4,200

 

1,750

 

7,400

 

6,100

Net unrealized (gain) loss on equity investment securities

35

(132)

(14)

(2)

35

(132)

Gain on sale of Visa Class B shares

(12,153)

Net (gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned

 

39

 

9

 

(21)

 

(126)

 

39

 

9

Net gain on sale of equity securities

(29)

(29)

Gain from bank owned life insurance

 

 

(368)

Loans originated for sale

 

(43,780)

(15,901)

(13,194)

 

(24,387)

(43,780)

(15,901)

Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale

 

44,832

15,753

12,650

 

25,147

44,832

15,753

Net gain on sale of loans originated for sale

 

(903)

(89)

(99)

 

(331)

(903)

(89)

Net amortization of investment securities

 

1,084

 

1,668

 

2,206

 

1,317

 

1,084

 

1,668

Net gain on sale of investment securities available-for-sale

(918)

(23)

(918)

(23)

Net gain on sale of credit card loans held for sale

 

 

 

(291)

Gain on sale of premises and equipment

 

(50)

 

 

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

(774)

 

(755)

 

(757)

 

(889)

 

(774)

 

(755)

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

 

(1,779)

 

394

 

(681)

Deferred income tax expense

 

450

 

(1,779)

 

394

Stock based compensation

 

570

 

554

 

272

 

546

 

570

 

554

Net change in:

Accrued interest receivable

 

(1,274)

 

134

 

(179)

 

(273)

 

(1,274)

 

134

Other assets

 

(12,268)

 

(3,363)

 

816

 

1,128

 

(12,268)

 

(3,363)

Accrued interest payable

 

(541)

 

82

 

698

 

(328)

 

(541)

 

82

Other liabilities

 

13,549

 

2,389

 

(1,736)

 

1,875

 

13,549

 

2,389

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

37,180

 

37,079

 

32,626

 

40,771

 

37,180

 

37,079

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from sales of investment securities available-for-sale

 

65,120

 

9,677

 

 

 

65,120

 

9,677

Proceeds from repayments of investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

84,622

 

57,477

 

31,093

 

57,513

 

84,622

 

57,477

Held-to-maturity

 

427

 

697

 

898

 

2,886

 

427

 

697

Proceeds from sale of Visa Class B shares

12,153

Purchases of investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

(107,196)

 

(124,501)

 

(32,709)

 

(291,658)

 

(107,196)

 

(124,501)

Net redemption of restricted equity securities

 

4,804

 

(2,739)

 

1,100

Proceeds from sale of student loan portfolio

5,103

Proceeds from sale of credit card loan portfolio

2,698

Net increase in lending activities

 

(241,307)

 

(119,998)

 

(141,277)

Held-to-maturity

(66,943)

 

Net redemption (purchase) of restricted equity securities

 

1,352

 

4,804

 

(2,739)

Net increase in loans

 

(151,955)

 

(241,307)

 

(119,998)

Investment in bank owned life insurance

(6,500)

(6,500)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(2,292)

 

(5,603)

 

(4,069)

 

(4,885)

 

(2,292)

 

(5,603)

Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment

 

435

404

 

58

435

Proceeds from bank owned life insurance

672

451

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

647

 

269

 

1,281

 

925

 

647

 

269

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(201,240)

 

(184,721)

 

(134,806)

 

(440,103)

 

(201,240)

 

(184,721)

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase in deposits

 

465,624

 

96,467

 

156,004

 

526,284

 

465,624

 

96,467

Proceeds from long-term debt

16,000

16,000

Proceeds from Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility

103,650

103,650

Repayment of Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility

(103,650)

(103,650)

Proceeds from subordinated debentures

33,000

33,000

Repayment of long-term debt

 

(17,964)

 

(21,173)

 

(11,828)

 

(12,058)

 

(17,964)

 

(21,173)

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings

 

(102,150)

 

65,650

 

(37,175)

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

 

(50,000)

 

(102,150)

 

65,650

Retirement of common stock

 

(6,893)

(634)

 

(2,361)

(6,893)

(634)

Cash dividends paid

 

(10,518)

 

(10,131)

 

(9,693)

 

(10,792)

 

(10,518)

 

(10,131)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

361,099

 

146,179

 

97,308

 

451,073

 

361,099

 

146,179

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

197,039

 

(1,463)

 

(4,872)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

51,741

 

197,039

 

(1,463)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

31,153

 

32,616

 

37,488

 

228,192

 

31,153

 

32,616

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

228,192

$

31,153

$

32,616

$

279,933

$

228,192

$

31,153

-82--81-

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

Supplemental disclosures:

Cash paid during the period for:

Interest

$

14,865

$

17,786

$

12,624

$

9,750

$

14,865

$

17,786

Income taxes

 

6,250

 

4,550

 

2,650

 

6,740

 

6,250

 

4,550

Noncash items:

Transfers of loans to other real estate

$

1,163

$

421

$

1,432

$

544

$

1,163

$

421

Origination of mortgage servicing rights

318

172

141

247

318

172

Initial recognition of right-of-use assets

899

6,523

2,731

899

6,523

Initial recognition of lease liability

899

6,523

2,731

899

6,523

See notes to consolidated financial statements

-83--82-

Table of Contents

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

1. Summary of significant accounting policies:

Nature of operations:

Peoples Financial Services Corp., a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of Pennsylvania, provides a full range of financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company (“Peoples Bank”), collectively, the “Company”“Company,” the “Parent Company,” or “Peoples”.“Peoples.” The Company services its retail and commercial customers through NaN full-service community banking offices located within Allegheny, Bucks, Lackawanna, Lebanon, Lehigh, Luzerne, Monroe, Montgomery, Northampton, Susquehanna and Wyoming Counties of Pennsylvania, Middlesex County of New Jersey and Broome County of New York.

Peoples Bank is a state-chartered bank and trust company under the jurisdiction of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Peoples Bank’s primary product is loans to small and medium-sized businesses. Other lending products include one-to-four family residential mortgages and consumer loans. Peoples Bank primarily funds its loans by offering deposits to commercial enterprises and individuals. Deposit product offerings include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposits.

The Company faces competition primarily from commercial banks, thrift institutions and credit unions within its market, many of which are larger in terms of assets and capital. In addition, mutual funds and security brokers compete for various types of deposits, and consumer, mortgage, leasing and insurance companies compete for various types of loans and leases. Principal methods of competing for banking and permitted nonbanking services include price, nature of product, quality of service and convenience of location.

Peoples Financial Services Corp. and Peoples Bank are subject to regulations of certain federal and state regulatory agencies and undergo periodic examinations.

Basis of presentation:

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), Regulation S-X and reporting practices applied in the banking industry. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company also presents herein condensed parent company only financial information regarding Peoples Financial Services Corp. (“the Parent Company”).Company. Prior period amounts are reclassified when necessary to conform with the current year’s presentation. Such reclassifications had 0 effect on financial position or results of operations.

The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2020,2021, for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements. The evaluation was conducted through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

Estimates:

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates that are particularly susceptible to material change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of financial instruments, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the valuation of derivative instruments, determination of other-than-temporary impairment losses on securities and impairment of goodwill. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

-84--83-

Table of Contents

Investment securities:

Investment securities are classified and accounted for as either held-to-maturity or available-for-sale securities based on management’s intent at the time of acquisition. Management is required to reassess the appropriateness of such classifications at each reporting date. The Company classifies debt securities as held-to maturity when management has the positive intent and ability to hold such securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Investment securities are designated as available-for-sale when they are to be held for indefinite periods of time as management intends to use such securities to implement asset/liability strategies or to sell them in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity requirements, or other circumstances identified by management. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, excluded from earnings and reported in a separate component of stockholders’ equity. All marketable equity securities are accounted for at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in earnings. Estimated fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices from a national pricing service. Realized gains and losses are computed using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income. Premiums on callable debt securities are amortized to the earliest call date from the maturity date. Premiums on non-callable securities are amortized and discounts are accreted using the interest method over the expected life of the security. Investment securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term, in order to generate profits from market appreciation, are classified as trading account securities. Transfers of securities between categories are recorded at fair value at the date of the transfer, with the accounting treatment of unrealized gains or losses determined by the category into which the security is transferred.

Management evaluates each investment security to determine if a decline in fair value below its amortized cost is an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least quarterly, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant an evaluation. Factors considered in determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment was incurred include: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost; (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer; (iii) whether a decline in fair value is attributable to adverse conditions specifically related to the security or specific conditions in an industry or geographic area; (iv) the credit-worthiness of the issuer of the security; (v) whether dividend or interest payments have been reduced or have not been made; (vi) an adverse change in the remaining expected cash flows from the security such that the Company will not recover the amortized cost of the security; (vii) whether management intends to sell the security; and (viii) if it is more likely than not that management will be required to sell the security before recovery. If a decline is judged to be other-than-temporary, the individual security is written-down to fair value with the credit related component of the write-down included in earnings and the non-credit related component included in other comprehensive income or loss.earnings. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on information available to management at a point in time.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Loans held for sale:

Loans held for sale consist of one-to-four family residential mortgages originated and intended for sale in the secondary market. The loans are carried in aggregate at the lower of cost or estimated market value, based upon current delivery prices in the secondary mortgage market. Net unrealized losses are recognized through a valuation allowance by corresponding charges to income. Gains or losses on the sale of these loans are recognized in noninterest income at the time of sale using the specific identification method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are included in net gains or losses upon the sale of the related mortgage loan.

-85--84-

Table of Contents

Loans, net:

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized over the contractual life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the effective interest method. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans are amortized as adjustments to interest income using the effective interest method. Delinquency fees are recognized in income at the time when they are paid by customer.

Transfers of financial assets, which include loan participation sales, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company; (ii) the transferee obtains the right, free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right, to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

The loan portfolio is segmented into commercial and retail loans. Commercial loans consist of commercial, commercial real estate, municipal and other related tax free loans. Retail loans consist of residential real estate and other consumer loans.

The Company makes commercial loans for real estate development and other business purposes required by the customer base.to its customers. The Company’s credit policies establish advance rates against the different forms of collateral that can be pledged against various commercial loans. Typically, the majority of loans will be underwritten to a percentage of their underlying collateral values such as real estate values, equipment, eligible accounts receivable and inventory. Individual loan advance rates may be higher or lower depending upon the financial strength of the borrower and/or term of the loan. Generally, assets financed through commercial loans are used for the operations of the business. Repayment for these types of loans generally comes from the cash flow of the business or the ongoing conversion of assets. Commercial real estate loans include construction, mini-perm, or longer term loans financing commercial properties. Repayment of these loans areis generally dependent upon either the ongoing business cash flow from an owner occupied property or the lease/rental income or sale of a non-owner occupied property. Commercial real estate loans typically require a loan to value of not greater than 80% and vary in terms. Commercial and commercial real estate loans generally have higher credit risk compared to residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, as they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of borrowers. In addition, the payment expectations on loans secured by income-producing properties typically depend on the successful operations of the related business and thus may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market and in the general economy.

Loans secured by commercial real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s and any guarantor’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the financed project. Additional considerations include: location, market and geographic concentration risks, loan to value, strength of guarantors and quality of tenants. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a higher level of risk than residential real estate loans, which could be caused by unfavorable conditions in the real estate market or the economy. To effectively monitor loans on income properties, the Company requires borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial real estate loans and rent rolls where applicable. In reaching a decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Company considers and reviews a cash flow analysis of the borrower and guarantor, when applicable. In addition, the Company evaluates business cash flows, if applicable, net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and the value of the underlying property. The Company has generally required that the properties securing these real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios, which is net cash flow before debt service to debt service, of at least 1.2 times. An environmental report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials.

-86-

Table of Contents

Commercial loans are generally made on the basis of a business entity or individual borrower’s ability to make repayment from business cash flows or individual borrowers’ employment and other income. Commercial business loans tend to have a slightly higher risk than commercial real estate loans because collateral usually consists of business assets versus real estate. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time and could be difficult to appraise and liquidate. As a result, repayment of commercial business loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

-85-

Table of Contents

Residential mortgages, including home equity loans, are secured by the borrower’s residential real estate in either a first or second lien position. Residential mortgages have varying loan rates depending on the financial condition of the borrower, loan to value ratio and term. Residential mortgages may have amortizations up to 30 years.

Consumer loans include installment loans, car loans, and overdraft lines of credit. These loans are both secured and unsecured. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, unused portions of lines of credit and standby letters of credit. These financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded. Fees on commercial letters of credit and on unused available lines of credit are recorded as interest and fees on loans and are included in interest income when paid. The Company records an allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses, if deemed necessary, separately as a liability.

Nonperforming assets:

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned. Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans, troubled debt restructured loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. Generally, a loan is classified as nonaccrual when it is determined that the collection of all or a portion of interest or principal is doubtful or when a default of interest or principal has existed for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual, interest accruals discontinue and uncollected accrued interest is reversed against income in the current period. Interest collections after a loan has been placed on nonaccrual status are credited to a suspense account until either the loan is returned to performing status or charged-off. The interest accumulated in the suspense account is credited to income over the remaining life of the loan using the effective yield method if the nonaccrual loan is returned to performing status. However, if the nonaccrual loan is charged-off, the accumulated interest is applied as a reduction to principal at the time the loan is charged-off. A nonaccrual loan is returned to performing status when the loan is current as to principal and interest and has performed according to the contractual terms for a minimum of six months.

Troubled debt restructured loans (“TDRs”) are loans with original terms, interest rate, or both, that have been modified as a result of a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition and a concession has been granted that the Company would not otherwise consider. Unless on nonaccrual, interest income on these loans is recognized when earned, using the interest method. The Company offers a variety of modifications to borrowers that would be considered concessions. The modification categories offered can generally fall within the following categories:

Rate Modification — A modification in which the interest rate is changed to a below market rate.
Term Modification — A modification in which the maturity date, timing of payments or frequency of payments is changed.

-87-

Table of Contents

Interest Only Modification — A modification in which the loan is converted to interest only payments for a period of time.
Payment Modification — A modification in which the dollar amount of the payment is changed, other than an interest only modification described above.

-86-

Table of Contents

Combination Modification — Any other type of modification, including the use of multiple categories above.

The Company segments loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. Loans are individually analyzed for credit risk by classifying them within the Company’s internal risk rating system. The Company’s risk rating classifications are defined as follows:

Pass — A loan to borrowers with acceptable credit quality and risk that is not adversely classified as Substandard, Doubtful, Loss nor designated as Special Mention.
Special Mention — A loan that has potential weaknesses that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified since they do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard — A loan that is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful — A loan classified as Doubtful has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make the collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Loss — A loan classified as Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a bankable loansloan is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this basically worthless asset even though partial recovery may be effected in the future.

Other real estate owned is comprised of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or in-substance foreclosures. A loan is classified as in-substance foreclosure when the Company has taken possession of the collateral regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. Other real estate owned is included in other assets and recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the time of acquisition, establishing a new cost basis. Any excess of the loan balance over the recorded value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent declines in the recorded values of the properties prior to their disposal and costs to maintain the assets are included in other expenses. Any gain or loss realized upon disposal of other real estate owned is included in noninterest expense.

Allowance for loan losses:

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses account is maintained through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loans, or portions of loans, determined to be confirmed losses are charged against the allowance account and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the account. A loss is considered confirmed when information available at the financial statement date indicates the loan, or a portion thereof, is uncollectible. Nonaccrual, troubled debt restructured and loans deemed impaired at the time of acquisition are reviewed monthly to determine if carrying value reductions are warranted

-88-

Table of Contents

or if these classifications should be changed. Consumer loans are considered losses and charged-off when they are 120 days past due.

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses account quarterly. This assessment is based on past charge-off experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to

-87-

Table of Contents

significant revision as more information becomes available. Regulators, in reviewing the loan portfolio as part of the scope of a regulatory examination, may require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses or take other actions that would require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed to be adequate to absorb probable credit losses related to specifically identified loans, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses consists of an allocated element and an unallocated element. The allocated element consists of a specific allowance for impaired loans individually evaluated and a formula portion for loss contingencies on those loans collectively evaluated.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the contractual interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, ability to pay and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The Company recognizes interest income on impaired loans, including the recording of cash receipts, for nonaccrual, restructured loans or accruing loans depending on the status of the impaired loan. Loans considered impaired are measured for impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a specific allowance for the loan will be established.

The formula portion of the allowance for loan losses relates to large pools of smaller-balance homogeneous loans and those identified loans considered not individually impaired having similar characteristics as these loan pools. Loss contingencies for each of the major loan pools are determined by applying a total loss factor to the current balance outstanding for each individual pool. The total loss factor is comprised of a historical loss factor using a loss migration method plus qualitative factors, which adjusts the historical loss factor for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that may affect repayment of the loans in these pools as of the evaluation date. Loss migration involves determining the percentage of each pool that is expected to ultimately result in loss based on historical loss experience. The historical loss factor for each pool is a weighted average of the Company’s historical net charge-off ratio for the most recent rolling twelve quarters. Management adjusts these historical loss factors by qualitative factors that represents a number of environmental risks that may cause estimated credit losses associated with the current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. These environmental risks include: (i) changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery practices; (ii) changes in the composition and volume of the portfolio; (iii) changes in national, local and industry conditions, including the effects of such changes on the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans; (iv) changes in the volume and severity of classified loans, including past due, nonaccrual, troubled debt restructures and other loan modifications; (v) changes in the levels of, and trends in, charge-offs and recoveries; (vi) the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; (vii) changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; (viii) changes in the quality of the loan review system and the degree of oversight by the board of directors; and (ix) the effect of external factors such as competition, pandemics and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the current loan portfolio. Each environmental risk factor is assigned a value to

-89-

Table of Contents

reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation.

Management believes the level of the allowance for loan losses was adequate to absorb probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2020.2021.

-88-

Table of Contents

Revenue from Contracts with Customers:

The Company records revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“Topic 606”). Under Topic 606, the Company must identify the contract with a customer, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation. Significant revenue has not been recognized in the current reporting period that results from performance obligations satisfied in previous periods.

The Company’s primary sources of revenue are derived from interest and dividends earned on loans, investment securities, and other financial instruments that are not within the scope of Topic 606. The Company has evaluated the nature of its contracts with customers and determined that further disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers into more granular categories beyond what is presented in the consolidated statements of income was not necessary. The Company generally fully satisfies its performance obligations on its contracts with customers as services are rendered and the transaction prices are typically fixed; charged either on a periodic basis or based on activity. The following is a discussion of revenues within the scope of the guidance:

Service charges, fees, commissions and other. Service charges, fees and commissions on deposit accounts include fees for banking services provided, overdrafts and non-sufficient funds. Revenue is generally recognized in accordance with published deposit account agreements for retail accounts or contractual agreements for commercial accounts. The Company’s deposit services also include our ATM and debit card interchange revenue that is presented gross of the associated costs. Interchange revenue is generated by the Company’s deposit customers’ usage and volume of activity. Interchange rates are not controlled by the Company, which effectively acts as processor that collects and remits payments associated with customer debit card transactions.
Commission and fees on fiduciary activities.  Commission and fees on fiduciary activities includes fees and commissions from investment management, administrative and advisory services primarily for individuals, and to a lesser extent, partnerships and corporations. Revenue is recognized on an accrual basis at the time the services are performed and when the Company has a right to invoice and are based on either the market value of the assets managed or the services provided.
Wealth management income. Wealth management income includes fees and commissions charged when the Company arranges for another party to transfer brokerage services to a customer. The fees and commissions under this agent relationship are based upon stated fee schedules based upon the type of transaction, volume, and value of the services provided.
Merchant services income. Merchant services revenue is derived from a third party vendor that processes credit card transactions on behalf of the Company’s merchant customers. Merchant services revenue is primarily comprised of residual fee income based on the referred merchant’s processing volumes and/or margin.

Premises, equipment and equipment, net:lease commitments:

Land is stated at cost. Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The cost of routine maintenance and repairs is expensed as incurred. The cost of major replacements, renewals and betterments is capitalized. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are eliminated and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in noninterest

-90-

Table of Contents

income. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally using the straight-line method based on the following

-89-

Table of Contents

estimated useful lives of the related assets, or in the case of leasehold improvements, to the expected terms of the leases, if shorter:

 

Premises and leasehold improvements

    

7 – 40 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

3 – 10 years

A right-of-use asset and related lease liability is recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition for operating leases Peoples Bank has entered to lease certain office facilities. These amounts are reported as components of premises and equipment and other liabilities. Short-term operating leases, which are leases with an original term of 12 months or less and do not have a purchase option that is likely to be exercised, are not recognized as part of the right-of-use asset or lease liability. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net:

The Company accounts for its acquisitions using the purchase accounting method. Purchase accounting requires the total purchase price to be allocated to the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including certain intangible assets that must be recognized. Typically, this allocation results in the purchase price exceeding the fair value of net assets acquired, which is recorded as goodwill. Core deposit intangibles are a measure of the value of checking, money market and savings deposits acquired in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method.combinations. Core deposit intangibles and other identified intangibles with finite useful lives are amortized using the sum of the year’s digits over their estimated useful lives of up to ten years.

Goodwill and other intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when circumstances arise indicating impairment may have occurred. In making this assessment that impairment hasmay have occurred, management considers a number of factors including, but not limited to, operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, and current market data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management’s judgment in applying them to the analysis of impairment. Changes in economic and operating conditions, as well as other factors, could result in impairment in future periods. Any impairment losses arising from such testing would be reported in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as a separate line item within operations. There were 0 impairment losses recognized as a result of periodic impairment testing in each of the three-years ended December 31, 2020.2021.

Mortgage servicing rights:

Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as a separate asset when acquired through salesupon the sale and servicing of loan originations.mortgage loans by the Company. The Company determinescalculates a mortgage servicing right by allocating the total costs incurred between the loan sold and the servicing right, based on their relative fair values at the date of the sale. Mortgage servicing rights are included in other assets and are amortized into noninterest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying mortgage loans. In addition, mortgage servicing rights are evaluated for impairment at each reporting date based on the fair value of those rights. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified by loan type, term and interest rate. The amount of impairment recognized, through a valuation allowance, is the amount by which the mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.

Restricted equity securities:

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (“FHLB”), the Company is required to purchase and hold stock in the FHLB to satisfy membership and borrowing requirements. This stock is restricted in that it can only be redeemed by the FHLB or transferred to another member institution, and all redemptions of FHLB stock must be at par. As a result of these restrictions, FHLB stock is unlike other investment securities as there is no trading market for FHLB stock and the transfer price is determined by FHLB membership rules and not by market participants. The carrying value of restricted stock is included in other assets.

-90-

Table of Contents

Bank owned life insurance:

The Company invests in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) as a source of funding for employee benefit expenses. BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance on certain employees.employees or directors. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. This life insurance investment is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Income from increases in cash surrender value of the policies is included in noninterest income. The policies can be liquidated, if

-91-

Table of Contents

necessary, with associated tax costs. However, the Company intends to hold these policies and, accordingly, the Company has not provided for income taxes on the earnings from the increase in cash surrender value.

Pension and post-retirement benefit plans:

The Company sponsors a separate Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) and Retirement Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan and maintains Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERPs”) and an employee pension plan, which is currently frozen. The Company also provides post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions, consisting principally of life insurance benefits, to eligible retirees. The liabilities and annual income or expense of the Company’s pension and other post-retirement benefit plans are determined using methodologies that involve several actuarial assumptions, the most significant of which are the discount rate and the long-term rate of asset return, based on the market-related value of assets. The fair values of plan assets are determined based on prevailing market prices or estimated fair value for investments with no available quoted prices.

Statements of Cash Flows:

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities:

 

The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

The Company has elected to measure the credit risk of its derivative financial instruments that are subject to master netting agreements on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosure under GAAP. Fair value estimates are calculated without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of certain assets and liabilities that are not considered financial. Accordingly, such assets and liabilities are excluded from disclosure requirements.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. In cases

-91-

Table of Contents

where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets. In many cases, these values cannot be realized in immediate settlement of the instrument.

-92-

Table of Contents

Current fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale between participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.

In accordance with GAAP, the Company groups its assets and liabilities generally measured at fair value into three levels based on market information or other fair value estimates in which the assets and liabilities are traded or valued and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels include:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices of identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to construct the summary table in Note 14 containing the fair values and related carrying amounts of financial instruments measured at fair value:

 Investment securities: The fair values of marketable equity securities are based on quoted market prices from active exchange markets. The fair values of debt securities are based on pricing from a matrix pricing model and quoted market prices.

Impaired loans: Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis determined by the loan review function or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

Interest rate swaps and floors:   Values of these instruments are obtained through an independent pricing source utilizing information which may include market observed quotations for swaps, Libor rates, forward rates and rate volatility. Derivative contracts create exposure to interest rate movements as well as risks from the potential of non-performance of the counterparty.

Advertising:

The Company follows the policy of charging marketing and advertising costs to expense as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $575, $462 and 2018 was $462, $873, and $720, respectively.

Income taxes:

Deferred income taxes are provided on the balance sheet method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some

-92-

Table of Contents

portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the effective date. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that has a likelihood of being realized on examination of more than 50 percent. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not threshold, no tax benefit is recorded. Under the

-93-

Table of Contents

more likely than not threshold guidelines, the Company believes no significant uncertain tax positions exist, either individually or in the aggregate, that would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit. The Company had 0 material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest and penalties for any year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020.2021.

As applicable, the Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties assessed as a result of a taxing authority examination through income tax expense. The Company files consolidated income tax returns in the United States of America and various state jurisdictions. With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to federal and state income tax examinations by taxing authorities for years before 2017.2018.

Other comprehensive income (loss):

The components of other comprehensive income (loss) and their related tax effects are reported in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. The accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in the Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheets relates to net unrealized gains and losses on investment securities available-for-sale, the net change in derivative fair value and the unfunded benefit plan amounts which include prior service costs and unrealized net losses.

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share represent income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate to awards of restricted stock units, and are determined using the treasury stock method.

 

2020

2019

2018

 

2021

2020

2019

 

For the Year Ended December 31

Basic  

Diluted  

Basic  

Diluted  

Basic  

Diluted  

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

Basic  

Diluted  

Basic  

Diluted  

Basic  

Diluted  

 

Net income

    

$

29,354

    

$

29,354

    

$

25,736

$

25,736

    

$

24,920

    

$

24,920

    

$

43,519

    

$

43,519

    

$

29,354

$

29,354

    

$

25,736

    

$

25,736

Average common shares outstanding

 

7,304,956

 

7,337,843

 

7,395,429

 

7,412,369

 

7,397,797

 

7,402,900

 

7,196,160

 

7,235,303

 

7,304,956

 

7,337,843

 

7,395,429

 

7,412,369

Earnings per share

$

4.02

$

4.00

$

3.48

$

3.47

$

3.37

$

3.37

$

6.05

$

6.02

$

4.02

$

4.00

$

3.48

$

3.47

Stock-based compensation:

The Company recognizes all share-based payments to employees in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income based on their fair values. The fair value of such equity instruments is recognized as an expense in the consolidated financial statements as services are performed. The Company has granted restricted stock awards and units to employees at a price equal to the fair value of the shares underlying the awards at the date of grant. The fair value of restricted stock awards and units are equivalent to the fair value on the date of grant and is amortized over the vesting period.

Recent accounting standards:

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.” This ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s calculation and accounting for its allowance for loan losses as well as credit losses related to investment securities available-for-sale. A summary of significant provisions of this ASU is as follows:

The ASU requires that a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) measured at amortized cost basis be presented, net of a valuation allowance for credit losses, at an amount expected to be collected on the financial asset(s), and that the income statement include the measurement of credit losses for newly recognized financial

-94-

Table of Contents

assets as well as changes in expected losses on previously recognized financial assets. The provisions of this ASU require measurement of expected credit losses based on relevant information including past events, historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportive forecasts that affect the collectability of the asset. The provisions of this ASU differ from current GAAP in that current GAAP generally delays recognition of the full amount of credit losses until the loss is probable of occurring.

The amendments in the ASU retain many of the disclosure requirements related to credit quality in current GAAP, updated to reflect the change from an incurred loss methodology to an expected credit loss methodology. In addition, the ASU requires that disclosure of credit quality indicators in relation to the amortized cost of financing receivables, a current requirement, be further disaggregated by year of origination.

This ASU requires that credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities be presented as an allowance rather than as a write-down, and limits the amount of the allowance for credit losses to the amount by which the fair value is below amortized cost. For purchased investment securities available-for-sale with a more-than-insignifcant amount of credit deterioration since origination, the ASU requires an allowance be determined in a manner similar to other investment securities available-for-sale; however, the initial allowance would be added to the purchase price, with only subsequent changes in the allowance recorded in credit loss expense, and

interest income recognized at the effective rate excluding the discount embedded in the purchase price related to estimated credit losses at acquisition.

In November 2019, the FASB voted to defer the adoption date for smaller reporting companies from 2020 to 2023. The Company qualified as a smaller reporting company at that time and therefore guidance is effective for the Company in 2023. The Company will record the effect of implementing this ASU through a cumulative-effect adjustment through retained earnings as of the beginning of the reporting period in which Topic 326 is effective.

We are evaluating the impact of the ASU on our consolidated financial statements. In addition to our allowance for loan losses, we will also record an allowance for credit losses on debt securities instead of applying the impairment model currently utilized. The amount of the adjustments will be impacted by each portfolio’s composition and credit quality at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment,” - Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amendments in this ASU simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - General (Subtopic 715-20)”, which provides changes to the disclosure requirements for defined benefit plans. The amended guidance modifies the disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The amendments are a result of the disclosure framework project that focuses on improvements to the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements. The amendments remove and add certain disclosure requirements. The disclosure requirements being removed relating to public companies are (1) the amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year, (2) the amount and timing of plan assets expected to be returned to the employer, (3) the 2001 disclosure requirement relating to Japanese Welfare Pension Insurance Law, (4) related party disclosures about the amount of future annual benefits covered by insurance, and (5) the effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trends on the benefit cost and obligation. The disclosure requirements being added relating to public companies are (1) the weighted-average interest crediting rates for cash balance plans, and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant gains and losses related to changes in the benefit obligation for the period. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2020. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on its disclosures to the consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes”, which aims to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step-up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements

-95--93-

Table of Contents

Recent accounting standards:

Recently Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), as modified by subsequent ASUs, changes accounting for credit losses on loans receivable and interim recognitiondebt securities from an incurred loss methodology to an expected credit loss methodology. Among other things, ASU 2016-13 requires the measurement of enactmentall expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Accordingly, ASU 2016-13 requires the use of tax laws or rate changes.forward-looking information to form credit loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, though the inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, ASU 2016-13 amends the accounting for credit losses on debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. The effect of implementing this ASU is recorded through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings. The Company has formed a committee and engaged outside vendors to implement a platform to utilize the alternative loss estimation methodologies in determining the impact that adoption of this standard will be effective forhave on the Company on January 1, 2021.Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of ASU 2019-12 on the consolidated financial statements.required to adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2023.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “ReferenceReference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”, which provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions for a limited time periodguidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments in Update 2020-04 are elective and apply to all entities that have contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The guidance includes a general principle that permits an entity to consider contract modifications due to reference rate reform on financial reporting. to be an event that does not require contract remeasurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination. Some specific optional expedients are as follows:

Simplifies accounting for contract modifications, including modifications to loans receivable and debt, by prospectively adjusting the effective interest rate.

Simplifies the assessment of hedge effectiveness and allows hedging relationships affected by reference rate reform to continue.

The amendments in ASU 2020-04 are elective for entities with contracts, including derivative contracts, that reference LIBOR or some other reference rate that are expected to be discontinued. For the Company's cash flow hedges, ASU 2020-04 allows: (i) an entity to change the reference rate without having to designate the hedging relationship; (ii) for cash flow hedges in which the designated hedged risk is LIBOR, allows an entity to assert that it remains probable that the hedged forecasted transaction will occur; and (iii) allows an entity to change the designated method used to assess hedge effectiveness and simplifies or temporarily suspends the assessmenteffective as of hedge effectiveness for hedging relationships. ASU 2020-04 must be applied prospectively and was effective immediately upon issuance and remains effectiveMarch 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.

The Company adoptedexpects to apply the amendments in ASU 2020-04 as of the March 12, 2020 issuance date, on a prospective basis. The adoption did not have an immediate direct impact to the consolidated financial statements. Asprospectively for applicable loan and other contracts are modified through December 2022, we will assess the impact based on this guidance. The Company does not expect there will be a material impact to the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-08, Codification Improvements to Subtopic 310-20, Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs. ASU 2020-08 clarifies that the Company should reevaluate whether a callable debt security is within the scopeeffective period of the guidance of premium amortization of purchased callable debt securities, at each reporting date. If there is no remaining premium or if there are no further call dates the Company shall reset the effective yield using the payment terms of the debt security. ASU 2020-08 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020 and early application is not permitted. The guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.2020-04.

2. Cash and due from banks:

On March 26, 2020, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System eliminated the reserve requirement for all depository institutions.  Prior to this date, the Company was required to maintain average reserve balances as established by the Federal Reserve Bank.  The required reserve balance was $2,545Total cash and due from banks balances were $279.9 million and $228.2 million at December 31, 2019.2021 and 2020, respectively.

-96--94-

Table of Contents

3. Investment securities:

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities aggregated by investment category at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

Gross

Gross

Gross

Gross

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

 

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

 

December 31, 2020

    

Cost  

    

Gains  

    

Losses  

    

Value  

 

December 31, 2021

    

Cost  

    

Gains  

    

Losses  

    

Value  

 

Available-for-sale:

U.S. Treasury securities

$

18,478

$

427

$

18,905

$

193,849

$

107

$

2,382

$

191,574

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

63,834

1,354

65,188

33,435

343

33,778

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

53,297

2,099

$

30

 

55,366

 

69,066

994

1,082

 

68,978

Tax-exempt

 

53,977

 

3,054

37

 

56,994

 

96,412

 

2,452

614

 

98,250

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

3,553

 

154

 

3,707

 

1,790

 

53

 

1,843

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

79,457

 

1,930

 

136

 

81,251

 

109,018

 

939

 

2,925

 

107,032

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

12,619

 

881

 

 

13,500

 

12,542

 

406

 

 

12,948

Corporate debt securities

1,000

1,000

3,000

82

2,918

Total

$

286,215

$

9,899

$

203

$

295,911

$

519,112

$

5,294

$

7,085

$

517,321

Held-to-maturity:

Tax-exempt state and municipals

$

6,849

$

275

$

$

7,124

$

11,476

$

126

$

56

$

11,546

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

21

 

 

21

 

18,802

 

392

 

18,410

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

355

 

13

 

368

 

40,935

 

3

448

 

40,490

Total

$

7,225

$

288

$

$

7,513

$

71,213

$

129

$

896

$

70,446

    

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

 

    

    

Gross

    

Gross

    

 

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

 

Amortized

Unrealized

Unrealized

Fair

 

December 31, 2019

    

Cost  

    

Gains  

    

Losses  

    

Value  

 

December 31, 2020

    

Cost  

    

Gains  

    

Losses  

    

Value  

 

Available-for-sale:

U.S. Treasury securities

$

23,966

$

162

$

24,128

$

18,478

$

427

$

18,905

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

87,156

181

$

227

 

87,110

63,834

1,354

 

65,188

State and municipals:

 

 

Taxable

 

35,418

 

295

 

815

 

34,898

 

53,297

 

2,099

$

30

 

55,366

Tax-exempt

 

59,127

 

1,056

 

20

 

60,163

 

53,977

 

3,054

 

37

 

56,994

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

8,368

 

112

 

10

 

8,470

 

3,553

 

154

 

 

3,707

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

101,914

 

1,011

 

77

 

102,848

 

79,457

 

1,930

 

136

 

81,251

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

12,694

171

4

12,861

12,619

881

13,500

Corporate debt securities

1,000

1,000

Total

$

328,643

$

2,988

$

1,153

$

330,478

$

286,215

$

9,899

$

203

$

295,911

Held-to-maturity:

Tax-exempt state and municipals

$

6,852

$

208

$

$

7,060

$

6,849

$

275

$

$

7,124

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

31

 

 

31

21

 

 

21

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

773

 

25

 

798

 

355

 

13

 

368

Total

$

7,656

$

233

$

$

7,889

$

7,225

$

288

$

$

7,513

The Company had net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities of $1,415, net of deferred income taxes of $376 at December 31, 2021, and net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities of $7,660 net of deferred income taxes of $2,036 at December 31, 2020, and net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities of $1,450, net of deferred income taxes of $385, at December 31, 2019. During 2020, the Company sold a pool of low-yielding short-term municipal bonds and

-97--95-

Table of Contents

two$2,036, at December 31, 2020. During 2020, the Company sold a pool of low-yielding short-term municipal bonds and 2 mortgage-backed securities and received proceeds totaling $64,841. Gross gains of $923 and gross losses of $5 were realized on the sale of investment securities in 2020. During 2019, the Company soldThere were no sales of securities during 2021. The total securities portfolio grew in 2021 from utilizing a poolportion of municipal bonds and received proceeds totaling low-yielding excess liquidity to purchase higher yielding bonds.$9,677 and realized gross gains of $66 and gross losses of $43.

At December 31, 2020,2021, our marketable equity security portfolio consisted of stock of 1 financial institution. During 2020, the Company sold its entire stock position in one1 other equity holding and received proceeds of $279 and recognized a gain of $29. At December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019,2020, we had $138$140 thousand and $423$138 thousand, respectively, in equity securities recorded at fair value. Prior to January 1, 2018, equity securities were stated at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), net of tax. At December 31, 2018, net unrealized gains of $3 thousand had been recognized in AOCI. On January 1, 2018, these unrealized gains, net of income tax were reclassified out of AOCI and into retained earnings with subsequent changes in fair value being recognized in net income. At December 31, 2020,2021, the fair value of our equity portfolio was less than the cost basis by $15$13 thousand. The following is a summary of unrealized and realized gains and losses recognized in net income on equity marketable securities during 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2021

    

2020

Net gain (loss) recognized during the period on equity securities

$

(6)

$

132

$

2

$

(6)

Less: Net gain (loss) recognized during the period on equity securities sold during the period

 

29

 

 

 

29

Unrealized gain (loss) recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date

$

(35)

$

132

$

2

$

(35)

The maturity distribution of the fair value, which is the net carrying amount, of the debt securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 2020,2021, is summarized as follows:

 

Fair

 

Fair

 

December 31, 2020

    

Value

 

December 31, 2021

    

Value

 

Within one year

$

37,351

$

28,887

After one but within five years

 

49,444

 

148,212

After five but within ten years

 

22,799

 

103,012

After ten years

 

84,357

 

112,347

 

193,951

 

392,458

Mortgage-backed and other amortizing securities

 

101,960

 

124,863

Total

$

295,911

$

517,321

 

Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

The maturity distribution of the amortized cost and fair value, of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 2020,2021, is summarized as follows:

 

Amortized

Fair

 

Amortized

Fair

 

December 31, 2020

    

Cost 

    

Value  

 

Within one year

$

175

$

178

December 31, 2021

    

Cost 

    

Value  

 

After five but within ten years

324

344

$

7,331

$

7,334

After ten years

6,350

6,602

4,145

4,212

 

6,849

 

7,124

 

11,476

 

11,546

Mortgage-backed securities

 

376

 

389

 

59,737

 

58,900

Total

$

7,225

$

7,513

$

71,213

$

70,446

Securities with a carrying value of $165,982$203,580 and $157,047$165,982 at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and certain other deposits as required or permitted by law.

-98--96-

Table of Contents

Securities and short-term investment activities are conducted with a diverse group of government entities, corporations and state and local municipalities. The counterparty’s creditworthiness and type of collateral is evaluated on a case-by-case basis. At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk from any one issuer, with the exception of U.S. government agencies and sponsored enterprises that exceeded 10.0 percent of stockholders’ equity.

The fair value and gross unrealized losses of investment securities with unrealized losses for which an OTTI has not been recognized at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are summarized as follows:

 

Less Than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Total 

 

Less Than 12 Months 

12 Months or More 

Total 

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2020

    

Value 

    

Losses 

    

Value 

    

Losses 

    

Value 

    

Losses 

 

December 31, 2021

    

Value 

    

Losses 

    

Value 

    

Losses 

    

Value 

    

Losses 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

179,974

    

$

2,382

    

    

    

$

179,974

    

$

2,382

State and municipals:

Taxable

$

9,246

$

30

$

$

$

9,246

$

30

26,827

718

$

8,008

$

364

34,835

1,082

Tax-exempt

6,786

37

6,786

37

38,693

357

10,319

313

49,012

670

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

18,398

392

18,398

392

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

11,553

135

284

1

11,837

 

136

77,875

1,454

48,276

1,919

126,151

 

3,373

Corporate debt securities

2,449

51

470

31

2,919

82

Total

$

27,585

$

202

$

284

$

1

$

27,869

$

203

$

344,216

$

5,354

$

67,073

$

2,627

$

411,289

$

7,981

Less Than 12 Months  

12 Months or More  

Total  

 

Less Than 12 Months  

12 Months or More  

Total  

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

Fair

Unrealized

 

December 31, 2019

    

Value 

    

Losses  

    

Value 

    

Losses  

    

Value  

    

Losses 

 

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

$

13,695

$

149

$

36,070

$

78

$

49,765

$

227

December 31, 2020

    

Value 

    

Losses  

    

Value 

    

Losses  

    

Value  

    

Losses 

 

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

23,929

815

 

23,929

 

815

$

9,246

$

30

$

9,246

$

30

Tax-exempt

 

2,684

 

19

1,098

 

1

 

3,782

 

20

 

6,786

 

37

 

 

6,786

 

37

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. government agencies

 

992

 

1

2,362

9

 

3,354

 

10

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

36,939

51

3,751

30

40,690

81

 

11,553

135

$

284

$

1

11,837

136

Total

$

78,239

$

1,035

$

43,281

$

118

$

121,520

$

1,153

$

27,585

$

202

$

284

$

1

$

27,869

$

203

 

The Company had 26168 investment securities, consisting of 1263 tax-exempt and 835 taxable state and municipal obligations, 42 U.S. Treasury bonds, 5 corporate bonds and 623 mortgage-backed securities that were in unrealized loss positions at December 31, 2020.2021. Of these securities, 27 mortgage-backed securities, 1 corporate bond, 8 taxable municipals and 18 tax-exempt municipals, were in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or more. The increase in the number and balance of bonds in an unrealized position is due to recent increase in market rates. Management does not consider the unrealized losses on the debt securities, as a result of changes in interest rates, to be OTTI based on historical evidence that indicates the cost of these securities is recoverable within a reasonable period of time in relation to normal cyclical changes in the market rates of interest. Moreover, because there has been no material change in the credit quality of the issuers or other events or circumstances that may cause a significant adverse impact on the fair value of these securities, and management does not intend to sell these securities and it is unlikely that the Company will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider the unrealized losses to be OTTI at December 31, 2020.2021.

There was 0 OTTI recognized for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020.2021.

Other assets include the Company’s investment in Visa Class B stock. The Company’s ownership includes shares acquired at no cost related to the Company’s prior ownership in Visa's network while Visa operated as a cooperative. The Company holds On October 8, 2021, Peoples Bank sold its remaining 44,982 shares of Visa Class B common stock which, following resolution of Visa litigation, will be converted to VisaInc. for $12.2 million. The Bank received 73,333 Class A shares (the conversion rate as of December 31, 2020 is 1.6228 shares of Class A stock for each share of Class B stock) for a total of 72,997 shares of Visa Class A stock.Inc. as part of its membership interest in March 2008, and 28,351 shares were redeemed in connection with Visa’s initial public offering in 2008. The stock had no historical cost basis and was not considered to have a readily determinable value due to restrictions on the ability to sell.

-99--97-

Table of Contents

There is a very limited market for this stock, as only current owners of Class B shares are permitted to transact in Class B. Due to the lack of orderly trades and public information of such trades, Visa Class B stock has no readily determinable fair value and is carried at cost.

4. Loans, net and allowance for loan losses:

The major classifications of loans outstanding, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows. Net deferred loan fees of $1,567 and $2,058 are included in loan balances at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in deferred loan fees is due in part to PPP forgiveness during 2021. Net deferred loan origination fees remaining related to PPP loans is $1,659 at December 31, 2021. Included in the commercial balances at December 31, 20202021 are $189,699 of Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans. Net deferred loan fees of $2,058 were included in loan balancesPPP loans that had an outstanding balance at December 31, 2021 of $68,893 comprised of $55,252 remaining from those originated during 2021 as part of round two and $13,641 remaining from loans originated during 2020 under round one of the program.  The PPP loans are risk rated ‘Pass’ and net deferreddo not carry an allowance for loan costs of $908 were included in thelosses due to a 100% SBA guarantee. The outstanding balance is considered current at December 31, 2019 loan balances. The deferred loan fees in 2020 is a result of the origination of PPP loans.2021.

 

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

Commercial

$

679,286

$

522,957

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,137,990

 

1,011,423

Residential

 

277,414

 

301,378

Consumer

 

83,292

 

102,482

Total

$

2,177,982

$

1,938,240

December 31

    

2021

    

2020

 

Commercial

$

613,127

$

679,286

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,343,539

 

1,137,990

Residential

 

297,624

 

277,414

Consumer

 

74,883

 

83,292

Total

$

2,329,173

$

2,177,982

Loans outstanding to directors, executive officers, principal stockholders or to their affiliates totaled $5,031$3,173 and $12,248$5,031 at December 31, 2021and 2020, and 2019, respectively. The decrease in loans outstanding is due to loan balances related to threeone former directorsdirector who retired in 2020.2021. Advances and repayments and other changes during 2021 totaled $4,824 and $6,682, respectively, and during 2020 totaled $3,747 and $5,574, respectively, and during 2019 totaled $7,857 and $9,376, respectively. There were 0 related party loans that were classified as nonaccrual, past due, or restructured at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Deposits from related parties amounted to $10.9 million at December 31, 2021 and $9.0 million at December 31, 2020 and $12.9 million at December 31, 2019.2020.

At December 31, 2020,2021, the majority of the Company’s loans were at least partially secured by real estate in our market region.the markets we operate in. Therefore, a primary concentration of credit risk is directly related to the real estate market in these regions. Changes in the general economy, local economy or in the real estate market could affect the ultimate collectability of this portion of the loan portfolio. Management does not believe there are any other significant concentrations of credit risk that could affect the loan portfolio.

-100--98-

Table of Contents

The changes in the allowance for loan losses account by major classification of loan for the year ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, and 20182019 were as follows:

 

Real estate�� 

 

Real estate  

 

December 31, 2020

Commercial  

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer 

Total  

 

December 31, 2021

Commercial  

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer 

Total  

 

Allowance for loan losses:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Beginning balance

$

6,888

$

11,496

$

3,226

$

1,067

$

22,677

$

8,734

$

14,559

$

3,129

$

922

$

27,344

Charge-offs

 

(2,771)

 

(144)

 

(247)

 

(317)

 

(3,479)

 

(492)

 

(252)

 

(24)

 

(188)

 

(956)

Recoveries

 

525

 

16

 

57

 

148

 

746

 

89

 

68

 

7

 

81

 

245

Provisions

 

4,092

 

3,191

 

93

 

24

 

7,400

Provisions (credits)

 

122

 

1,553

 

97

 

(22)

 

1,750

Ending balance

$

8,734

$

14,559

$

3,129

$

922

$

27,344

$

8,453

$

15,928

$

3,209

$

793

$

28,383

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

947

 

180

 

75

 

 

1,202

 

40

 

109

 

26

 

 

175

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

7,787

$

14,379

$

3,054

$

922

$

26,142

$

8,413

$

15,819

$

3,183

$

793

$

28,208

Loans receivable:

Ending balance

$

679,286

$

1,137,990

$

277,414

$

83,292

$

2,177,982

$

613,127

$

1,343,539

$

297,624

$

74,883

$

2,329,173

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

4,297

 

3,952

 

1,546

111

 

9,906

 

199

 

2,890

 

1,273

 

4,362

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

674,989

$

1,134,038

$

275,868

$

83,181

$

2,168,076

$

612,928

$

1,340,649

$

296,351

$

74,883

$

2,324,811

The allowance for loan losses increased $4.6$1.1 million to $27.3$28.4 million at December 31, 2020,2021, from $22.7$27.3 million at the end of 2019.2020. The increase resulted from a provision for loan losses of $7.4$1.8 million less net loans charged-off of $2.7$0.7 million. Changes madeThe allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2021 continued to reflect the provisions added during the first six months2020 from our adjustment of 2020 to the qualitative factors which relatedin our allowance for loan losses methodology, due to economic decline resultingand expectation of increased credit losses from theCOVID-19's adverse impact ofon economic and business operating conditions. The decrease to charge-offs in 2021 is due to improved credit quality. The 2021 period includes the COVID-19 crisis, was the primary reason for the higher provision. Commercial loan charge-offs were $2.8 million and included a $1.1 million partial write downtotal charge-off of a specific credit relationship, which has been subsequently paid off in January 2021 and $0.9 million related to a group of small business linesfully allocated small-business line of credit in our Greater Delaware Valley market. Commercial loan recoveries increased $0.5 million and included $0.2 million related to the group of small business lines of credit in the Greater Delaware Valley market and $0.2 million on a separate credit. We charged-off $3.3 million of commercial loans in 2019 substantially all of which were in the fourth quarter. Included in this amount was $2.3 million related to certain small business lines of creditoriginated in our Greater Delaware Valley market and $1.0totaling $0.4 million.  During 2020, $0.9 million of other commercial loan relationships.

In March 2020, we identified certain issues with a group of small business lines of credit, all of which had been originated by one of our lenders. All of these lines of credit were subjectwas charged-off related to credit review at origination and were considered satisfactory at such time. As a number of these lines of credit entered our annual renewal process, we identified changes in the credit quality of the borrowers which warranted action. We commenced a full review of this lender’s portfolio, as well as a review of other loans in our portfolio with similar characteristics. As a result of our review, we determined a number of the small businesssmall-business lines of credit originated in our Greater Delaware Valley market offset by the particular lender to be impaired and collection doubtful at December 31, 2019. As such, we charged-off $2.3$0.2 million of these loans and established a specific reserve of $0.3 million on one other line of credit retrospectively to December 31, 2019.  All remaining small business commercial lines of credit for this lender were downgraded to special mention.  We believe that all of the other loans in our portfolio with similar characteristics that were subject to our review were properly reflected in our allowance methodology at December 31, 2020.recoveries. 

-101-

Table of Contents

Real estate  

 

Real estate  

 

December 31, 2019

Commercial 

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer  

Total  

December 31, 2020

Commercial 

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer  

Total  

Allowance for loan losses:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Beginning balance

$

5,516

$

10,736

$

3,892

$

1,235

$

21,379

$

6,888

$

11,496

$

3,226

$

1,067

$

22,677

Charge-offs

 

(3,314)

 

(817)

 

(477)

 

(459)

 

(5,067)

 

(2,771)

 

(144)

 

(247)

 

(317)

 

(3,479)

Recoveries

 

69

 

1

 

29

 

166

 

265

 

525

 

16

 

57

 

148

 

746

Provisions

 

4,617

 

1,576

 

(218)

 

125

 

6,100

 

4,092

 

3,191

 

93

 

24

 

7,400

Ending balance

$

6,888

$

11,496

$

3,226

$

1,067

$

22,677

$

8,734

$

14,559

$

3,129

$

922

$

27,344

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

363

 

279

 

135

 

 

777

 

947

 

180

 

75

 

 

1,202

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

6,525

$

11,217

$

3,091

$

1,067

$

21,900

$

7,787

$

14,379

$

3,054

$

922

$

26,142

Loans receivable:

Ending balance

$

522,957

$

1,011,423

$

301,378

$

102,482

$

1,938,240

$

679,286

$

1,137,990

$

277,414

$

83,292

$

2,177,982

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

4,658

 

3,048

 

2,153

261

 

10,120

 

4,297

 

3,952

 

1,546

 

9,795

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

518,299

$

1,008,375

$

299,225

$

102,221

$

1,928,120

$

674,989

$

1,134,038

$

275,868

$

83,292

$

2,168,187

-102--99-

Table of Contents

Real estate  

 

Real estate  

 

December 31, 2018

Commercial  

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer  

Total  

 

December 31, 2019

Commercial  

Commercial  

Residential  

Consumer  

Total  

 

Allowance for loan losses:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Beginning balance

$

5,513

$

8,944

$

3,111

$

1,392

$

18,960

$

5,516

$

10,736

$

3,892

$

1,235

$

21,379

Charge-offs

 

(154)

 

(1,250)

 

(405)

 

(545)

 

(2,354)

 

(3,314)

 

(817)

 

(477)

 

(459)

 

(5,067)

Recoveries

 

137

 

136

 

98

 

202

 

573

 

69

 

1

 

29

 

166

 

265

Provisions

 

20

 

2,906

 

1,088

 

186

 

4,200

Provisions (credit)

 

4,617

 

1,576

 

(218)

 

125

 

6,100

Ending balance

$

5,516

$

10,736

$

3,892

$

1,235

$

21,379

$

6,888

$

11,496

$

3,226

$

1,067

$

22,677

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

 

50

 

403

 

666

60

 

1,179

 

363

 

279

 

135

 

777

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

5,466

$

10,333

$

3,226

$

1,175

$

20,200

$

6,525

$

11,217

$

3,091

$

1,067

$

21,900

Loans receivable:

Ending balance

$

494,134

$

907,803

$

299,876

$

121,453

$

1,823,266

$

522,957

$

1,011,423

$

301,378

$

102,482

$

1,938,240

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

2,237

3,121

4,071

212

9,641

4,658

3,048

2,153

9,859

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

491,897

$

904,682

$

295,805

$

121,241

$

1,813,625

$

518,299

$

1,008,375

$

299,225

$

102,482

$

1,928,381

The following tables present the major classification of loans summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the classified ratings of special mention, substandard and doubtful within the Company’s internal risk rating system at December 31, 20202021 and 2019:2020:

 

Special

 

Special

 

December 31, 2020

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

    

Total

 

December 31, 2021

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

    

Total

 

Commercial

$

660,559

$

14,305

$

4,422

$

$

679,286

$

611,151

$

896

$

1,080

$

$

613,127

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,107,699

 

17,517

 

12,774

 

1,137,990

 

1,324,646

 

13,939

 

4,954

 

1,343,539

Residential

 

274,327

 

144

 

2,943

 

277,414

 

294,892

 

333

 

2,399

 

297,624

Consumer

 

83,215

 

 

77

 

83,292

 

74,744

 

 

139

 

74,883

Total

$

2,125,800

$

31,966

$

20,216

$

$

2,177,982

$

2,305,433

$

15,168

$

8,572

$

$

2,329,173

Special

 

Special

 

December 31, 2019

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

    

Total

 

December 31, 2020

    

Pass

    

Mention

    

Substandard

    

Doubtful

    

Total

 

Commercial

$

513,994

$

3,837

$

5,126

$

$

522,957

$

660,559

$

14,305

$

4,422

$

$

679,286

Real estate:

Commercial

 

993,645

 

2,508

 

15,270

 

1,011,423

 

1,107,699

 

17,517

 

12,774

 

1,137,990

Residential

 

298,449

 

597

 

2,332

 

301,378

 

274,327

 

144

 

2,943

 

277,414

Consumer

 

102,145

 

 

337

 

102,482

 

83,215

 

 

77

 

83,292

Total

$

1,908,233

$

6,942

$

23,065

$

$

1,938,240

$

2,125,800

$

31,966

$

20,216

$

$

2,177,982

The increase in commercialdecrease to special mention commercial loans from December 31, 20192020 to December 31, 20202021 is due primarily associated with a credit relationship to a public entity totaling $13.0payoff of a $12.9 million which is experiencing short-term cash flow issues.municipal related credit. The increasedecrease in special mention commercial real estate special mention loans isresulted primarily from an upgrade to a $5.3 million credit due to the reclassification of 4 large credits. NaNa credit enhancement and satisfactory repayment history. The decrease to substandard commercial loans resulted primarily from a $1.5 million relationship that was paid off during 2021. The decrease in substandard commercial real estate credits totaling $9.0 million were downgraded to special mention due to the lossloans resulted from a refinance of major tenants, while anothera credit totaling $4.5 million is related to the hospitality industry andthat is experiencing financial difficulties due to COVID-19. The decrease to commercial real estate substandard loans resulted in part from the payoff ofsecured by a $5.1 million commercial real estate construction loan that had experienced significant construction delays.NaN percent SBA guarantee.

-103--100-

Table of Contents

Information concerning nonaccrual loans by major loan classification at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 is summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Commercial

$

3,822

$

3,336

$

185

$

3,822

Real estate:

Commercial

 

3,262

 

2,765

 

1,793

 

3,262

Residential

 

922

 

1,148

 

694

 

922

Consumer

 

111

 

261

 

139

 

111

Total

$

8,117

$

7,510

$

2,811

$

8,117

The major classification of loans by past due status at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

    

    

    

Greater

    

    

    

    

Loans > 90

 

    

    

    

Greater

    

    

    

    

Loans > 90

 

30-59 Days

60-89 Days

than 90

Total Past

Days and

 

30-59 Days

60-89 Days

than 90

Total Past

Days and

 

December 31, 2020

Past Due  

Past Due  

Days  

Due  

Current  

Total Loans  

Accruing  

 

December 31, 2021

Past Due  

Past Due  

Days  

Due  

Current  

Total Loans  

Accruing  

 

Commercial

$

73

$

3,822

$

3,895

$

675,391

$

679,286

$

101

$

155

$

158

$

414

$

612,713

$

613,127

Real estate:

Commercial

 

344

$

134

 

3,262

 

3,740

 

1,134,250

 

1,137,990

 

768

423

 

834

 

2,025

 

1,341,514

 

1,343,539

Residential

 

2,072

 

480

993

 

3,545

 

273,869

 

277,414

$

71

 

1,552

207

265

 

2,024

 

295,600

 

297,624

$

13

Consumer

 

374

 

63

 

111

 

548

 

82,744

 

83,292

 

 

477

 

163

 

51

 

691

 

74,192

 

74,883

 

Total

$

2,863

$

677

$

8,188

$

11,728

$

2,166,254

$

2,177,982

$

71

$

2,898

$

948

$

1,308

$

5,154

$

2,324,019

$

2,329,173

$

13

    

    

    

Greater

    

    

    

    

Loans > 90

 

    

    

    

Greater

    

    

    

    

Loans > 90

 

30-59 Days

60-89 Days

than 90

Total Past

Days and

 

30-59 Days

60-89 Days

than 90

Total Past

Days and

 

December 31, 2019

Past Due  

Past Due  

Days  

Due  

Current  

Total Loans  

Accruing  

 

December 31, 2020

Past Due  

Past Due  

Days  

Due  

Current  

Total Loans  

Accruing  

 

Commercial

$

75

$

3,036

$

3,111

$

519,846

$

522,957

$

73

$

2,245

$

2,318

$

676,968

$

679,286

Real estate:

Commercial

 

926

$

175

 

2,765

 

3,866

 

1,007,557

 

1,011,423

 

414

$

222

 

2,362

 

2,998

 

1,134,992

 

1,137,990

Residential

 

2,164

 

1,227

 

1,526

 

4,917

 

296,461

 

301,378

$

378

 

2,072

 

480

 

732

 

3,284

 

274,130

 

277,414

$

71

Consumer

 

523

 

123

 

261

 

907

 

101,575

 

102,482

 

 

384

 

70

 

67

 

521

 

82,771

 

83,292

 

Total

$

3,688

$

1,525

$

7,588

$

12,801

$

1,925,439

$

1,938,240

$

378

$

2,943

$

772

���

$

5,406

$

9,121

$

2,168,861

$

2,177,982

$

71

The increase in the greater than 90 day categorydecrease to non-accrual loans from December 31, 2020 was due primarily to a net increase in nonaccrual loans which are included in the category. NaN large$1.5 million payoff and $1.0 million payoff of 2 unrelated commercial loans added to non-accrual were partially offset byrelationships, a partial$0.4 million total charge-off of a non-accrualsmall business line of credit, a $0.5 million commercial relationship. real estate loan transferred to other real estate owned, and a $0.5 restaurant related commercial real estate loan placed back on accrual due to satisfactory repayment and improved operations.

The 3amount of residential loans added all have been individually measured for impairment. NaNin the formal process of the loans have specific reserves allocated, while the other credit was charged down to the SBA guaranteed amount.foreclosure totaled $285 at December 31, 2021 and $135 at December 31, 2020.

-104--101-

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize information concerning impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 by major loan classification:

For the Year Ended

For the Year Ended

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

December 31, 2020

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

December 31, 2021

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

With no related allowance:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Commercial

$

2,251

$

3,421

$

2,915

$

30

$

158

$

481

$

964

$

13

Real estate:

Commercial

 

2,372

 

2,964

 

2,148

 

28

 

2,376

 

3,120

 

2,719

 

22

Residential

 

1,086

 

1,263

 

1,223

 

21

 

873

 

1,073

 

1,016

 

19

Consumer

 

111

 

121

 

167

 

139

 

148

 

100

Total

 

5,820

 

7,769

 

6,453

 

79

 

3,546

 

4,822

 

4,799

 

54

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial

 

2,046

 

2,094

947

 

2,038

 

17

 

41

 

41

$

40

 

1,091

 

15

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,580

 

1,710

 

180

 

1,687

 

36

 

513

 

543

 

109

 

802

 

22

Residential

 

460

 

482

 

75

 

624

 

13

 

401

 

401

 

26

 

436

 

13

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

4,086

 

4,286

 

1,202

 

4,349

 

66

 

955

 

985

 

175

 

2,329

 

50

Total impaired loans

Commercial

 

4,297

 

5,515

 

947

 

4,953

 

47

 

199

 

522

 

40

 

2,055

 

28

Real estate:

Commercial

 

3,952

 

4,674

 

180

 

3,835

 

64

 

2,889

 

3,663

 

109

 

3,521

 

44

Residential

 

1,546

 

1,745

 

75

 

1,847

 

34

 

1,274

 

1,474

 

26

 

1,452

 

32

Consumer

 

111

 

121

 

 

167

 

 

139

 

148

 

 

100

 

Total

$

9,906

$

12,055

$

1,202

$

10,802

$

145

$

4,501

$

5,807

$

175

$

7,128

$

104

For the Year Ended  

 

For the Year Ended  

 

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

December 31, 2019

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

December 31, 2020

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

With no related allowance:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Commercial

$

3,638

$

4,175

$

3,907

$

63

$

2,251

$

3,421

$

2,915

$

30

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,918

 

2,205

 

2,385

 

38

 

2,372

 

2,964

 

2,148

 

28

Residential

 

1,718

 

2,060

 

1,362

 

25

 

1,086

 

1,263

 

1,223

 

21

Consumer

 

261

 

274

 

233

 

111

 

121

 

167

Total

 

7,535

 

8,714

 

7,887

 

126

 

5,820

 

7,769

 

6,453

 

79

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial

 

1,020

 

1,038

363

 

1,012

 

32

 

2,046

 

2,094

947

 

2,038

 

17

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,130

 

1,811

 

279

 

1,050

 

10

 

1,580

 

1,710

 

180

 

1,687

 

36

Residential

 

435

 

450

 

135

 

1,408

 

29

 

460

 

482

 

75

 

624

 

13

Consumer

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

2,585

 

3,299

 

777

 

3,490

 

71

 

4,086

 

4,286

 

1,202

 

4,349

 

66

Total impaired loans

Commercial

 

4,658

 

5,213

 

363

 

4,919

 

95

 

4,297

 

5,515

 

947

 

4,953

 

47

Real estate:

Commercial

 

3,048

 

4,016

 

279

 

3,435

 

48

 

3,952

 

4,674

 

180

 

3,835

 

64

Residential

 

2,153

 

2,510

 

135

 

2,770

 

54

 

1,546

 

1,745

 

75

 

1,847

 

34

Consumer

 

261

 

274

 

 

253

 

 

111

 

121

 

 

167

 

Total

$

10,120

$

12,013

$

777

$

11,377

$

197

$

9,906

$

12,055

$

1,202

$

10,802

$

145

-105--102-

Table of Contents

For the Year Ended

For the Year Ended

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Unpaid

Average

Interest

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

Recorded

Principal

Related

Recorded

Income

 

December 31, 2018

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

December 31, 2019

    

Investment  

    

Balance  

    

Allowance  

    

Investment  

    

Recognized  

 

With no related allowance:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Commercial

$

1,562

$

1,900

$

1,318

$

67

$

3,638

$

4,175

$

3,907

$

63

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,969

 

2,299

 

2,822

28

 

1,918

 

2,205

 

2,385

38

Residential

 

1,970

 

2,658

 

2,193

22

 

1,718

 

2,060

 

1,362

25

Consumer

 

152

 

160

 

135

 

261

 

274

 

233

Total

 

5,653

 

7,017

 

6,468

117

 

7,535

 

8,714

 

7,887

126

With an allowance recorded:

Commercial

 

675

 

675

$

50

 

1,006

30

 

1,020

 

1,038

$

363

 

1,012

32

Real estate:

Commercial

 

1,152

 

1,323

 

403

 

1,676

 

18

 

1,130

 

1,811

 

279

 

1,050

 

10

Residential

 

2,101

 

2,328

 

666

 

1,585

 

22

 

435

 

450

 

135

 

1,408

 

29

Consumer

60

60

60

21

20

Total

 

3,988

 

4,386

 

1,179

 

4,288

 

70

 

2,585

 

3,299

 

777

 

3,490

 

71

Total impaired loans

Commercial

 

2,237

 

2,575

 

50

 

2,324

 

97

 

4,658

 

5,213

 

363

 

4,919

 

95

Real estate:

Commercial

 

3,121

 

3,622

 

403

 

4,498

 

46

 

3,048

 

4,016

 

279

 

3,435

 

48

Residential

 

4,071

 

4,986

 

666

 

3,778

 

44

 

2,153

 

2,510

 

135

 

2,770

 

54

Consumer

 

212

 

220

60

 

156

 

261

 

274

 

253

Total

$

9,641

$

11,403

$

1,179

$

10,756

$

187

$

10,120

$

12,013

$

777

$

11,377

$

197

There were 0The amounts of interest income recognized using the cash-basis method on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $100, $142 and 2018.$181, respectively.

Included in the commercial loan, commercial real estate and residential real estate categories are troubled debt restructurings that were classified as impaired. Trouble debt restructurings totaled $2,818$1,649 and $2,193$2,818 at December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively. The decrease in trouble debt restructured balances is due primarily to a payoff of a $0.5 million commercial credit, and 2019 respectively.receipt of $0.4 million from the SBA for the guaranteed portion of a commercial loan.

There were 0 loans modified in 2021 that resulted in trouble debt restructurings (“TDRs”). There were 4 loans modified in 2020 and 1 loan modified in 2019 and 1 loan modified in 2018 that resulted in troubled debt restructurings.TDRs. The 4 loans modified in 2020 were adversely impacted by COVID-19 and the economic slowdown and did not qualify for the CARES Act exclusion due to current and prior delinquencies. NaN of the loans were to one restaurant and 2 of the loans were to retail related small businesses. The following tables summarize the loans whose terms have been modified resulting in troubled debt restructuringsTDRs during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and 2019 and 2018.2019.

 

-106--103-

Table of Contents

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

 

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

 

December 31, 2020

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

 

Commercial

1

$

12

$

12

$

5

Commercial real estate

 

3

1,073

1,073

1,046

Total

 

4

$

1,085

$

1,085

$

1,051

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

 

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

 

December 31, 2019

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

 

Commercial real estate

 

1

$

346

$

346

$

241

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

December 31, 2018

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

Commercial real estate

 

1

$

340

$

340

$

340

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

 

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

 

December 31, 2021

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

 

Commercial

$

$

$

Commercial real estate

 

Total

 

$

$

$

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

 

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

 

December 31, 2020

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

 

Commercial

1

$

12

$

12

$

5

Commercial real estate

 

3

$

1,073

$

1,073

$

1,046

Total

 

4

$

1,085

$

1,085

$

1,051

    

    

Pre-Modification

    

Post-Modification

    

Number

Outstanding Recorded

Outstanding

Recorded

December 31, 2019

of Contracts 

Investment 

Recorded Investment 

Investment 

Commercial real estate

 

1

$

346

$

346

$

241

There were 0 payment defaults within 12 months of its modification on loans considered troubled debt restructuringsTDRs for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

The amount of residential loans in the formal process of foreclosure totaled $135 at2021, December 31, 2020 and $665 at December 31, 2019.

The Company received a significant number of requests to modify loan terms and/or defer principal and/or interest payments from borrowers affected by COVID-19, and hashad agreed to many such deferrals. The federal banking regulators issued guidance and encouraged banks to work prudently with, and provide short-term payment accommodations to borrowers affected by COVID-19. Section 4013 of the CARES Act includes a provision for the Company to opt out of applying the troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”)TDR guidance for certain loan modifications and specified that such modifications made on loans that were current as of December 31, 2019 do not need to be classified as TDRs. Peoples has applied this guidance. The payment modifications granted included principal only payments and principal and interest deferrals and generally ranged from 90 to 180 days. The modified loans were not considered past due unless the modified payment was delinquent. Similarly, FASB has confirmed that short-term modifications made on a good-faith basis in response to COVID-19 to loan customers who were current prior to any relief are not TDRs.

Beginning in March 2020, the Company began receiving requests for temporary modifications to the repayment structure for borrower loans. During 2020, the Company made a total of 479 commercial loan and 512 consumer loan temporary modifications with principal balances totaling $330,119. At December 31, 2020, 18 commercial2021, all loans and 26 consumer loans remain on deferral with principal balances of $6,084.

-107-

Table of Contents

The following tables provide information as of December 31, 2020 and the total during 2020 with respecthave returned to the Company’soriginal payment deferrals granted in accordance with the CARES Act on commercial loans by North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) categories:terms.

Percentage

Percentage

Number

of Total

of Tier 1

of

Loan

Capital

December 31, 2020 NAICS category

Loans

Balance

Portfolio

(Bank)

Lessors of Residential Buildings and Dwellings

3

$

143

0.1

%

Full-Service Restaurants

3

1,961

0.1

%

0.8

General Automotive Repair

1

1,459

0.1

0.6

School and Employee Bus Transportation

1

725

0.3

All Others

10

1,508

0.1

0.6

18

$

5,796

0.3

%

2.3

%

Percentage

Percentage

Number

of Total

of Tier 1

of

Loan

Capital

2020 NAICS category

Loans

Balance

Portfolio

(Bank)

Lessors of Nonresidential Buildings

65

$

71,899

3.3

%

26.9

%

Lessors of Residential Buildings and Dwellings

64

53,564

2.5

19.9

Hotels and Motels

27

39,261

1.8

14.5

Full-Service Restaurants

33

27,783

1.3

10.3

Limited-Service Restaurants

8

11,829

0.5

4.4

Gasoline Stations with Convenience Stores

18

12,422

0.6

4.6

Construction and Mining

13

9,718

0.4

3.6

Assisted Living Facilities for the Elderly

2

6,319

0.3

2.3

Colleges, Universities, and Professional Schools

1

6,301

0.3

2.3

All Others

248

67,674

3.1

24.9

479

$

306,770

14.1

%

113.7

%

5. Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, unused portions of lines of credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, unused portions of lines of credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Company records a valuation allowance for off-balance sheet credit losses, if deemed necessary, separately as a liability. The allowance is not significant.

-108--104-

Table of Contents

The contractual amounts of off-balance sheet commitments at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Commitments to extend credit

$

336,667

$

290,517

$

431,011

$

336,667

Unused portions of lines of credit

 

55,391

 

52,168

 

64,108

 

55,391

Standby letters of credit

 

34,428

 

45,018

 

58,254

 

34,428

$

426,486

$

387,703

$

553,373

$

426,486

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

Unused portions of lines of credit, including home equity and overdraft protection agreements, are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. Unused portions of home equity lines are collateralized and generally have fixed expiration dates. Overdraft protection agreements are uncollateralized and usually do not carry specific maturity dates. Unused portions of lines of credit ultimately may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Generally, all standby letters of credit expire within twelve months. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan commitments. The Company requires collateral supporting these standby letters of credit as deemed necessary. Collateral supporting standby letters of credit amounted to $777 at December 31, 2021 and $4,902 at December 31, 2020 and $31,893 at December 31, 2019.2020. The carrying value of the liability for the Company’s obligations under guarantees for standby letters of credit was not material at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

6. Premises and equipment, net:

Premises and equipment at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Land

$

5,217

$

5,535

$

7,255

$

5,217

Premises and leasehold improvements

 

48,596

 

47,705

 

50,426

 

48,596

Right-of-use assets

6,282

6,125

8,563

6,282

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

18,395

 

17,422

 

19,096

 

18,395

 

78,490

 

76,787

 

85,340

 

78,490

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

31,445

 

28,855

 

33,838

 

31,445

$

47,045

$

47,932

$

51,502

$

47,045

The increase in land at December 31, 2021 is due to the purchase of a property in Doylestown, PA for the construction of a new branch office. The construction of the branch is contracted at a total cost of $2.3 million.

7. Operating lease commitments and contingencies:

The Company is obligated under non-cancelable operating leases for certain branch locations.  We determine if an arrangement is a lease at inception by assessing whether a contract contains a right to control an identified asset for a

-105-

Table of Contents

period of time in exchange for consideration. For all leases, we recognize a right-of-use asset and lease liability at the effective date of the lease. Operating leases right-of-use assets are included in premises and equipment, and lease liabilities are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet commencing at January 1, 2019.   We have no

-109-

Table of Contents

finance leases. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet and the related lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Certain leases include options to renew, with renewal terms generally containing one or more five-year renewal options. At December 31, 2020,2021, the Company’s leases have remaining renewal terms that can extend the lease term from threeseven years to twenty-onethirty-one years that are reasonably certain of being exercised. The weighted average remaining lease term at December 31, 20202021 is thirteensixteen years. At December 31, 2019,2020, the weighted average remaining lease term was sixteenthirteen years. The discount rate used in determining the lease liability for each individual lease was the FHLB fixed advance rate which corresponded with the remaining lease term as of January 1, 2019 for leases that existed at adoption and asadoption. The discount rate used for 2 new leases added in 2021 was the annual percentage increase outlined in the terms of the lease commencement date for leases subsequently entered into after January 1, 2019.each lease. At December 31, 2021, discount rates ranged from 1.60% to 3.85% with an-average discount rate of 2.99%. At December 31, 2020, discount rates ranged from 1.95% to 3.85% with an-average discount rate of 3.19%. At December 31, 2019, discount rates ranged from 2.89% to 3.85% with an average discount rate of 3.46%3.19%.

At December 31, 2020,2021, right-of-use assets of $6,282$8,563 were included in premises and equipment, and the related lease liability totaled $6,425$8,790 and was included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Right-of-use assets and the related lease liability were $6,125$6,282 and $6,194,$6,425, respectively, at December 31, 2019.2020. The lease liability decreasedincreased at December 31, 2021 due to the addition of 2 new leases, 1 for the relocation of our Binghamton branch to a newly constructed facility and 1 for the opening of our newest branch in Piscataway, New Jersey.  The initial increase to the lease liability for the 2 new leases totaled $2,731.  Offsetting the lease liability were payments of $660$644 offset by $326 of lease expense and the termination of 2 leases.$278. NaN additional lease was entered into and added $899 to the liability.liability in 2020. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 amounted to $727,760, $727, and $670, and $492, respectively, and is included in occupancy expenses.

Future minimum lease payments under operating leases are summarized as follows:

 

2021

    

$

611

2022

 

618

    

$

791

2023

 

560

 

736

2024

 

488

 

669

2025

 

504

 

688

2026

 

691

Thereafter

 

5,500

 

7,914

Total future minimum lease payments

8,281

11,489

Less amount representing interest

(1,856)

(2,699)

Present value of future minimum lease payments

$

6,425

$

8,790

8. Intangible assets, net:

The gross carrying amount of core deposit intangible assets totaled $8,146 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. The gross carrying amount of trade name intangible assets totaled $203 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. The gross carrying amount of the intangible asset related to the acquisition of an asset management and retirement plan services company acquired in 2015 totaled $1,091 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. The accumulated amortization on core deposit intangible assets was $7,507$7,831 and $7,071$7,507 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. The accumulated amortization trade name intangible assets was $182$193 and $168$182 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. The accumulated amortization on the asset management and retirement plan services intangible asset was $792$947 and $636$792 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and 2019, respectively.

-106-

Table of Contents

The estimated amortization expense on intangible assets in years subsequent to December 31, 2020,2021, is as follows:  

2021

    

$

491

2022

 

363

    

$

363

2023

 

106

 

105

Total

$

960

$

468

-110-

Table of Contents

9. Other assets:

The major components of other assets at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Other real estate owned

$

864

$

450

$

609

$

864

Investment in low income housing partnership

 

6,332

 

6,901

 

5,900

 

6,332

Mortgage servicing rights

 

838

 

738

 

882

 

838

Restricted equity securities (FHLB and other)

 

5,397

 

10,201

 

4,045

 

5,397

Net deferred tax asset

3,768

3,362

5,355

3,768

Interest rate floor

1,678

944

844

1,678

Interest rate swaps

13,693

4,728

9,026

13,693

Other assets

 

6,345

 

6,855

 

6,395

 

6,345

Total

$

38,915

$

34,179

$

33,056

$

38,915

The Company originates one-to-four family residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market with servicing rights retained. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were $151,604 at December 31, 2021 and $166,472 at December 31, 2020 and $159,587 at December 31, 2019.2020.

-107-

Table of Contents

10. Deposits:

The major components of interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

At the period end

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Interest-bearing deposits:

Money market accounts

$

496,634

$

365,463

$

588,245

$

496,634

Now accounts

 

567,087

 

402,999

 

851,086

 

567,087

Savings accounts

 

431,224

 

370,270

 

491,796

 

431,224

Time deposits less than $250

 

221,446

 

231,450

 

203,719

 

221,446

Time deposits $250 or more

 

98,247

 

138,069

 

90,795

 

98,247

Total interest-bearing deposits

 

1,814,638

 

1,508,251

 

2,225,641

 

1,814,638

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

622,475

 

463,238

 

737,756

 

622,475

Total deposits

$

2,437,113

$

1,971,489

$

2,963,397

$

2,437,113

The growth in deposits occurred in non-maturity deposits as demand for liquid accounts elevated due to low interest rates and economic uncertainty. Strong organic growth of core deposits from new and existing relationships, inflows of public fund deposits, and proceeds of PPP loans retained on deposit by our commercial borrowers, primarily in the second quarter, contributed to the increase. Time deposits $250 thousand or more decreased due to the maturity of a few large public fund certificates of deposit.

-111-

Table of Contents

The aggregate amounts of maturities for all time deposits at December 31, 2020,2021, are summarized as follows:

 

2021

    

$

223,247

2022

 

40,093

    

$

212,919

2023

 

22,905

 

35,336

2024

 

15,099

 

17,965

2025

 

7,316

 

7,731

2026

 

9,985

Thereafter

 

11,033

 

10,578

$

319,693

$

294,514

The aggregate amount of deposits reclassified as loans was $184 at December 31, 2021, and $245 at December 31, 2020, and $343 at December 31, 2019.2020. Management evaluates transaction accounts that are overdrawn for collectability as part of its evaluation for credit losses.

11. Short-term borrowings:

Short-term borrowings consisted of FHLB advances representing overnight borrowings or borrowings with original terms of less than twelve months at December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018:2019:

 

At and for the year ended December 31, 2020

At and for the year ended December 31, 2021

 

Weighted

 

Weighted

 

Maximum

Weighted

Average

 

Maximum

Weighted

Average

 

Ending

Average

Month-End

Average

Rate at

 

Ending

Average

Month-End

Average

Rate at End

 

    

Balance 

    

Balance 

    

Balance 

    

Rate

    

December 31,2020

 

    

Balance 

    

Balance 

    

Balance 

    

Rate

    

of the Year

 

FHLB advances

$

50,000

$

83,716

$

179,199

 

1.01

%  

0.40

%

$

$

13,973

$

50,000

 

0.56

%  

At and for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

Weighted

Weighted

 

Maximum

Average

Average

 

Ending

Average

Month-End

Rate for

Rate at End

 

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

the Year

    

of the Year

 

FHLB advances

$

50,000

$

83,716

$

179,199

 

1.01

%  

0.40

%

At and for the year ended December 31, 2019

 

Weighted

Weighted

 

Maximum

Average

Average

 

Ending

Average

Month-End

Rate for

Rate at End

 

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

the Year

    

of the Year

 

FHLB advances

$

152,150

$

62,941

$

152,150

 

2.61

%  

1.84

%

At and for the year ended December 31, 2018

 

Weighted

Weighted

 

Maximum

Average

Average

 

Ending

Average

Month-End

Rate for

Rate at End

 

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

Balance

    

the Year

    

of the Year

 

FHLB advances

$

86,500

$

133,834

$

189,275

 

2.05

%  

2.62

%

-108-

Table of Contents

The Company has an agreement with the FHLB which allows for borrowings up to its maximum borrowing capacity based on a percentage of qualifying collateral assets. At December 31, 2020,2021, the maximum borrowing capacity was $807,042$896,130 of which $64,769$2,711 was outstanding in borrowings and $218,350$373,035 was used to issue standby letters of credit to collateralize public fund deposits. Advances with the FHLB are secured under terms of a blanket collateral agreement by a pledge of FHLB stock and certain other qualifying collateral, such as investments and mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans. Interest accrues daily on the FHLB advances based on rates of the FHLB discount notes. This rate resets each day.

The Company also has unsecured line of credit agreements with two correspondent banks, where the total line amount was $18,000 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. There were 0 amounts outstanding on either line of credit at December 31, 20202021 or 2019.2020. Interest on these borrowings accrues daily based on the daily federal funds rate.

-112-

Table of Contents

12. Long-term debt:

Long-term debt consisting of advances from the FHLB at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are as follows:

 

Interest Rate 

    

    

 

Interest Rate 

    

    

 

Due

Fixed 

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

 

Fixed 

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

 

June 2020

 

1.74

%  

$

5,000

June 2020

2.22

 

 

6,000

December 2020

1.84

$

 

5,000

June 2021

1.99

10,000

10,000

1.99

$

10,000

March 2023

4.69

4,769

6,733

4.69

$

2,711

4,769

$

14,769

$

32,733

$

2,711

$

14,769

Maturities of long-term debt, by contractual maturity, in years subsequent to December 31, 20202021 are as follows:

 

2021

    

$

12,058

2022

 

2,156

 

2,156

2023

 

555

 

555

$

14,769

$

2,711

NoneNaN of the advances from the FHLB are convertible. At December 31, 2020,2021, long-term debt are all at fixed rates. There were 0 new long-term advances entered into with the FHLB during 2020. Two new long term advances were entered into with the FHLB during 2019 totaling $16,000 with terms of one and two years.

During 2020, the company participated in the Federal Reserve Banks PPPLF by pledging PPP loans as collateral. Borrowings from this facility are categorized as long-term based on the twenty four2021 or sixty month term of the loans pledged. At December 31, 2020, 0 advances were outstanding under this facility.2020.

13. Subordinated debt:

On June 1, 2020, the Company sold $33,000 aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes due 2030 (the “2020 Notes”) to accredited investors. The 2020 Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

The 2020 Notes bear interest at a rate of 5.375% per year for the first five years and then float based on a benchmark rate (as defined), provided that the interest rate applicable to the outstanding principal balance during the period the 2020 Notes are floating will at no time be less the 4.75%.  Interest will beis payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2020, for the first five years after issuance and will be payable quarterly in arrears thereafter on March 1, June 1, September 1, and December 1. The 2020 Notes will mature on June 1, 2030 and are redeemable in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, at any time on or after June 1, 2025 and prior to June 1, 2030. Additionally, if all or any portion of the 2020 Notes cease to be deemed Tier 2 Capital, the Company may redeem, in whole and not in part, at any time upon giving not less than ten days’ notice, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the principal amount outstanding plus accrued but unpaid interest to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

Holders of the 2020 Notes may not accelerate the maturity of the 2020 Notes, except upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership or similar proceeding by or against the Company.

-113-

Table of Contents

14. Fair value of financial instruments:

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows:

Fair Value Measurement Using

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Amount

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

18,905

    

$

18,905

    

    

$

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

65,188

$

65,188

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

55,366

 

55,366

Tax-exempt

 

56,994

 

56,994

Mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

3,707

 

3,707

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

94,751

 

94,751

Corporate debt securities

1,000

1,000

Common equity securities

138

138

Loan held for sale

837

837

Interest rate floor-other assets

1,678

1,678

Interest rate swap-other assets

13,693

13,693

Interest rate swap-other liabilities

(14,099)

(14,099)

Total

$

298,158

$

19,043

$

279,115

$

Fair Value Measurement Using 

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2019

    

Amount

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

24,128

    

$

24,128

    

    

$

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

87,110

$

87,110

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

34,898

 

34,898

Tax-exempt

 

60,163

 

60,163

Mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

8,470

 

8,470

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

115,709

 

115,709

Common equity securities

 

423

423

Loan held for sale

986

986

Interest rate floor-other assets

944

944

Interest rate swap-other assets

4,728

4,728

Interest rate swap-other liabilities

(4,680)

(4,680)

Total

$

332,879

$

24,551

$

308,328

$

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows:

-114--109-

Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurement Using

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Amount 

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

    

$

2,884

    

    

    

$

2,884

Other real estate owned

$

527

$

527

14. Fair value of financial instruments:

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows:

Fair Value Measurement Using 

 

Fair Value Measurement Using

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant Other

Significant

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Observable

Unobservable

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2019

    

Amount 

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

    

$

1,808

    

    

    

$

1,808

Other real estate owned

$

283

$

283

December 31, 2021

    

Amount

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

191,574

    

$

191,574

    

    

$

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

33,778

$

33,778

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

68,978

 

68,978

Tax-exempt

 

98,250

 

98,250

Mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

1,843

 

1,843

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

119,980

 

119,980

Corporate debt securities

2,918

2,918

Common equity securities

140

140

Total investment securities

$

517,461

$

191,714

$

325,747

$

Loan held for sale

$

408

$

408

Interest rate floor-other assets

$

844

$

844

Interest rate swap-other assets

$

9,026

$

9,026

Interest rate swap-other liabilities

$

(8,811)

$

(8,811)

Fair Value Measurement Using 

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Amount

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

U.S. Treasury securities

    

$

18,905

    

$

18,905

    

    

$

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

65,188

$

65,188

State and municipals:

Taxable

 

55,366

 

55,366

Tax-exempt

 

56,994

 

56,994

Mortgage-backed securities:

U.S. government agencies

 

3,707

 

3,707

U.S. government-sponsored enterprises

 

94,751

 

94,751

Corporate debt securities

1,000

1,000

Common equity securities

 

138

138

Total investment securities

$

296,049

$

19,043

$

277,006

$

Loan held for sale

$

837

$

837

Interest rate floor-other assets

$

1,678

$

1,678

Interest rate swap-other assets

$

13,693

$

13,693

Interest rate swap-other liabilities

$

(14,099)

$

(14,099)

-110-

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows:

Fair Value Measurement Using

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Other Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2021

    

Amount 

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

    

$

780

    

    

    

$

780

Other real estate owned

$

487

$

487

Fair Value Measurement Using 

 

Quoted Prices in

Significant Other

Significant

 

Active Markets for

Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Amount 

    

(Level 1)

    

(Level 2)

    

(Level 3)

 

Impaired loans

    

$

2,884

    

    

    

$

2,884

Other real estate owned

$

527

$

527

The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

 

Fair Value

Range

 

Fair Value

Range

 

December 31, 2020

    

Estimate 

    

Valuation Techniques 

    

Unobservable Input 

    

(Weighted Average) 

 

December 31, 2021

    

Estimate 

    

Valuation Techniques 

    

Unobservable Input 

    

(Weighted Average) 

 

Impaired loans

    

$

2,884

    

Appraisal of collateral

    

Appraisal adjustments

    

9.0% to 97.0%  (28.2)%

    

$

780

    

Appraisal of collateral

    

Appraisal adjustments

    

6.4% to 97.0%  (65.2)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.5)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.1)%

Other real estate owned

$

527

 

Appraisal of collateral

 

Appraisal adjustments

 

3.1% to 58.1%  (29.9)%

$

487

 

Appraisal of collateral

 

Appraisal adjustments

 

35.9% to 35.9%  (35.9)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.0)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.0)%

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements 

 

Fair Value

Range

 

Fair Value

Range

 

December 31, 2019

    

Estimate 

    

Valuation Techniques 

    

Unobservable Input 

    

(Weighted Average) 

 

December 31, 2020

    

Estimate 

    

Valuation Techniques 

    

Unobservable Input 

    

(Weighted Average) 

 

Impaired loans

    

$

1,808

    

Appraisal of collateral

    

Appraisal adjustments

    

8.6% to 97.0%  (54.4)%

    

$

2,884

    

Appraisal of collateral

    

Appraisal adjustments

    

9.0% to 97.0%  (28.2)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.2)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.5)%

Other real estate owned

$

283

 

Appraisal of collateral

 

Appraisal adjustments

 

20.0% to 63.6%  (43.7)%

$

527

 

Appraisal of collateral

 

Appraisal adjustments

 

3.1% to 58.1%  (29.9)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.0)%

 

Liquidation expenses

 

3.0% to 6.0% (5.0)%

 

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable.

Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as economic conditions and estimated liquidation expenses. The range and weighted average of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal.

-115--111-

Table of Contents

The carrying and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 and their placement within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

    

    

    

Fair Value Hierarchy 

 

    

    

    

Fair Value Hierarchy 

 

Quoted

   

   

 

Quoted

   

   

 

Prices in

 

Prices in

 

Active

Significant

 

Active

Significant

 

Markets for

Other

Significant

 

Markets for

Other

Significant

 

Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Carrying

Fair

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

Carrying

Fair

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Value 

    

Value 

    

(level 1) 

    

(level 2) 

    

(Level 3) 

 

December 31, 2021

    

Value 

    

Value 

    

(level 1) 

    

(level 2) 

    

(Level 3) 

 

Financial assets:

Cash and due from banks

$

228,192

$

228,192

$

228,192

$

279,933

$

279,933

$

279,933

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

295,911

 

295,911

18,905

$

277,006

 

517,321

 

517,321

191,574

$

325,747

Common equity securities

138

138

138

140

140

140

Held-to-maturity

 

7,225

 

7,513

 

7,513

 

71,213

 

70,446

 

70,446

Loans held for sale

 

837

 

837

 

837

 

408

 

408

 

408

Net loans

 

2,150,638

 

2,145,752

$

2,145,752

 

2,300,790

 

2,261,586

$

2,261,586

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,255

 

8,255

 

8,255

 

8,528

 

8,528

 

8,528

Mortgage servicing rights

 

838

 

1,269

 

1,269

 

882

 

1,357

 

1,357

Restricted equity securities (FHLB and other)

5,397

 

5,397

 

5,397

4,045

 

4,045

 

4,045

Interest rate floor

1,678

1,678

1,678

844

844

844

Interest rate swaps

 

13,693

 

13,693

 

13,693

 

9,026

 

9,026

 

9,026

Total

$

2,712,802

$

2,708,635

$

3,193,130

$

3,153,634

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

$

2,437,113

$

2,441,014

$

2,441,014

$

2,963,397

$

2,963,547

$

2,963,547

Long-term debt

 

14,769

 

15,073

 

15,073

 

2,711

 

2,778

 

2,778

Subordinated debentures

 

33,000

 

33,096

 

33,096

 

33,000

 

32,337

 

32,337

Accrued interest payable

736

 

736

736

408

 

408

408

Interest rate swaps

 

14,099

 

14,099

14,099

 

8,811

 

8,811

8,811

Total

$

2,499,717

$

2,504,018

$

3,008,327

$

3,007,881

-116--112-

Table of Contents

    

    

    

Fair Value Hierarchy 

 

Quoted

    

    

 

Prices in

 

Active

Significant

 

Markets for

Other

Significant

 

Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Carrying

Fair

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2019

    

Value 

    

Value 

    

(level 1) 

    

(level 2) 

    

(Level 3) 

 

Financial assets:

Cash and due from banks

$

31,153

$

31,153

$

31,153

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

330,478

 

330,478

24,128

$

306,350

Common equity securities

423

423

423

Held-to-maturity

 

7,656

 

7,889

 

7,889

Loans held for sale

 

986

 

986

 

986

Net loans

 

1,915,563

 

1,881,658

$

1,881,658

Accrued interest receivable

 

6,981

 

6,981

 

6,981

Mortgage servicing rights

 

738

 

1,444

 

1,444

Restricted equity securities (FHLB and other)

 

10,201

 

10,201

 

10,201

Interest rate floor

944

944

944

Interest rate swaps

4,728

4,728

4,728

Total

$

2,309,851

$

2,276,885

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

$

1,971,489

$

1,972,084

$

1,972,084

Long-term debt

 

32,733

 

33,075

 

33,075

Accrued interest payable

 

1,277

 

1,277

1,277

Interest rate swaps

4,680

4,680

4,680

Total

$

2,010,179

$

2,011,116

    

    

    

Fair Value Hierarchy 

 

Quoted

    

    

 

Prices in

 

Active

Significant

 

Markets for

Other

Significant

 

Identical

Observable

Unobservable

 

Carrying

Fair

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

    

Value 

    

Value 

    

(level 1) 

    

(level 2) 

    

(Level 3) 

 

Financial assets:

Cash and due from banks

$

228,192

$

228,192

$

228,192

Investment securities:

Available-for-sale

 

295,911

 

295,911

18,905

$

277,006

Common equity securities

138

138

138

Held-to-maturity

 

7,225

 

7,513

 

7,513

Loans held for sale

 

837

 

837

 

837

Net loans

 

2,150,638

 

2,145,752

$

2,145,752

Accrued interest receivable

 

8,255

 

8,255

 

8,255

Mortgage servicing rights

 

838

 

1,269

 

1,269

Restricted equity securities (FHLB and other)

 

5,397

 

5,397

 

5,397

Interest rate floor

1,678

1,678

1,678

Interest rate swaps

13,693

13,693

13,693

Total

$

2,712,802

$

2,708,635

Financial liabilities:

Deposits

$

2,437,113

$

2,441,014

$

2,441,014

Long-term debt

 

14,769

 

15,073

 

15,073

Subordinated debentures

33,000

33,096

33,096

Accrued interest payable

 

736

 

736

736

Interest rate swaps

14,099

14,099

14,099

Total

$

2,499,717

$

2,504,018

15. Derivatives and hedging activities:

 

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

 

The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts principally related to the Company’s assets and borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income/expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and floors as part of its interest rate risk management strategy.  Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  Interest rate floors designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty if interest rates fall below the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium. During 2020, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate assets and issuances of debt.

During the twelve months ended

-117--113-

Table of Contents

TheDecember 31, 2021, the Company executed anterminated the interest rate swap to reduce its exposure to variability in the interest rate associated with floating-rate borrowings. borrowings and accelerated the reclassification of amounts in other comprehensive income to earnings as a result of the hedged forecasted transactions becoming probable not to occur.  The accelerated amount was a loss of $25.

For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the gain or loss on the derivative is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Incomeaccumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified into interest expense/income in the same period(s) during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense/income as interest payments are made/received on the Company’s variable-rate debt/assets. During 2021the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $50$452 will be reclassified as a decreasean increase to interest income. 

 

Non-designated Hedges

 

Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers.  The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  As the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.  As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company had 7384 interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $375,341$392,677 related to this program.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet

 

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Consolidated Balance Sheetsconsolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019.2020.

Asset Derivatives

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Asset Derivatives

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

As of December 31, 2020

As of December 31, 2019 (1)

As of December 31, 2020

As of December 31, 2019 (2)

As of December 31, 2021 (1)

As of December 31, 2020

As of December 31, 2021 (1)

As of December 31, 2020

    

Notional

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Notional

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

    

Balance Sheet

    

Amount

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Amount

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Location

Fair Value

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

Interest Rate Floor

$

25,000

Other Assets

$

1,678

Other Assets

$

944

$

25,000

Other Assets

$

844

Other Assets

$

1,678

Cash Flow Swap

$

50,000

Other Liabilities

$

485

$

50,000

Other Liabilities

$

Other Liabilities

$

485

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

$

1,678

$

944

$

485

$

844

$

1,678

$

$

485

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Interest Rate Swaps (3)(2)

$

375,341

Other Assets

 

$

13,693

 

Other Assets

 

$

4,728

 

Other Liabilities

 

$

13,614

 

Other Liabilities

$

4,680

$

392,677

Other Assets

 

$

9,026

 

Other Assets

 

$

13,693

 

Other Liabilities

 

$

8,811

 

Other Liabilities

$

13,614

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

  

$

13,693

 

  

$

4,728

 

  

$

13,614

 

  

$

4,680

 

  

$

9,026

 

  

$

13,693

 

  

$

8,811

 

  

$

13,614

(1)Assets amount does notAmounts include accrued interest receivable of $235
(2)Liabilities amount does not include accrued interest payable of $235
(3)Notional amount of interest rate swaps at December 31, 2019 $172,0962020 were $375,341 

-118--114-

Table of Contents

Effect of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedge Accounting on Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The table below presents the effect of fair value and cash flow hedge accounting on accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019.2020.

Location of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Gain or (Loss)

Amount of

Gain (Loss)

Gain (Loss)

Gain (Loss)

Gain (Loss)

Loss

Recognized from

Gain (Loss)

Reclassified

Reclassified

Recognized in

Recognized in

Recognized in

Accumulated

Reclassified

from Accumulated

from Accumulated

Derivatives in

OCI on

OCI Included

OCI Excluded

Other Comprehensive

from Accumulated

OCI into Income

OCI into Income

Hedging

   

  

Derivative

   

  

Component

   

  

Component

   

Income into

   

  

OCI into Income

   

  

Included Component

   

  

Excluded Component

Relationships

December 31, 2021

Income

December 31, 2021

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

Cash Flow Swap

$

401

$

401

Interest Expense

$

(23)

$

(23)

Cash Flow Swap

Other expense

(25)

(25)

Interest Rate Floor (*)

$

(228)

$

(245)

$

17

Interest Income

$

543

$

607

$

(64)

Total

$

173

$

156

$

17

$

495

$

559

$

(64)

Location of

Amount of

Amount of

Location of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Gain or (Loss)

Amount of

Gain (Loss)

Gain (Loss)

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Gain or (Loss)

Amount of

Gain

Loss

Gain (Loss)

Gain (Loss)

Loss

Recognized from

Gain (Loss)

Reclassified

Reclassified

Gain

Gain

Gain

Recognized from

Loss

Reclassified

Reclassified

Recognized in

Recognized in

Recognized in

Accumulated

Reclassified

from Accumulated

from Accumulated

Recognized in

Recognized in

Recognized in

Accumulated

Reclassified

from Accumulated

from Accumulated

Derivatives in

OCI on

OCI Included

OCI Excluded

Other Comprehensive

from Accumulated

OCI into Income

OCI into Income

OCI on

OCI Included

OCI Excluded

Other Comprehensive

from Accumulated

OCI into Income

OCI into Income

Hedging

   

  

Derivative

   

  

Component

   

  

Component

   

Income into

   

  

OCI into Income

   

  

Included Component

   

  

Excluded Component

  

Derivative

  

Component

  

Component

Income into

  

OCI into Income

  

Included Component

  

Excluded Component

Relationships

December 31, 2020

Income

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2020

Income

December 31, 2020

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

Cash Flow Swap

$

71

$

71

Interest Expense

$

(40)

$

(40)

$

(437)

$

(437)

Interest Expense

$

13

$

13

Interest Rate Floor (*)

$

(18)

$

(17)

$

(1)

Interest Income

$

134

$

150

$

(16)

$

1,178

$

1,232

$

(54)

Interest Income

$

414

$

478

$

(64)

Total

$

53

$

54

$

(1)

$

94

$

110

$

(16)

$

741

$

795

$

(54)

$

427

$

491

$

(64)

Location of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Amount of

Gain or (Loss)

Amount of

Gain

Loss

Gain

Gain

Gain

Recognized from

Loss

Reclassified

Reclassified

Recognized in

Recognized in

Recognized in

Accumulated

Reclassified

from Accumulated

from Accumulated

Derivatives in

OCI on

OCI Included

OCI Excluded

Other Comprehensive

from Accumulated

OCI into Income

OCI into Income

Hedging

  

Derivative

  

Component

  

Component

Income into

  

OCI into Income

  

Included Component

  

Excluded Component

Relationships

December 31, 2019

Income

December 31, 2019

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

Interest Rate Floor (*)

$

192

$

196

$

(4)

Interest Income

$

26

$

42

$

(16)

*     Amounts disclosed are gross and not net of taxes.

-115-

Table of Contents

Effect of Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedge Accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019.2020.

Location and Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in

Location and Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in

Income on Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedging

Income on Fair Value and Cash Flow Hedging

Relationships

Relationships

For the twelve months ended December 31,

2020

2020

2019

2019

2021

2021

2020

2020

  

  

Interest Income

  

  

Interest Expense

  

  

Interest Income

  

Interest Expense

  

  

Interest Income

  

  

Interest Expense

  

  

Interest Income

  

Interest Expense

Total amounts of income and expense line items presented in the statements of income and comprehensive income in which the effects of fair value or cash flow hedges are recorded

$

134

$

(40)

$

26

$

543

$

(48)

$

413

$

13

The effects of fair value and cash flow hedging:

Gain or (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships

Interest contracts

Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income

$

134

$

(40)

$

26

$

543

$

(23)

$

413

$

13

Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income as a result that a forecasted transaction is no longer probable of occurring

$

(25)

Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income - included component

$

150

$

42

$

607

$

(48)

$

477

$

13

Amount of gain or (loss) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into income - excluded component

$

(16)

$

(16)

$

(64)

$

(64)

$

-119--116-

Table of Contents

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

The tables below present the effect of the Company’s other derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020.

Amount of Gain

Amount of Loss

 

Amount of Gain

Amount of Gain

 

 Recognized in

 Recognized in

 

 Recognized in

 Recognized in

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Income 

Income

 

Location of Gain or (Loss)

Income 

Income

 

Recognized in Income on

Twelve Months Ended

Twelve Months Ended

 

Recognized in Income on

Twelve Months Ended

Twelve Months Ended

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments

    

Derivative

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

Derivative

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Interest Rate Swaps

 

Interest rate swap revenue

$

31

$

77

 

Interest rate swap revenue

$

136

$

31

Fee Income

Interest rate swap revenue

$

2,290

$

1,713

Fee income

$

623

$

2,290

Offsetting Derivatives

The table below presents a gross presentation, the effects of offsetting, and a net presentation of the Company’s derivatives as of December 31, 20202021 and December 31, 2019.2020. The net amounts of derivative assets or liabilities can be reconciled to the tabular disclosure of fair value. The tabular disclosure of fair value provides the location that derivative assets and liabilities are presented on the consolidated balance sheets.

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

as of December 31, 2021

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

  

Assets

  

Balance Sheet

  

Balance Sheet

  

Instruments

  

Received

  

Amount

Derivatives

$

9,870

$

$

9,870

$

3,218

$

6,652

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

as of December 31, 2021

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Paid

Amount

Derivatives

$

8,818

$

$

8,818

$

3,218

5,600

$

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

as of December 31, 2020

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

  

Assets

  

Balance Sheet

  

Balance Sheet

  

Instruments

  

Received

  

Amount

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Received

Amount

Derivatives

$

15,371

$

$

15,371

$

$

15,371

$

15,371

$

$

15,371

$

1,678

$

13,693

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

as of December 31, 2020

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Received

Amount

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Paid

Amount

Derivatives

$

14,099

$

$

14,099

$

$

14,099

$

14,099

$

$

14,099

$

1,678

12,421

$

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

as of December 31, 2019

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Received

Amount

Derivatives

$

5,672

$

$

5,672

$

$

5,672

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

as of December 31, 2019

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Balance Sheet

Gross

Net Amounts

Amounts of

Gross Amounts

of Assets

Recognized

Offset in the

presented in the

Financial

Cash Collateral

Net

Assets

Balance Sheet

Balance Sheet

Instruments

Received

Amount

Derivatives

$

4,680

$

$

4,680

$

$

4,680

-120--117-

Table of Contents

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The Company has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.

 

The Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle its obligations under the agreements.

 

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the termination value of derivatives in a net assetliability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $79.$5,600. As of December 31, 2019,2020, the termination value of derivatives in a net assetliability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $48.$12,421. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties, and has posted collateral of $15,360$7,380 against its obligations under these agreements as of December 30, 2020,31, 2021, compared to having posted collateral of $4,140$15,360 with counterparties at December 31, 2019.2020. Cash collateral represents the amount that cannot be used to offset our derivative assets and liabilities from a gross basis to a net basis in accordance with the agreement. The cash collateral is exchanged under bilateral collateral and master netting agreements that allow us to offset the net derivative position with the related collateral. The application of the cash collateral cannot reduce the net derivative position below zero. Therefore, excess other collateral, if any, is not reflected above. If the Company had breached any of these provisions it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

 

16. Stock plans:

The 2008 long-term incentive plan (“2008 Plan”) allowed for eligible participants to be granted equity awards. No awards may be made under the 2008 Plan after January 15, 2018.

In May 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2017 equity incentive plan (“2017 Plan”). The 2017 Plan allows for eligible participants to be granted equity awards. Under the 2017 Plan the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has the authority to, among other things:

Select the persons to be granted awards under the 2017 Plan.
Determine the type, size and term of awards.
Determine whether such performance objectives and conditions have been met.
Accelerate the vesting or excercisability of an award.

Persons eligible to receive awards under the 2008 Plan and 2017 Plan include directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers of the Company and its subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2020, 56,9662021, 37,151 shares of the Company’s common stock were available for grant as awards pursuant to the 2017 Plan. The 2008 Plan expired in January 2018 but remained in effect in accordance with its terms to govern outstanding awards under that plan. As of December 31, 2020, 0 awards are outstanding under the 2008 Plan. If any outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan are forfeited by the holder or canceled by the Company, the underlying shares would be available for regrant to others.

The 2017 Plan authorizes grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, cash awards, performance awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

In 2021, the Company awarded 4,403 shares of non-performance-based restricted stock and 15,415 performance-based restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan. In 2020, the Company awarded 3,615 shares of non-performance-based restricted stock and 12,654 performance-based restricted stock units under the 2017 Plan. In 2019, the Company awarded 3,8552021, 3,128 shares of non-performance-based and 12,332 shares of performance based restricted stock granted under the 2017 Plan vested and 13,490 performance-based restricted stock units

-118-

Table of Contents

there were 0 shares forfeited under the provisions of the 2017 Plan. In 2020, 1,920 shares of non-performance-based and 6,535 shares of performance based restricted stock granted under the 2017 Plan vested along with 673 shares of non-performance-based restricted stock granted under the 2008 Plan and there

-121-

Table of Contents

were 1,875 shares forfeited under the provisions of the 2017 Plan. In 2019, 1,614 shares of non-performance-based restricted stock and 928 shares of performance-based shares granted under the 2017 Plan vested along with 674 shares of non-performance-based restricted stock and 5,743 of performance-based shares granted under the 2008 Plan. There were 1,711 shares forfeited under the provisions of the 2017 Plan and 1,327 shares forfeited under the provisions of the 2008 plan.

The non-performance restricted stock grants made in 2021, 2020 2019, 2018 and 20172019 vest equally over three years from the grant date. The performance-based restricted stock units vest three years after the grant date and include conditions based on the Company’s three year cumulative diluted earnings per share and three-year average return on equity or tangible equity that determines the number of restricted stock units that may vest.

The activity related to the 2017 Plan for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 was as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Nonvested, January 1

 

25,984

 

12,892

 

1,538

 

31,923

 

25,984

 

12,892

Granted shares

16,269

 

17,345

 

11,468

19,818

 

16,269

 

17,345

Vested shares

 

8,455

2,542

114

 

15,460

8,455

2,542

Forfeited shares

1,875

1,711

1,875

1,711

Nonvested, December 31

 

31,923

 

25,984

 

12,892

 

36,281

 

31,923

 

25,984

The Company expenses the fair value of all-share based compensation over the requisite service period commencing at grant date. The fair value of restricted stock is expensed on a straight-line basis. Compensation is recognized over the vesting period and adjusted based on the performance criteria. The Company classifies share-based compensation for employees within “salaries and employee benefits expense” on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.

In 2021, the Company recognized $546 for awards granted under the 2017 Plan. In 2020, the Company recognized $570 for awards granted under the 2017 Plan. In 2019, the Company recognized $432 for awards granted under the 2017 Plan and $122 for awards granted under the 2008 plan. In 2018, the Company recognized $149 for awards granted under the 2017 Plan and $123$554 for awards granted under the 2008 plan.granted. As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company had $586855 of unrecognized compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards. The remaining cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 1.91.7 years.

 

17. Employee benefit plans:

The Company sponsors a separate ESOP and Retirement Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan. The Company also maintains SERPs and an employees’ pension plan, which is currently frozen.

Under the ESOP, amounts voted by the Company’s boardBoard of directorsDirectors are paid into the ESOP and each eligible participant is credited with an amount in proportion to their annual compensation or a fixed dollar amount. All contributions to the ESOP are invested in or will be invested primarily in Company stock. Distribution of a participant’s ESOP account occurs upon retirement, death or termination in accordance with the plan provisions.

Under the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan, amounts approved by the boardBoard of directorsDirectors have been paid into a fund and each participant was credited with an amount in proportion to their annual compensation. Upon retirement, death or termination, each participant is paid the total amount of their credits in the fund in one of a number of optional ways in accordance with the plan provisions. Eligible participants may elect deferrals of up to the maximum amounts permitted by law.

The Company contributed $334, $371 $357 and $197$357 to the ESOP infor 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018.2019. In addition, the Company contribution of $1,245, $1,207 $1,139 and $1,047$1,139 to the Retirement Profit Sharing Plan in 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, was comprised of a safe harbor contribution of $678, $655 $627 and $578$627 and a discretionary match of $567, $552 $512 and $469.$512.

-122-

Table of Contents

The Company established a SERP Plan to replace certain 401(k) plan benefits lost due to compensation limits imposed on qualified plans by federal tax law. The annual benefit is a maximum of 6% of the executive compensation in excess of Federal limits. The total liability associated with this plan was $142$161 and $133$142 at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, respectively. The expense associated with the plan was $19, $9 and $17 for 2021, 2020 and $20 for 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively.

-119-

Table of Contents

 

The Company has SERPs for the benefit of certain officers. At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, other liabilities include $2,351$2,573 and $2,077$2,351 accrued under the Plans.plans. Compensation expense includes approximately $424, $461 $360 and $335$360 relating to these SERPs for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 2018,2019, respectively.

Under the Employees’ Pension Plan, currently under curtailment,frozen, amounts computed on an actuarial basis were being paid by the Company into a trust fund. The plan provided for fixed benefits payable for life upon retirement at the age of 65, based on length of service and compensation levels as defined in the plan. As of June 22, 2008 0 further benefits are being accrued in this plan. Plan assets of the trust fund are invested and administered by the Trust Department of the Company.

Information related to the Employees’ Pension Plan is as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits 

 

Pension Benefits 

 

December 31

2020

2019

 

2021

2020

 

Change in benefit obligation:

    

    

    

    

Benefit obligation, beginning

$

17,491

$

16,338

$

19,113

$

17,491

Interest cost

 

544

 

639

 

419

 

544

Change in experience gain

 

(291)

 

96

 

(49)

 

(291)

Change in actuarial assumptions loss

 

2,159

 

1,221

Change in actuarial assumptions

 

(603)

 

2,159

Benefits paid

 

(790)

 

(803)

 

(814)

 

(790)

Benefit obligation, ending

 

19,113

 

17,491

 

18,066

 

19,113

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets, beginning

 

16,930

 

14,919

 

17,628

 

16,930

Actual return on plan assets

 

1,488

 

2,814

 

2,443

 

1,488

Employer contributions

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

 

(790)

 

(803)

 

(814)

 

(790)

Fair value of plan assets, ending

 

17,628

 

16,930

 

19,257

 

17,628

Funded status at end of year

$

(1,485)

$

(561)

$

1,191

$

(1,485)

The Society of Actuaries updated the mortality scale within the mortality tables from MP 20192020 to MP 20202021 which the Company utilized in its pension plan remeasurements at December 31, 20202021 and 2019.2020. The change in the discount rate, coupled with changes in the mortality assumption, resulted in an increasedecrease to the benefit obligation of $603 in 2021 and an increase of $2,159 in 2020 and $1,221 in 2019.2020.

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits 

 

Pension Benefits 

 

December 31

2020

2019

 

2021

2020

 

Liabilities

    

$

1,485

    

$

561

    

Amounts recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

(Other Assets)/Other Liabilities

    

$

(1,190)

    

$

1,485

    

Amounts recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consist of:

Net actuarial gain

 

(7,977)

 

(6,579)

 

(5,868)

 

(7,977)

Deferred taxes

 

1,675

 

1,382

 

1,232

 

1,675

Net amount recognized

$

(6,302)

$

(5,197)

$

(4,636)

$

(6,302)

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $18,066 and $19,113 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

-123--120-

Table of Contents

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan was $19,113 and $17,491 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Components of net periodic pension income and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

Pension Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

 

Years Ended December 31,

2020

2019

2018

 

2021

2020

2019

 

Net periodic pension income:

    

    

    

    

    

    

Interest cost

$

544

$

639

$

623

$

419

$

544

$

639

Expected return on plan assets

 

(1,236)

 

(1,084)

 

(960)

 

(1,288)

 

(1,236)

 

(1,084)

Amortization of unrecognized net loss

 

218

 

227

 

194

 

301

 

218

 

227

Net periodic pension income:

 

(474)

 

(218)

(143)

 

(568)

 

(474)

(218)

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss):

Net loss (gain)

 

544

 

639

 

(590)

 

419

 

544

 

639

Deferred tax

 

(114)

 

(134)

 

124

 

(88)

 

(114)

 

(134)

Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)

 

430

 

505

 

(466)

 

331

 

430

 

505

Total recognized in net period pension cost and other comprehensive income (loss)

$

(44)

$

287

$

(609)

$

(237)

$

(44)

$

287

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and related expenses were as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Pension Benefits

 

December 31,

2020

2019

2018

 

2021

2020

2019

 

Discount rate:

    

    

    

    

    

    

Obligation

 

2.25

%

3.25

%  

4.00

%  

 

2.59

%

2.25

%  

3.25

%  

Expense

 

3.25

4.00

3.75

 

2.25

3.25

4.00

Expected long-term return on plan assets

 

7.50

%

7.50

%  

7.50

%  

 

7.50

%

7.50

%  

7.50

%  

 

The expected long-term return on plan assets was determined using average historical returns of the Company’s plan assets.

The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, by asset category are as follows:

 

December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Asset Category:

Cash and cash equivalents

 

6.8

%

6.2

%

 

4.8

%

6.8

%

Equity securities

 

63.3

61.9

 

67.4

63.3

Corporate bonds

 

20.7

20.6

 

19.6

20.7

U.S. government securities

 

9.2

11.3

 

8.2

9.2

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%

 

100.0

%  

100.0

%

-124--121-

Table of Contents

Fair value measurement of pension plan assets at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 is as follows:

 

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

 

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

 

Active Markets

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets

Significant

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Observable

 

for Identical

Observable

Observable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2020

Total 

(Level 1) 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

 

December 31, 2021

Total 

(Level 1) 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,203

$

1,203

 

$

$

918

$

918

 

$

Equity securities:

U.S. large cap

 

10,266

 

10,266

 

11,940

 

11,940

International

 

888

 

888

 

1,039

 

1,039

Fixed income securities:

U.S. Treasuries

 

216

$

216

 

214

$

214

U.S. government agencies

 

1,400

 

1,400

 

1,371

 

1,371

Corporate bonds

 

3,655

 

3,655

 

3,775

 

3,775

Total

$

17,628

$

12,357

$

5,271

$

$

19,257

$

13,897

$

5,360

$

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

 

    

    

Quoted Prices in

    

    

 

Active Markets

Significant

Significant

 

Active Markets

Significant

Significant

 

for Identical

Observable

Observable

 

for Identical

Observable

Observable

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

Assets

Inputs

Inputs

 

December 31, 2019

Total 

(Level 1) 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

 

December 31, 2020

Total 

(Level 1) 

(Level 2) 

(Level 3) 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,053

$

1,053

$

$

1,203

$

1,203

$

Equity securities:

U.S. large cap

 

9,663

 

9,663

 

10,266

 

10,266

International

 

817

 

817

 

888

 

888

Fixed income securities:

U.S. Treasuries

 

202

$

202

 

216

$

216

U.S. government agencies

 

1,713

 

1,713

 

1,400

 

1,400

Corporate bonds

 

3,482

 

3,482

 

3,655

 

3,655

Total

$

16,930

$

11,533

$

5,397

$

$

17,628

$

12,357

$

5,271

$

The Company investment policies and strategies with respect to the pension plan include: (i) the Trust and Investment Division’s equity philosophy is large-cap core with a value bias. Webias (we invest in individual high-grade common stocks that are selected from our approved list;list); (ii) diversification is maintained by having no more than 20% in any industry sector and no individual equity representing more than 10% of the portfolio; and (iii) the fixed income style is conservative but also responsive to the various needs of our individual clients. Fixed income securities consist of U.S. government agencies or corporate bonds rated “A” or better. The Company targets the following allocation percentages: (i) cash equivalents 10%; (ii) fixed income 40%; and (iii) equities 50%.

 

There is 0 Company stock included in equity securities at December 31, 20202021 or 2019.2020. The Company has not determined the amount of the expected contribution to the Employees’ Pension Plan for 2021.

The following benefit payments are expected to be paid in the next five years and in the aggregate for the five years thereafter:

 

    

Pension Benefits

 

    

Pension Benefits

 

2021

$

840

2022

 

878

$

878

2023

 

896

 

901

2024

 

948

 

952

2025

 

970

 

984

2026

 

1,015

Thereafter

5,019

5,020

-125--122-

Table of Contents

18. Income taxes:

The current and deferred amounts of the provision for income taxes expense (benefit) for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 are summarized as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

Current

$

6,600

$

2,761

$

4,072

Deferred

 

(1,779)

 

394

 

(681)

Total

$

4,821

$

3,155

$

3,391

Year Ended December 31

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Current

$

9,548

$

6,600

$

2,761

Deferred

450

(1,779)

394

Total income tax expense

$

9,998

$

4,821

$

3,155

The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are summarized as follows:

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

 

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses

$

5,742

$

4,762

Lease liability

1,349

1,301

Defined benefit plan

 

1,108

 

815

Deferred compensation

 

789

 

682

Deferred loan fees

 

1,368

 

525

Other

 

170

 

137

Total

 

10,526

 

8,222

Deferred tax liabilities:

Lease right-of-use assets

1,319

1,286

Premises and equipment, net

 

1,455

 

1,350

Merger related accounting

 

694

850

Deferred loan costs

936

716

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

2,033

 

416

Other

 

321

 

242

Total

 

6,758

 

4,860

Net deferred tax asset

$

3,768

$

3,362

December 31

    

2021

    

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses

$

5,960

$

5,742

Lease liability

1,846

1,349

Defined benefit plan

 

 

1,108

Deferred compensation

 

884

 

789

Deferred loan fees

 

1,215

 

1,368

Investment securities available-for-sale

379

Other

 

86

 

170

Total

 

10,370

 

10,526

Deferred tax liabilities:

Lease right-of-use assets

1,798

1,319

Premises and equipment, net

 

1,441

 

1,455

Merger related accounting

 

572

694

Deferred loan costs

885

936

Defined benefit plan

75

Investment securities available-for-sale

 

 

2,033

Other

 

244

 

321

Total

 

5,015

 

6,758

Net deferred tax asset

$

5,355

$

3,768

Management believes that future taxable income will be sufficient to utilize deferred tax assets. Core earnings of the Company have remained strong and will continue to support the recognition of the deferred tax asset based on future growth projections.

 

A reconciliation between the amount of the effective income tax expense and the income tax expense that would have been provided at the federal statutory rate of 21.0 percent for the years ended December 31, 2020,2021, December 31, 20192020 and December 31, 20182019 is summarized as follows:

 

2020

2019

2018

Year Ended December 31

    

Amount

    

%

    

Amount

    

%

    

Amount

%

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

$

7,177

21.00

%

$

6,067

21.00

%

$

5,945

21.00

%

Effect of federal income tax rate changes (Note 1)

Tax exempt interest

 

(1,032)

(3.02)

 

(1,299)

(4.50)

 

(1,320)

(4.66)

Bank owned life insurance income

 

(299)

(0.87)

 

(159)

(0.55)

 

(236)

(0.83)

Residential housing program tax credits

 

(1,094)

(3.20)

(1,094)

(3.79)

(1,094)

(3.87)

Other, net

 

69

0.19

 

(360)

(1.25)

 

96

0.34

Total

$

4,821

14.10

%

$

3,155

10.91

%

$

3,391

11.98

%

2021

2020

2019

Year Ended December 31

    

Amount

    

%

    

Amount

    

%

    

Amount

%

 

Provision for income tax at statutory rate

$

11,239

21.00

%

$

7,177

21.00

%

$

6,067

21.00

%

State tax, net of federal benefit

475

0.89

Tax exempt interest

 

(1,194)

(2.23)

 

(1,032)

(3.02)

 

(1,299)

(4.50)

Bank owned life insurance income

 

(119)

(0.22)

 

(299)

(0.87)

 

(159)

(0.55)

Residential housing program tax credits

 

(1,091)

(2.04)

(1,094)

(3.20)

(1,094)

(3.79)

Other, net

 

688

1.29

 

69

0.19

 

(360)

(1.25)

Total

$

9,998

18.69

%

$

4,821

14.10

%

$

3,155

10.91

%

-126--123-

Table of Contents

19. Parent Company financial statements:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

December 31

    

2020

    

2019

 

    

2021

    

2020

 

Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

$

1,069

$

5,192

$

4,044

$

1,069

Equity securities

138

423

140

138

Investment in bank subsidiary

 

348,584

 

293,415

 

368,427

 

348,584

Other assets

 

273

 

19

 

703

 

273

Total assets

$

350,064

$

299,049

$

373,314

$

350,064

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

Subordinated debt

$

33,000

$

33,000

33,000

Accrued interest payable

148

148

148

Other liabilities

39

$

39

39

$

39

Stockholders’ equity

 

316,877

 

299,010

 

340,127

 

316,877

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

350,064

$

299,049

$

373,314

$

350,064

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Year Ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Income:

Dividends from subsidiaries

$

10,518

$

10,131

$

9,691

$

17,593

$

10,518

$

10,131

Other income

8

8

72

4

8

8

Net gain realized on sale of equity securities

29

29

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on equity securities

 

(35)

 

132

 

13

 

2

 

(35)

 

132

Total income

 

10,520

 

10,271

 

9,776

 

17,599

 

10,520

 

10,271

Expense:

Interest expense on subordinated debt

1,035

1,774

1,035

Other expenses

 

200

 

145

 

214

 

222

 

200

 

145

Total expenses

 

1,235

 

145

 

214

 

1,996

 

1,235

 

145

Income before taxes and undistributed income

 

9,285

 

10,126

 

9,562

 

15,603

 

9,285

 

10,126

Income tax benefit

(255)

 

(1)

 

(27)

(410)

 

(255)

 

(1)

Income before undistributed income of subsidiaries

 

9,540

 

10,127

 

9,589

 

16,013

 

9,540

 

10,127

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

19,814

 

15,609

 

15,331

 

27,506

 

19,814

 

15,609

Net income

$

29,354

$

25,736

$

24,920

$

43,519

$

29,354

$

25,736

 

-127--124-

Table of Contents

condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

Year Ended December 31

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

 

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

$

29,354

$

25,736

$

24,920

$

43,519

$

29,354

$

25,736

Adjustments:

Net losses (gains) on investment securities

 

6

 

(132)

 

(14)

 

(2)

 

6

 

(132)

Undistributed net income of subsidiaries

 

(19,814)

 

(15,609)

 

(15,331)

 

(27,506)

 

(19,814)

 

(15,609)

Decrease in other assets

 

(255)

 

(302)

(106)

 

(429)

 

(255)

(302)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

148

 

 

(10)

 

 

148

 

Stock based compensation

 

570

 

554

 

272

 

546

 

570

 

554

Increase in due from subsidiaries

 

1,974

 

1,974

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

10,009

 

12,221

 

9,731

 

16,128

 

10,009

 

12,221

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of equity securities

 

��

 

(234)

 

 

 

Sale of equity securities

279

279

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

279

 

 

(234)

 

 

279

 

Cash flows used in financing activities:

Proceeds from subordinated debt

33,000

33,000

Investment in subsidiary

(30,000)

(30,000)

Retirement of stock

 

(6,893)

(634)

 

(2,361)

(6,893)

(634)

Cash dividends paid

 

(10,518)

 

(10,131)

 

(9,693)

 

(10,792)

 

(10,518)

 

(10,131)

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(14,411)

 

(10,765)

 

(9,693)

 

(13,153)

 

(14,411)

 

(10,765)

Increase (decrease) in cash

 

(4,123)

 

1,456

 

(196)

 

2,975

 

(4,123)

 

1,456

Cash at beginning of year

 

5,192

 

3,736

 

3,932

 

1,069

 

5,192

 

3,736

Cash at end of year

$

1,069

$

5,192

$

3,736

$

4,044

$

1,069

$

5,192

20. Regulatory matters:

Dividends are paid by the Parent Company from its assets, which are mainly provided by dividends from Peoples Bank. Under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law of 1988, as amended, the Company may not pay a dividend if, after payment, either the Company could not pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or the Company’s total assets would be less than its total liabilities. The determination of total assets and liabilities may be based upon: (i) financial statements prepared on the basis of GAAP; (ii) financial statements that are prepared on the basis of other accounting practices and principles that are reasonable under the circumstances; or (iii) a fair valuation or other method that is reasonable under the circumstances. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board has the power to prohibit dividends by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve Board’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a bank holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized.”

In addition, under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended, Peoples Bank may only declare and pay dividends out of accumulated net earnings, or accumulated net earnings acquired as a result of a merger within seven

-128--125-

Table of Contents

years. Further, Peoples Bank may not declare or pay any dividend unless Peoples Bank’s surplus would not be reduced by the payment of the dividend below 100 percent of our capital stock. Pennsylvania law requires that each year Peoples Bank set aside as surplus, a sum equal to not less than 10 percent of its net earnings if surplus does not equal at least 100 percent of our capital stock. Under federal law and FDIC regulations, an insured bank may not pay dividends if doing so would make it undercapitalized within the meaning of the prompt corrective action law or if in default of its deposit insurance fund assessment.

Although subject to the aforementioned regulatory restrictions, the Company’s consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 were not restricted under any borrowing agreement as to payment of dividends or reacquisition of common stock.

The Company has paid cash dividends since its formation as a bank holding company in 1986. It is the present intention of the Board of Directors to continue this dividend payment policy, however, further dividends must necessarily depend upon earnings, financial condition, appropriate legal restrictions and other factors relevant at the time the Board of Directors considers payment of dividends.

The amount of funds available for transfer from Peoples Bank to the Company in the form of loans and other extensions of credit is also limited. Under Federal regulation, transfers to any one affiliate are limited to 10.0 percent of capital and surplus. At December 31, 2020,2021, the maximum amount available for transfer from Peoples Bank to the Company in the form of loans amounted to $31,002.$33,877. At December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, there were 0 loans outstanding, nor were any advances made during 20202021 and 2019.2020.

The Company and Peoples Bank are subject to certain regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies, which are defined in Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Peoples Bank’s consolidated financial statements. In the event an institution is deemed to be undercapitalized by such standards, FDICIA prescribes an increasing amount of regulatory intervention, including the required institution of a capital restoration plan and restrictions on the growth of assets, branches or lines of business. Further restrictions are applied to the significantly or critically undercapitalized institutions including restrictions on interest payable on accounts, dismissal of management and appointment of a receiver. For well capitalized institutions, FDICIA provides authority for regulatory intervention when the institution is deemed to be engaging in unsafe and unsound practices or receives a less than satisfactory examination report rating. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and Peoples Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Risk-based capital rules require that banks and holding companies maintain a "capital conservation buffer" of 250 basis points in excess of the "minimum capital ratio." The minimum capital ratio is equal to the prompt corrective action adequately capitalized threshold ratio. Failure to maintain the required capital conservation buffer will result in limitations on capital distributions and on discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

Peoples Bank met the capital requirement for the “well capitalized” category under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action at December 31, 2020.2021. To be categorized as well capitalized, Peoples Bank must maintain certain minimum Tier I risk-based, total risk-based and Tier I Leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. The Tier I Leverage ratio is defined as Tier I capital to total average assets less intangible assets. Regulators may assign Peoples Bank to a lower capitalization category based on factors other than capital.

-129--126-

Table of Contents

The Company and Peoples Bank’s actual capital ratios at December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the minimum ratios required for capital adequacy purposes and to be well capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions are as follows:

 

 

 

Minimum to be Well

 

Minimum to be Well

 

Capitalized under

 

Capitalized under

 

Minimum For Capital

Prompt Corrective

 

Minimum For Capital

Prompt Corrective

 

Actual 

Adequacy Purposes 

Action Provisions 

 

Actual 

Adequacy Purposes 

Action Provisions 

 

December 31, 2020

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

 

December 31, 2021

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Consolidated

$

250,397

 

12.16

%  

$

92,631

 

4.50

%  

$

281,802

 

12.32

%  

$

102,949

 

4.50

%  

Peoples Bank

 

282,104

 

13.73

 

92,461

 

4.50

$

133,554

 

6.50

%

 

310,102

 

13.76

 

101,449

 

4.50

$

146,538

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Consolidated

250,397

 

12.16

123,508

 

6.00

281,802

 

12.32

137,266

 

6.00

Peoples Bank

 

282,104

 

13.73

 

123,281

 

6.00

164,374

 

8.00

 

310,102

 

13.76

 

135,266

 

6.00

180,355

 

8.00

Total capital to risk-weighted assets:

Consolidated

 

310,741

 

15.10

 

164,677

 

8.00

 

310,185

 

13.56

 

183,021

 

8.00

Peoples Bank

 

307,807

 

14.98

 

164,374

 

8.00

 

205,468

 

10.00

 

338,284

 

15.01

 

180,355

 

8.00

 

225,443

 

10.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets:

Consolidated

 

250,397

 

9.28

 

107,878

 

4.00

 

281,802

 

9.16

 

123,013

 

4.00

Peoples Bank

282,104

 

10.08

%  

111,891

 

4.00

%  

139,864

 

5.00

%

310,102

 

9.58

%  

129,476

 

4.00

%  

161,845

 

5.00

%

 

 

Minimum to be Well

 

Minimum to be Well

 

Capitalized under

 

Capitalized under

 

Minimum For Capital

Prompt Corrective

 

Minimum For Capital

Prompt Corrective

 

Actual 

Adequacy Purposes 

Action Provisions 

 

Actual 

Adequacy Purposes 

Action Provisions 

 

December 31, 2019

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

 

December 31, 2020

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Consolidated

$

237,280

 

11.90

%  

$

89,717

 

4.50

%  

$

250,397

 

12.16

%  

$

92,631

 

4.50

%  

Peoples Bank

 

231,685

 

11.64

 

89,576

 

4.50

$

129,387

 

6.50

%

 

282,104

 

13.73

 

92,461

 

4.50

$

133,554

 

6.50

%

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets:

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

Consolidated

237,280

 

11.90

119,623

 

6.00

250,397

 

12.16

123,508

 

6.00

Peoples Bank

 

231,685

 

11.64

 

119,434

 

6.00

159,246

 

8.00

 

282,104

 

13.73

 

123,281

 

6.00

164,374

 

8.00

Total capital to risk-weighted assets:

Consolidated

 

259,957

 

13.04

 

159,497

 

8.00

 

310,741

 

15.10

 

164,677

 

8.00

Peoples Bank

 

254,362

 

12.78

 

159,246

 

8.00

 

199,057

 

10.00

 

307,807

 

14.98

 

164,374

 

8.00

 

205,468

 

10.00

Tier 1 capital to average assets:

Consolidated

 

237,280

 

10.14

 

93,633

 

4.00

 

250,397

 

9.28

 

107,878

 

4.00

Peoples Bank

231,685

 

9.91

%  

93,508

 

4.00

%  

116,884

 

5.00

%

282,104

 

10.08

%  

111,891

 

4.00

%  

139,864

 

5.00

%

21. Contingencies:

Neither the Company nor any of its property is subject to any material legal proceedings. Management, after consultation with legal counsel, does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of pending and threatened lawsuits will have a material effect on the operating results or financial position of the Company.

-130--127-

Table of Contents

22. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in stockholders’ equity at December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 are as follows:

 

    

December 31, 2020

    

December 31, 2019

 

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

 

Net unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale

$

9,696

$

1,835

Income tax

 

2,036

 

385

Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available-for-sale

$

(1,791)

$

9,696

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

(376)

 

2,036

Net of income taxes

 

7,660

 

1,450

 

(1,415)

 

7,660

Benefit plan adjustments

 

(7,977)

 

(6,579)

 

(5,868)

 

(7,977)

Income tax benefit

 

(1,675)

 

(1,382)

 

(1,232)

 

(1,675)

Net of income taxes

 

(6,302)

 

(5,197)

 

(4,636)

 

(6,302)

Derivative adjustments

 

1,002

 

687

 

680

 

1,002

Income tax

 

211

 

144

 

143

 

211

Net of income taxes

 

791

 

543

 

537

 

791

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

$

2,149

$

(3,205)

$

(5,514)

$

2,149

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) and related tax effects for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 2019 and 20182019 are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

    

2020

    

2019

2018

    

2021

    

2020

2019

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available-for-sale

$

8,779

$

5,109

$

(2,014)

$

(11,487)

$

8,779

$

5,109

Net gain on the sale of investment securities available-for-sale(1)

(918)

(23)

(918)

(23)

Other comprehensive income on available-for-sale debt securities

7,861

5,086

(2,014)

(11,487)

7,861

5,086

Benefit plans:

Amortization of actuarial loss (2)

218

227

194

301

218

227

Actuarial gain (loss)

(1,616)

412

(785)

1,808

(1,616)

412

Net change in benefit plan liabilities

 

(1,398)

 

639

 

(591)

 

2,109

 

(1,398)

 

639

Net change in derivatives

315

441

246

(322)

315

441

Other comprehensive loss before taxes

6,778

6,166

 

(2,359)

(9,700)

6,778

 

6,166

Income tax (benefit)

 

1,424

 

1,295

 

(496)

 

(2,037)

 

1,424

 

1,295

Other comprehensive income (loss)

$

5,354

$

4,871

$

(1,863)

$

(7,663)

$

5,354

$

4,871

(1)Represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and included in gains on sale of investment securities on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
(2)Represents amounts reclassified out of accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and included in the computation of net periodic pension expense. Refer to Note 17 included in these consolidated financial statements.

-131--128-

Table of Contents

23. Summary of quarterly financial information (unaudited):

2020

 

Quarter Ended

March 31 

June 30 

Sept. 30 

Dec. 31 

 

Interest income

    

$

23,842

    

$

23,852

    

$

23,346

    

$

23,085

Interest expense

 

4,281

 

3,345

 

3,422

 

3,276

Net interest income

 

19,561

 

20,507

 

19,924

 

19,809

Provision for loan losses

 

3,500

 

1,800

 

1,050

 

1,050

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

16,061

 

18,707

 

18,874

 

18,759

Noninterest income

 

3,550

 

3,422

 

4,935

 

4,735

Noninterest expense

 

13,651

 

13,242

 

13,974

 

14,001

Income before income taxes

 

5,960

 

8,887

 

9,835

 

9,493

Income tax expense

 

679

 

1,311

 

1,523

 

1,308

Net income

$

5,281

$

7,576

$

8,312

$

8,185

Per share data:

Net income - basic

$

0.72

$

1.03

$

1.14

$

1.13

Net income - diluted

0.71

1.03

1.13

1.13

Cash dividends declared

$

0.36

$

0.36

$

0.36

$

0.36

Average common shares outstanding - basic

7,379,438

7,341,636

7,277,189

7,222,810

Average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

7,405,703

 

7,376,700

 

7,312,253

 

7,257,874

2019

 

Quarter Ended

March 31 

June 30 

Sept. 30 

Dec. 31 

 

Interest income

    

$

22,801

    

$

23,332

    

$

23,632

    

$

23,616

Interest expense

 

4,504

 

4,604

 

4,396

 

4,364

Net interest income

 

18,297

 

18,728

 

19,236

 

19,252

Provision for loan losses

 

1,050

 

350

 

700

 

4,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

17,247

 

18,378

 

18,536

 

15,252

Noninterest income

 

3,416

 

4,152

 

3,682

 

3,870

Noninterest expense

 

13,490

 

14,429

 

14,079

 

13,644

Income before income taxes

 

7,173

 

8,101

 

8,139

 

5,478

Income tax expense

 

761

 

957

 

991

 

446

Net income

$

6,412

$

7,144

$

7,148

$

5,032

Per share data:

Net income - basic

$

0.87

$

0.96

$

0.97

$

0.68

Net income - diluted

0.87

0.96

0.96

0.68

Cash dividends declared

$

0.34

$

0.34

$

0.34

$

0.35

Average common shares outstanding - basic

7,379,438

7,399,302

7,394,992

7,388,488

Average common shares outstanding - diluted

 

7,408,536

 

7,413,114

 

7,417,403

 

7,410,899

-132-

Table of Contents

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item  9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls

At December 31, 2020,2021, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures, at December 31, 2020,2021, were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the CEO and CFO to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

We are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Financial Services Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20202021 and 2019,2020, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020,2021, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. This responsibility includes: establishing, implementing and maintaining adequate internal controls relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable under the circumstances. We are also responsible for compliance with the laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness that are designated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities.

Our internal controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are initiated, executed, recorded and reported in accordance with our intentions and authorizations and to comply with applicable laws and regulations. The internal control system includes an organizational structure that provides appropriate delegation of authority and segregation of duties, established policies and procedures and comprehensive internal audit and loan review programs. To enhance the reliability of internal controls, we recruit and train highly qualified personnel and maintain sound risk management practices. The internal control system is maintained through a monitoring process that includes a program of internal audits.

Under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at the end of each fiscal year and report, based on that assessment, whether the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. Our assessment includes controls over initiating, recording, processing and reconciling account balances, classes of transactions and disclosure and related assertions included in the financial statements. Our assessment also includes controls related to the initiation and processing of non-routine and non-systematic transactions, to the selection and application of appropriate accounting policies and to the prevention, identification and detection of fraud.

There are inherent limitations in any internal control system, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Furthermore, due to changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time. Our internal auditor reviews, evaluates and makes recommendations on policies and procedures, which serves as an integral, but independent, component of our internal control.

 

Our financial reporting and internal controls are under the general oversight of our board of directors, acting through its audit committee. The audit committee is composed entirely of independent directors. The independent registered public

-133--129-

Table of Contents

accounting firm and the internal auditor have direct and unrestricted access to the audit committee at all times. The audit committee meets periodically with us, the internal auditor and the independent registered public accounting firm to determine that each is fulfilling its responsibilities and to support actions to identify, measure and control risks and augment internal controls.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Our management, including our CEO and CFO, assessed the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202021 using the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. These criteria are in the areas of control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication, and monitoring. Our management’s assessment included extensive documenting, evaluating and testing the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Based on its assessment, management believes that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.2021.

Baker Tilly US, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 20202021 has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020.2021. That report is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ Craig W. Best

 

Craig W. Best

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ John R. Anderson III

 

John R. Anderson III

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

March 16, 20212022

 

-134--130-

Table of Contents

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2020,2021, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item  9B.

Other Information.

None.

Item  9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

PART III

Item  10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

We incorporate the information required by this Item 10 by reference to the definitive proxy statement for our 20202021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item  11.

Executive Compensation.

We incorporate the information required by this Item 11 by reference to the definitive proxy statement for our 20202021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item  12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

We incorporate the information required by this Item 12 by reference to the definitive proxy statement for our 20202021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item  13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

We incorporate the information required by this Item 13 by reference to the definitive proxy statement for our 20202021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Item  14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

We incorporate the information required by this Item 14 by reference to the definitive proxy statement for our 20202021 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Part Iv

Item  15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)(1). The following consolidated financial statements are set forth in Part II, Item 8:

All consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules requiredReport of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 23)

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Income

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to be filed by Form 10-K or by Regulation S-X that are applicable to us have been presented in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto in Part II, Item 8, or elsewhere in this annual report, where appropriate. The listingConsolidated Financial Statements

-131-

Table of exhibits is set forth on the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated in this Item 15 by reference.Contents

(a)(2). Financial statement schedules are not applicable or included in the financial statements or related notes. The listing of exhibits is set forth on the Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated in this Item 15 by reference.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

We have elected to omit the optional summary of information included in this Form 10-K.

-135--132-

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

Description of Exhibit

3.1

Peoples Financial Services Corp. Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 17, 2014).

3.2

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Peoples Financial Services Corp., effective as of May 19, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 10, 2020)

3.3

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Peoples Financial Services Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 2, 2013)

4.1

The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.

10.1

Peoples Financial Services Corp. Long-Term Incentive Plan, formerly known as the Penseco Financial Services Corporation 2008 Long Term2017 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of registrant’s registration statementcurrent report on Form S-8 (File No. 333-216321)8-K filed with the SEC on February 28,May 23, 2017)*

10.2

Form of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Penseco’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-166886) filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010)*

10.3

Form of Stock Option and/or Appreciation Right Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Penseco’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-166886) filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010)*

10.4

Form of Performance Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Penseco’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-166886) filed with the SEC on May 17, 2010)*

10.5

Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2017)*

10.6

2016 Compliance Amendment to the Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

10.7

Amendment #2 to the Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

10.8

Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company Executive Cash Bonus Plan, amended and restated as of May 8, 2020 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 attached to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 12, 2020)

10.9

Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the annual report of Penseco Financial Services Corp. on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2011)*

10.10

Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2011, among Penseco Financial Services Corporation, Penn Security Bank & Trust, and Craig W. Best (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the current report of Penseco Financial Services Corp. on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2011)*

10.11

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2015, by and among Peoples Financial Services Corp., Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and Craig W. Best (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the current report of Penseco Financial Services Corp. on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 6, 2016)*

10.12

Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan #2, dated April 22, 2014, by and between Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and Craig W. Best (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 28, 2014)*

10.13

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan #2, dated August 29, 2015, by and between Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and Craig Best (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 3, 2015)*

10.14

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan #2, dated January 30, 2020, by and between Peoples Security Bank and Trust and Craig Best (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 31, 2020)*

-136-

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description of Exhibit

10.15

Penn Security Bank & Trust Company Excess Benefit Plan, amended and restated December 31, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the annual report of Penseco Financial Services Corp. on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2011)*

-133-

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

Description of Exhibit

10.16

Employment Agreement, dated May 30, 2012, among Penseco Financial Services Corporation, Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, and Thomas P. Tulaney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2012)*

10.17

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated May 31, 2012, by and among Penn Security Bank and Trust Company, Penseco Financial Services Corporation, and Thomas P. Tulaney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 9, 2012)*

10.18

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 27, 2014, by and between Peoples Bank and Neal D. Koplin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 16, 2015)*

10.19

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, dated April 24, 2017, by and among Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company, Peoples Financial Services Corp. and Neal D. Koplin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 25, 2017.)*

10.20

Form of Supplemental Director Retirement Plan Agreement for Non-employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2005) *

10.21

Form of Amendment to Supplemental Director Retirement Plan Agreement for Non-employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2006)*

10.22

Life Insurance Plan for all Non-employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the registrant’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 15, 2012)*

10.23

Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 2016 between Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and Timothy H. Kirtley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 7, 2016)*

10.24

First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 5, 2017, by and between Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and Timothy H. Kirtley(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 14, 2018*

10.25

Second Amendment to Employment Agreement among Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company, Peoples Financial Services Corp. and Timothy H. Kirtley (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 10, 2020)

10.26

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2021, by and between Peoples Security Bank and Trust Company and John R. Anderson, III (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 8, 2021)

21.1

List of Subsidiaries

23.1

Consent of Baker Tilly US, LLP

24.1

Power of Attorney (Included as part of signature page)

31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of Registrant

31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of Registrant

32.1

Section 1350 Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer of Registrant

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*

- Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

-137--134-

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Peoples Financial Services Corp.

By:

/s/ Craig W. Best

Craig W. Best

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

By:

/s/ John R. Anderson III

John R. Anderson III

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Craig W. Best and John R. Anderson III as his attorney-in-fact, with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

Title

Date

/s/ William E. Aubrey II

William E. Aubrey II

Director and Chairman of the Board

March 16, 20212022

William E. Aubrey II

/s/ Craig W. Best

Director and Chief Executive Officer

March 16, 2022

Craig W. Best

Director and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 16, 2021

/s/ John R. Anderson III

John R. Anderson III

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 16, 2022

John R. Anderson III

(Principal Financial Officer

and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 16, 2021

/s/ Sandra L. Bodnyk

Director

March 16, 20212022

Sandra L. Bodnyk

/s/ Ronald G. Kukuchka

Director

March 16, 2022

Ronald G. Kukuchka

-138--135-

Table of Contents

Name

Title

Date

/s/ Ronald G. Kukuchka

Ronald G. Kukuchka

Director

March 16, 2021

/s/ Richard S. Lochen, Jr.

Richard S. Lochen, Jr.

Director

March 16, 20212022

Richard S. Lochen, Jr.

/s/ James B. Nicholas

James B. Nicholas

Director

March 16, 20212022

/s/ Steven L. Weinberger

Steven L. WeinbergerJames B. Nicholas

Director

March 16, 2021

/s/ Joseph T. Wright, Jr.

Director

March 16, 2022

Joseph T. Wright, Jr.

Director

March 16, 2021

-139--136-